ACCT350 Accounting for banks and financial institutions
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about the field of banking, banking operations, methods and accounting processes related to them.
Course Code |
ACCT350 |
Course Title |
Accounting for banks and financial institutions |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about the field of banking, banking operations, methods and accounting processes related to them. |
Course Objectives |
This course serves as an introduction for students seeking to understand banking operations, the functions and departments of banks, and the accounting processes specific to various aspects of the banking sector.
|
Course Outcomes |
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
· Understanding Banking Operations · Functions and Departments of Banks · Banking Methods and Practices · Accounting Processes for Banking Activities · Financial Statement Preparation · Regulatory Environment · Risk Management in Banking · Ethical Considerations in Banking · Technological Advancements in Banking · Global Banking Practices
|
ACCT412 International audit standards
(3) Credit Hours
This course is considered complementary to the material of auditing and auditing as it moves the student from the knowledge of the profession of audit and the requirements of its practice and the responsibilities of the auditor and his duties, and attached this article to the law of some standards of audit with the practical applications of these standards such as internal control and evidence and procedures Audit of the processes related to revenues, expenses and related accounts, and then explain the standard of the report on the results of the audit
Course Code |
ACCT412 |
Course Title |
International audit standards |
Pre-requisite |
مبادئ المحاسبة (2) – ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is considered complementary to the material of auditing and auditing as it moves the student from the knowledge of the profession of audit and the requirements of its practice and the responsibilities of the auditor and his duties, and attached this article to the law of some standards of audit with the practical applications of these standards such as internal control and evidence and procedures Audit of the processes related to revenues, expenses and related accounts, and then explain the standard of the report on the results of the audit |
Course Objectives |
This course covers the fundamental standards of auditing and identifies those standards related to the stages of auditing, operational auditing, control examination, analytical procedures, and detailed examination of operations. This material aids in understanding auditing procedures, enabling the student to obtain a professional qualification as an auditor. It serves as a new introduction for the student, building on their knowledge of accounting to develop auditing skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding:
A1. Recognizing and understanding the role of the internal control system and its audit process, as well as auditing the revenue, procurement, and asset cycles appropriately. A2. Attempting to grasp the importance of evidence and documentation, understanding how to collect them, their types, and uses, and then addressing reports and linking them to the results of the evidence.
B. Cognitive Skills: B1. Clarifying the importance of the internal control system and the internal audit process. B2. Clarifying the meaning of evidence and its types. B3. Having the ability to understand the meaning of reports, their types, and how to use them. B4. Transitioning to practical auditing and addressing the auditing of the revenue, procurement, and asset cycles.
|
ACCT440 Research Methodology in Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
A course on graduation research deals with: introducing the basic scientific research methods (descriptive, experimental, historical). To provide the student with the basic skills of scientific research in his field of specialization, how to choose the research problem, organize the research plan, the ability to understand and design it, and how to register the study references.
Course Code |
ACCT440 |
Course Title |
Research Methodology in Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
اكمال 96 ساعة معتمدة بنجاح |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
A course on graduation research deals with: introducing the basic scientific research methods (descriptive, experimental, historical). To provide the student with the basic skills of scientific research in his field of specialization, how to choose the research problem, organize the research plan, the ability to understand and design it, and how to register the study references. |
Course Objectives |
Scientific planning and research form the basis for identifying our present and future needs. Consequently, every student in our universities is required to utilize scientific research, making the graduation research course an essential requirement for our students in the modern era. This course assists them in finding solutions, developing products, and contributing to community development.
|
Course Outcomes |
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
- Understand Scientific Research Methods
- Identify and Formulate Research Problems
- Develop Research Proposals
- Design Research Methodologies
- Conduct Literature Reviews
- Apply Data Analysis Techniques
- Document and Reference Research
- Present Research Findings
- Solve Real-World Problems
- Contribute to Community Development
These outcomes ensure that students are well-equipped with the necessary skills and knowledge to conduct independent research, contribute to the field of accounting, and address contemporary challenges effectively.
|
ACC204 Intermediate financial accounting
(4) Credit Hours
The module will help candidates to understand different types of company from their formation, company financial accounting, the regulatory framework in which they operate, and their role in the context of market economies, law, and society. Candidates will also gain an understanding thoroughly different items of statement of financial positions (i.e., Assets, liabilities, and owners’ equity), and the relevant accounting policies and procedures related to recognizing these items.
Course Code |
ACC204 |
Course Title |
Intermediate financial accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACT112 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The module will help candidates to understand different types of company from their formation, company financial accounting, the regulatory framework in which they operate, and their role in the context of market economies, law, and society. Candidates will also gain an understanding thoroughly different items of statement of financial positions (i.e., Assets, liabilities, and owners’ equity), and the relevant accounting policies and procedures related to recognizing these items. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to:
- measure, record, report, and analyse the financial effect of complex IFRS regulations on financial reporting for corporate entities
- calculate and report earnings per share for a corporation.
- measure, record, and report the financial effects of applying different policies and procedures in recognizing assets, liabilities, and owners’ equity.
- define and apply the revenue recognition principle.
- measure, record, report and discuss the financial effect of leases for both lessees and lessors
- prepare a statement of cash flows.
- explain full disclosure.
- recognize and analyse an ethical problem occurring in a business and present a well-developed written response.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Define the basic elements of financial statements. A2: Mention the basic policies and procedures related to the recognition of different accounting statements’ elements. A3: Demonstrate how to account for revenue recognition
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Evaluate the process of selecting and presenting information relating to balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows. B2: Discuss a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to financial statements. B3: Judge the process of selecting and presenting information relating to revenue recognition.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Prioritize the major classifications of the balance sheet and income statement items. C2: Interpret and review statement of cash flows. C3: Display different methods of revenue recognitions.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Develop capability of teamwork and collaborative behaviours. D2: Adapt accounting concepts to revenue recognition. D3: Complete work independently and in teams.
|
ACC300 Accounting Information Systems
(4) Credit Hours
This course is the first module to introduce the domain of information systems in accounting. This is a Level 6 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting, obtained through Levels 4 and 5 accounting modules. Thus, it is strongly recommended that students study this course after studying Financial/Management accounting (B291 and B292).
Course Code |
ACC300 |
Course Title |
Accounting Information Systems |
Pre-requisite |
B291 and B292 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is the first module to introduce the domain of information systems in accounting. This is a Level 6 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting, obtained through Levels 4 and 5 accounting modules. Thus, it is strongly recommended that students study this course after studying Financial/Management accounting (B291 and B292). |
Course Objectives |
This course is designed to present an understanding of accounting information systems and their role in the accounting environment. Particular attention is paid to transaction cycles and internal control structure. The three broad aims of the course are to provide students with:
- an understanding of the purpose and role of accounting information systems within contemporary organisations.
- an awareness of the way in which internal controls and technology interrelate with accounting information systems.
an understanding of the real-life problems of designing, implementing and using accounting information systems and its sub-cycles.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Explain what an accounting information system is and describe
the basic function it performs. A2: Demonstrate understanding of the role and importance of
accounting information systems in the various types of business and other
organisations. A3. Identify information system documentation techniques and their
use to understand, evaluate, and document an accounting information systems. A4. Explain the difference between database and file-based
systems. A5: Discuss the relational database systems and informatively
analyse and interpret accountant’s role of database systems development. A6: Describe the basic business activities and related data
processing operations performed in the accounting cycles. A7: Identify and explain control procedures. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Review and illustrate the purpose, context and functions of
accounting information systems in business practices. B2: Critically assess the impact and effective use of information
systems in organisations for competitive advantage. B3: Explain, analyse and apply the mechanism of system
documentation techniques in the accounting cycle. B4. Compare approaches to AIS including Enterprise Information,
Enterprise Resource Planning, etc. B5- Formulate a vision of the future and explain the evolving
importance of AIS and Internal Controls due to the guidance and direction of
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) pronouncements.
C. Practical and professional skills C1: Prepare system documentation, and use data flow diagrams and
flowcharts to understand, evaluate, and document information systems. C2: Design, implement, and effectively use relational database
systems using MS-Access
D. Key transferable skills. D1: Crucial participating in systems analysis and design.
D2: Accounting systems
are studied from an accounting cycles perspective, emphasizing the nature and
relevance of accounting internal controls and the relationship of accounting
systems to the functional areas of accounting.
|
ACC302 Principles of Auditing & Assurance Services
(4) Credit Hours
The course describes the role of the public accountant, professional standards, professional ethics, legal liability, audit evidence and documentation, audit planning internal control, audit sampling & procedures to audit the financial statements. This course thus aims to provide an introduction to the principles and practices of auditing.
It provides students with a sound understanding of fundamental auditing concepts and procedures, and the application of auditing standards. Accordingly, the course provides a foundation for students, who intend pursuing a specialised pathway in the auditing profession, as well as those who will pursue careers in accounting and other disciplines where principles of risk assessment, systems control and evaluation, and transaction testing are important. While the course focuses mainly on the practical application of an external financial audit.
Course Code |
ACC302 |
Course Title |
Principles of Auditing & Assurance Services |
Pre-requisite |
B291 and B292 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The course describes the role of the public accountant, professional standards, professional ethics, legal liability, audit evidence and documentation, audit planning internal control, audit sampling & procedures to audit the financial statements. This course thus aims to provide an introduction to the principles and practices of auditing.
It provides students with a sound understanding of fundamental auditing concepts and procedures, and the application of auditing standards. Accordingly, the course provides a foundation for students, who intend pursuing a specialised pathway in the auditing profession, as well as those who will pursue careers in accounting and other disciplines where principles of risk assessment, systems control and evaluation, and transaction testing are important. While the course focuses mainly on the practical application of an external financial audit. |
Course Objectives |
This is an AOU based course. The goals of the providers of information may run somewhat counter to those of the users of information. Accordingly there is recognition of the social need for independent public accountants-individuals of professional competence and integrity who can tell us whether the information that we use constitutes a fair picture of what is really going on. On successful completion of BS312 course, students should be able to: 1) Determine an understanding of Certified Public Accountants, Professional standards, and Fundamental audit concepts. 2) Apply a range of audit procedures. 3) Apply auditing standards. 4) Demonstrate an understanding of the legal context within which auditing occurs.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1 : Awareness and
understanding of the role of the public accountant , audit standards, ethics ,
liability , audit evidence , documentation , audit planning, internal control ,
audit sampling A2: Demonstrate the ability to audit financial statements based on
the standards and procedures A3: Audit
of The Sales and Collection Cycle. A4: Audit of The Acquisition and Payment
Cycle B. Cognitive
skills B1: Understand the purpose of auditing and be able to investigate
and identify procedures Plan the audit, investigate evidence & identify
procedures. B2: Acquire understanding of the audit standards and how to apply
them in the audit process B3: Be able to distinguish between the different
types of audit reports and which report is mostly applicable for each
situation. B4: Be able to identify the environmental influences that might
impact the auditor’s plan and opinion. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Perform basic audit based on auditing standards & GAAP. C2: Perform audit procedures C3: Establish a relationship between the audit process and
environmental influences D. Key transferable skills. D1: Select appropriate procedures for auditing financial statement
accounts D2: Prepare an audit program of a typical firm
D3: Ability to dig out
evidence from a variety of sources in order to achieve the specific audit
objectives of financial statement accounts. |
ACC610 Advanced Management Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to develop students’ understanding, both theoretically and practically of different managerial accounting topics. The course covers the following topics in particular; Strategic planning process; budgeting concepts; annual profit plans and supporting schedules; types of budgets, including activity-based budgeting, project budgeting, flexible budgeting; top level planning and analysis; and forecasting, including quantitative methods such as regression and learning curve analysis. Relevant data concepts; cost-volume-profit analysis; marginal analysis; make vs. buy decisions; income tax implications for operational decision analysis; pricing methodologies including market comparable, cost-based and value-based approaches. Cash flow estimates; discounted cash flow concepts; net present value; internal rate of return, discounted payback; payback; income tax implications for investment decisions; risk analysis; and real options.
Course Code |
ACC610 |
Course Title |
Advanced Management Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to develop students’ understanding, both theoretically and practically of different managerial accounting topics. The course covers the following topics in particular; Strategic planning process; budgeting concepts; annual profit plans and supporting schedules; types of budgets, including activity-based budgeting, project budgeting, flexible budgeting; top level planning and analysis; and forecasting, including quantitative methods such as regression and learning curve analysis. Relevant data concepts; cost-volume-profit analysis; marginal analysis; make vs. buy decisions; income tax implications for operational decision analysis; pricing methodologies including market comparable, cost-based and value-based approaches. Cash flow estimates; discounted cash flow concepts; net present value; internal rate of return, discounted payback; payback; income tax implications for investment decisions; risk analysis; and real options. |
Course Objectives |
This course includes the following: The Relationship among Planning, Budgeting and Performance Evaluation, Concepts of Planning, Budgeting and Forecasting and budget methodologies, Responsibility Centers and Controllable Costs, Cost Standards in Budgeting, The Master Budget, Flexible Budgets and other budgets, Variance Analysis and Standard Costs, Static Budget Variances Vs Flexible Budget Variances, Responsibility Centers and Reporting Segments, Allocation of Common Costs, Transfer Pricing, Performance Measures. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A2: demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the most widely used techniques and approaches of accounting. A3: demonstrate a variety of models, techniques and methods to solve practical problems arising in accounting. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B1: critically assess and originality in tackling and solving problems B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting.
C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems. C3: act autonomously in planning and implementing accounting tasks.
D. Key/transferable skills
At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D3: plan, organize, and prioritize their time. D6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC620 Advanced Cost Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This course is designed to introduce students to the main concepts of cost. The course covers cost concepts, flows and terminology; alternative cost objectives; cost measurement concepts; cost accumulation systems including job order costing, process costing, and activity-based costing; overhead cost allocation; supply chain management and business process performance topics such as lean manufacturing, ERP, theory of constraints, value chain analysis, ABM, continuous improvement and efficient accounting processes. Factors to be analyzed for control and performance evaluation including revenues, costs, profits, and investment in assets; variance analysis based on flexible budgets and standard costs; responsibility accounting for revenue, cost, contribution and profit centers; key performance indicators; and balanced scorecard.
Course Code |
ACC620 |
Course Title |
Advanced Cost Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to introduce students to the main concepts of cost. The course covers cost concepts, flows and terminology; alternative cost objectives; cost measurement concepts; cost accumulation systems including job order costing, process costing, and activity-based costing; overhead cost allocation; supply chain management and business process performance topics such as lean manufacturing, ERP, theory of constraints, value chain analysis, ABM, continuous improvement and efficient accounting processes. Factors to be analyzed for control and performance evaluation including revenues, costs, profits, and investment in assets; variance analysis based on flexible budgets and standard costs; responsibility accounting for revenue, cost, contribution and profit centers; key performance indicators; and balanced scorecard. |
Course Objectives |
This course focuses on variable and absorption costing and covers a number of methods of allocating costs and overheads. It covers Cost Management Concepts, Cost Accumulation Systems, Cost Allocation Techniques, Operational Efficiency and Business Process Performance, Cost Management Concepts Cost Management Terminology, Cost Behavior, Cost Classification, Costing Techniques, Job-Order Costing, Process Costing, Activity-Based Costing, Joint Product and By-Product Costing,
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A2: demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the most widely used techniques and approaches of accounting. A3: demonstrate a variety of models, techniques and methods to solve practical problems arising in accounting. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B1: critically assess and originality in tackling and solving problems B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting.
C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems. C3: act autonomously in planning and implementing accounting tasks.
D. Key/transferable skills
At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D3: plan, organize, and prioritize their time. D6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC630 Advanced Financial Accounting and Reporting
(3) Credit Hours
This course requires that student have a strong knowledge of financial accounting, including concepts and standards for financial statements, typical items in financial statements. Students should also be able to demonstrate the skills needed to apply the financial reporting knowledge required of professional accountant.
Course Code |
ACC630 |
Course Title |
Advanced Financial Accounting and Reporting |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course requires that student have a strong knowledge of financial accounting, including concepts and standards for financial statements, typical items in financial statements. Students should also be able to demonstrate the skills needed to apply the financial reporting knowledge required of professional accountant. |
Course Objectives |
The objective of this course is to give you an overview of the main topics in Financial Accounting. The students will learn about financial accounting and procedures essential to the preparation of all financial statements with particular emphasis on the corporate form. Topics include an overview of the conceptual framework of accounting, valuation, recording, and presentation of financial statement. Students are introduced to time value of money concepts, as well as, accounting for cash, receivables, payables, bonds, investment, inventories, property, plant, and equipment, intangible assets, equities
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A2: demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the most widely used techniques and approaches of accounting. A3: demonstrate a variety of models, techniques and methods to solve practical problems arising in accounting. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B1: critically assess and originality in tackling and solving problems B2: evaluate company accounts, audit reports and the uses to which these are put. B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting.
C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems. C3: act autonomously in planning and implementing accounting tasks. C4: Prepare and analyse company financial accounts and audit reports.
D. Key/transferable skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. D2: ability to work in groups and other appropriate inter-personal skills, including oral and written presentation skills. D3: plan, organize, and prioritize their time. D4: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. D5: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals. D6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC635 Financial and Accounting Analysis
(3) Credit Hours
Students in this course study the basic objectives of financial statement analysis through understanding the basic items of each financial statement and the objective of each ratio extracted from them. They learn the techniques of computing ratios, interpret the ratios and study the limitations of ratio analysis. They examine the past performance of the firm by analyzing the efficiency, financial condition, profitability, liquidity, solvency and risk of a company using the ratio analysis, including vertical and horizontal common-size analysis, trend analysis, and industry comparisons.
Course Code |
ACC635 |
Course Title |
Financial and Accounting Analysis |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Students in this course study the basic objectives of financial statement analysis through understanding the basic items of each financial statement and the objective of each ratio extracted from them. They learn the techniques of computing ratios, interpret the ratios and study the limitations of ratio analysis. They examine the past performance of the firm by analyzing the efficiency, financial condition, profitability, liquidity, solvency and risk of a company using the ratio analysis, including vertical and horizontal common-size analysis, trend analysis, and industry comparisons. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to teach students the underlying knowledge and skills of financial analysis. The course contains the following topics: Calculation and interpretation of financial ratios; evaluate performance utilizing multiple ratios; market value vs. book value; profitability analysis; analytical issues including impact of foreign operations, effects of changing prices and inflation, off- balance sheet financing, and earnings quality.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A2: demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the most widely used techniques and approaches of accounting. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B1: critically assess and originality in tackling and solving problems B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting. B5: exercise relevant personal and interactive skills. C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems.
D. Key/transferable skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. D4: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. D5: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals.
|
ACC640 Advanced Topics in Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to teach students the underlying knowledge and skills of specific types of transactions and events, accounting and reporting for governmental entities, and accounting and reporting for nongovernmental and not-for-profit organizations.
Course Code |
ACC640 |
Course Title |
Advanced Topics in Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to teach students the underlying knowledge and skills of specific types of transactions and events, accounting and reporting for governmental entities, and accounting and reporting for nongovernmental and not-for-profit organizations. |
Course Objectives |
This course is a comprehensive study of business combinations; the equity methods of accounting for investments in common stock, and consolidated financial statement preparation. In addition this course explores international accounting issues including foreign currency financial statement translation, and accounting for not-for-profit organizations.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A2: demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the most widely used techniques and approaches of accounting. A3: demonstrate a variety of models, techniques and methods to solve practical problems arising in accounting. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B1: critically assess and originality in tackling and solving problems B2: evaluate company accounts, audit reports and the uses to which these are put. B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting.
C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems. C3: act autonomously in planning and implementing accounting tasks. C4: Prepare and analyse company financial accounts and audit reports.
D. Key/transferable skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. D2: ability to work in groups and other appropriate inter-personal skills, including oral and written presentation skills. D3: plan, organize, and prioritize their time. D4: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. D5: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals. D6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC645 Research Methodologies in accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This course is designed to introduce students to the methods and methodologies of research in accounting. The various research methods and methodologies are explored and examined. The course will concentrate on quantitative and qualitative methods and will utilize several case studies to illustrate the suitability of these methods and methodologies. The epistemological and ontological underpinnings of these methodologies will be discussed and explained. It is expected that this course will provide students with the requisite skills and means to choose and implement the appropriate research designs and carry out their research in accounting.
Course Code |
ACC645 |
Course Title |
Research Methodologies in accounting |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to introduce students to the methods and methodologies of research in accounting. The various research methods and methodologies are explored and examined. The course will concentrate on quantitative and qualitative methods and will utilize several case studies to illustrate the suitability of these methods and methodologies. The epistemological and ontological underpinnings of these methodologies will be discussed and explained. It is expected that this course will provide students with the requisite skills and means to choose and implement the appropriate research designs and carry out their research in accounting. |
Course Objectives |
This course is designed to introduce students to the methods and methodologies of research in accounting. The various research methods and methodologies are explored and examined. The course will concentrate on quantitative and qualitative methods and will utilize several case studies to illustrate the suitability of these methods and methodologies. The epistemological and ontological underpinnings of these methodologies will be discussed and explained. It is expected that this course will provide students with the requisite skills and means to choose and implement the appropriate research designs and carry out their research in accounting. |
Course Outcomes |
Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: 1: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: 1: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting. 2: exercise relevant personal and interactive skills. Key/transferable skills
At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: 1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. 2: ability to work in groups and other appropriate inter-personal skills, including oral and written presentation skills. 3: plan, organize, and prioritize their time. 4: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. 5: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals. 6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC650 International Accounting Standards / IFRS
(3) Credit Hours
The primary purpose of the course is to develop knowledge of International Financial Reporting Standards including the standards’ history, new standard adoption, the recording of financial transactions, and financial statement presentation, the US GAAP vs. IFRS convergence process. Also, this course aims: to overview the IASB due process and conceptual framework; To discuss IFRS as they apply to accounting for assets, liabilities and equity; To provide an overview of what must be disclosed in the financial statements.
Course Code |
ACC650 |
Course Title |
International Accounting Standards / IFRS |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The primary purpose of the course is to develop knowledge of International Financial Reporting Standards including the standards’ history, new standard adoption, the recording of financial transactions, and financial statement presentation, the US GAAP vs. IFRS convergence process. Also, this course aims: to overview the IASB due process and conceptual framework; To discuss IFRS as they apply to accounting for assets, liabilities and equity; To provide an overview of what must be disclosed in the financial statements. |
Course Objectives |
The primary purpose of the course is to develop knowledge of International Financial Reporting Standards including the standards' history, new standard adoption, the recording of financial transactions, and financial statement presentation, the US GAAP vs. IFRS convergence process. Also, this course aims: to overview the IASB due process and conceptual framework; To discuss IFRS as they apply to accounting for assets, liabilities and equity; To provide an overview of what must be disclosed in the financial statements.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A2: demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the most widely used techniques and approaches of accounting. A3: demonstrate a variety of models, techniques and methods to solve practical problems arising in accounting. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B1: critically assess and originality in tackling and solving problems B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting.
C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems. C3: act autonomously in planning and implementing accounting tasks.
D. Key/transferable skills
At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D3: plan, organize, and prioritize their time.
D6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC655 Accounting Information Systems
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at exposing students to the distinct information systems knowledge required by accountants. In particular, the course covers the following topics: system concepts, system tools, system development methodologies, data storage and processing, internet control systems, and transaction cycles.
Course Code |
ACC655 |
Course Title |
Accounting Information Systems |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at exposing students to the distinct information systems knowledge required by accountants. In particular, the course covers the following topics: system concepts, system tools, system development methodologies, data storage and processing, internet control systems, and transaction cycles. |
Course Objectives |
This course is designed to present the concepts of modern accounting information systems and their role in the business environment. Particular attention is paid to documentation techniques, database system, internal control structure, and auditing of AIS. AIS systems along with their inherent ramifications involving system reliability, accounting cycles' applications in computer environments are also stressed throughout the course.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A2: demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the most widely used techniques and approaches of accounting. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting.
C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems.
D. Key/transferable skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. D4: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. D5: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals. D6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC660 Auditing and Attestation
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to cover the entire auditing process, including auditing procedures, generally accepted auditing standards, standards related to attest engagements and the Code of Professional Conduct.
Course Code |
ACC660 |
Course Title |
Auditing and Attestation |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to cover the entire auditing process, including auditing procedures, generally accepted auditing standards, standards related to attest engagements and the Code of Professional Conduct. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to identify a theoretical framework of auditing including the demand for audit and enhances the knowledge about auditing process. It enriches the students' knowledge about the assurance services, auditing standards and planning, auditors' liabilities, professional ethics and audit reports. Moreover this course sheds light on the process of auditing; comprising audit responsibilities and objectives, audit evidence, materiality and risks, internal control and the overall audit plan and audit program. On the other hand, ISA and GAAS are going to be elaborated and more attention will be directed towards the differences between them. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A2: demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the most widely used techniques and approaches of accounting. A3: demonstrate a variety of models, techniques and methods to solve practical problems arising in accounting. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B1: critically assess and originality in tackling and solving problems B2: evaluate company accounts, audit reports and the uses to which these are put. B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting. B5: exercise relevant personal and interactive skills. C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems. C3: act autonomously in planning and implementing accounting tasks. C4: Prepare and analyse company financial accounts and audit reports. D. Key/transferable skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. D2: ability to work in groups and other appropriate inter-personal skills, including oral and written presentation skills. D3: plan, organize, and prioritize their time. D4: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. D5: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals. D6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC665 Business Environment and Concepts
(3) Credit Hours
This course provides understanding of business concepts and the significance of professional duties and responsibilities within the larger context of the business environment. Areas covered are corporate governance, economic concepts and analysis, financial management, information systems and communications, strategic planning and operations management.
Course Code |
ACC665 |
Course Title |
Business Environment and Concepts |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course provides understanding of business concepts and the significance of professional duties and responsibilities within the larger context of the business environment. Areas covered are corporate governance, economic concepts and analysis, financial management, information systems and communications, strategic planning and operations management. |
Course Objectives |
This course is designed to develop knowledge about the main management functions, and covering the following topics: Corporate Governance, Economic Concepts and Analysis, Financial Management, Information Systems and Communications, Strategic Planning, Operations Management.
|
Course Outcomes |
Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: 1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. 2: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: 1: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. 2: exercise relevant personal and interactive skills. Key/transferable skills
At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: 1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. 2: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. 3: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals. 4: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC670 Advanced Financial and Risk Management
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to develop students’ understanding specific topics of finance and risk management. The course will concentrate on types of risk; including credit, foreign exchange, interest rate, market, and political risk; capital instruments for long-term financing; initial and secondary public offerings; dividend policy; cost of capital; working capital management; raising capital; managing and financing working capital; mergers and acquisitions; and international finance. Also, the course covers types of risk including business, hazard, financial, operational, strategic, legal compliance and political risk; risk mitigation; risk management; risk analysis; and ERM.
Course Code |
ACC670 |
Course Title |
Advanced Financial and Risk Management |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to develop students’ understanding specific topics of finance and risk management. The course will concentrate on types of risk; including credit, foreign exchange, interest rate, market, and political risk; capital instruments for long-term financing; initial and secondary public offerings; dividend policy; cost of capital; working capital management; raising capital; managing and financing working capital; mergers and acquisitions; and international finance. Also, the course covers types of risk including business, hazard, financial, operational, strategic, legal compliance and political risk; risk mitigation; risk management; risk analysis; and ERM. |
Course Objectives |
This course comprises two core subjects. The first discusses the different methods of evaluation of companies' performance, growth, and failure forecasting. The second subject relates to financial risks and their types, measurement methods, and management in order to mitigate their effect.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A2: demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the most widely used techniques and approaches of accounting. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B1: critically assess and originality in tackling and solving problems B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting. B5: exercise relevant personal and interactive skills. C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems.
D. Key/transferable skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. D2: ability to work in groups and other appropriate inter-personal skills, including oral and written presentation skills. D4: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. D5: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals.
|
ACC675 Tax, Business Law and Regulation
(3) Credit Hours
This course provides the student with required knowledge of different taxation regulations; income and sales tax. Also, other related legislations will be covered in this course; business law, commerce, corporations, banks, securities, insurance and other regulations.
Course Code |
ACC675 |
Course Title |
Tax, Business Law and Regulation |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course provides the student with required knowledge of different taxation regulations; income and sales tax. Also, other related legislations will be covered in this course; business law, commerce, corporations, banks, securities, insurance and other regulations. |
Course Objectives |
The course aims to cover the legislations, regulations and instructions related to accounting in Jordan. The course covers legislations of income and sales tax, commerce, corporations, banks, securities, insurance, and other related legislations.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B1: critically assess and originality in tackling and solving problems B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting. B5: exercise relevant personal and interactive skills. C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems. C3: act autonomously in planning and implementing accounting tasks.
D. Key/transferable skills
At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. D4: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. D5: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals. D6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC680 Internal control and Professional Ethics
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at exposing students to the knowledge of main topics of Internal control and Professional Ethics. It covers corporate governance; internal control risk; internal control environment, procedures, and standards; responsibility and authority for internal auditing; types of audits; assessing the adequacy of the accounting information system controls; and business continuity planning. Also, the course covers ethical considerations for management accounting professionals and for the organization.
Course Code |
ACC680 |
Course Title |
Internal control and Professional Ethics |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at exposing students to the knowledge of main topics of Internal control and Professional Ethics. It covers corporate governance; internal control risk; internal control environment, procedures, and standards; responsibility and authority for internal auditing; types of audits; assessing the adequacy of the accounting information system controls; and business continuity planning. Also, the course covers ethical considerations for management accounting professionals and for the organization. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to provide the required knowledge of foreign regulations. It cover the following topics: Ethics, Professional and Legal Responsibilities, Business Law, Federal Tax Process, Federal Taxation of Property Transactions, Federal Taxation of Individuals, Federal Taxation of Entities.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B5: exercise relevant personal and interactive skills. C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C3: act autonomously in planning and implementing accounting tasks.
D. Key/transferable skills
At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. D2: ability to work in groups and other appropriate inter-personal skills, including oral and written presentation skills. D3: plan, organize, and prioritize their time. D4: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. D5: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals. D6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC690 Comprehensive Exam
(0) Credit Hours
This course involves an extensive research period referring to certain group of books assigned by the exam committee that represents the body of knowledge that the student acquired throughout the study period. The student is entitled to attend and pass the exam that is appointed within a period specified in the mid of the semester.
Course Code |
ACC690 |
Course Title |
Comprehensive Exam |
Pre-requisite |
Successful completion of core modules within the program. |
Credit Hours |
0 |
Course Description |
This course involves an extensive research period referring to certain group of books assigned by the exam committee that represents the body of knowledge that the student acquired throughout the study period. The student is entitled to attend and pass the exam that is appointed within a period specified in the mid of the semester. |
Course Objectives |
Requires on average one and half to two years of study. In a number of universities, students have the option to obtain a master degree with a thesis or with a comprehensive exam. During the course of study, students will be assessed through examinations, reports and presentations. Before graduation, the student must prepare and defend a thesis, which will be the basis for the graduation decision. Competency is measured by the ability to use and apply fundamental principles and knowledge in solving problems in each of the mentioned areas, or a comprehensive exam. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding On successful completion of this programme student will be able to: A1: demonstrate a depth of knowledge and understanding of the variety of accounting contexts. A2: demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the most widely used techniques and approaches of accounting. A3: demonstrate a variety of models, techniques and methods to solve practical problems arising in accounting. A4: demonstrate a core knowledge base including the essential facts, concepts, principles and theories relevant to the chosen area of specialization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: B1: critically assess and originality in tackling and solving problems B2: evaluate company accounts, audit reports and the uses to which these are put. B3: think analytically, reflectively, creatively and logically, drawing on useful approaches developed in a range of cognate disciplines, including financial and management accounting, corporate governance, corporate social accountability, performance management, and decision analysis. B4: evaluate and interpret information, and engage in problem solving, thereby demonstrating a capacity to think clearly and systematically about a range of contemporary issues in accounting. B5: exercise relevant personal and interactive skills. C. Practical and professional skills Having successfully completed this programme student will be able to: C1: select and apply appropriate techniques to solve practical problems in organisations. C2: demonstrate self-direction and some originality in tackling and solving problems. C3: act autonomously in planning and implementing accounting tasks. C4: Prepare and analyse company financial accounts and audit reports. D. Key/transferable skills At the end of the programme, students should be able to demonstrate: D1: appropriate communication skills such as ability to present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, argument and commentary, in an appropriate form. D2: ability to work in groups and other appropriate inter-personal skills, including oral and written presentation skills. D3: plan, organize, and prioritize their time. D4: Critically review evidence including its reliability, validity and significance. D5: Manage resources and time effectively in order to achieve intended goals. D6: Learn effectively for the purpose of continuing professional development.
|
ACC697 Dissertation 1
(3) Credit Hours
Dissertation 1 focuses on the initial stages of the dissertation process. Students will develop a research proposal, conduct a literature review, and design their research methodology. This module aims to prepare students for the implementation and analysis phases of their dissertation in Dissertation 2.
Course Code |
ACC697 |
Course Title |
Dissertation 1 |
Pre-requisite |
• Successful completion of [relevant prerequisite modules]. • Approval of dissertation proposal. |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Dissertation 1 focuses on the initial stages of the dissertation process. Students will develop a research proposal, conduct a literature review, and design their research methodology. This module aims to prepare students for the implementation and analysis phases of their dissertation in Dissertation 2. |
Course Objectives |
In this module, students will build specialised expertise by putting the theory and central managerial aspects taught on the MSc into practice, engaging in a life-changing learning that can challenge students understanding of theories and accounting practices. Students will identify a real problem in the markets and organisations then look for a change that will help solve this problem. This will enable students to develop as leaders of change that go beyond mere applications of theoretical and practical skills to be reflective practitioners, critical thinkers, and independent professionals.
|
Course Outcomes |
By the end of this module, students will be able to:
- Develop a clear and feasible research proposal.
- Conduct a comprehensive literature review relevant to their research topic.
- Design a suitable research methodology.
- Demonstrate an understanding of ethical considerations in research.
- Present their research plan effectively.
|
ACC698 Dissertation 2
(6) Credit Hours
Dissertation 2 focuses on the implementation, analysis, and presentation phases of the dissertation process. Students will collect and analyze data, interpret their findings, and write up their dissertation. This module aims to enable students to complete a substantial piece of independent research.
Course Code |
ACC698 |
Course Title |
Dissertation 2 |
Pre-requisite |
Successful completion of Dissertation 1. |
Credit Hours |
6 |
Course Description |
Dissertation 2 focuses on the implementation, analysis, and presentation phases of the dissertation process. Students will collect and analyze data, interpret their findings, and write up their dissertation. This module aims to enable students to complete a substantial piece of independent research. |
Course Objectives |
These course objectives ensure that students are well-prepared to complete their dissertation with a high level of academic rigor and professionalism, culminating in a significant contribution to their field of study. Students are expected to adhere to the institution’s policies on academic integrity. Moreover, students will: Implement Research Methodology: Effectively execute the research plan developed in Dissertation 1, employing appropriate techniques and tools for data collection.
Data Collection and Management: Collect and manage primary and/or secondary data systematically, ensuring data integrity and reliability.
Data Analysis and Interpretation: Analyze collected data using relevant statistical or qualitative methods, and accurately interpret the results to address the research questions or hypotheses.
Critical Evaluation: Critically evaluate the research process, discussing the limitations, challenges, and implications of the findings.
Writing the Dissertation: Synthesize the research findings into a coherent, well-structured, and comprehensive dissertation that adheres to academic standards and guidelines.
Presentation Skills: Develop and refine skills for presenting research findings clearly and effectively in both written and oral formats.
Ethical Research Conduct: Demonstrate a thorough understanding and application of ethical principles in research, including confidentiality, consent, and responsible reporting.
Time Management and Self-Discipline: Exhibit effective time management and self-discipline skills by meeting deadlines, maintaining consistent progress, and managing workload independently.
Professional Development: Enhance professional and academic development through reflective practices, incorporating feedback from supervisors and peers to improve the quality of the dissertation.
Preparation for Oral Defense: Prepare thoroughly for the oral defense, demonstrating the ability to articulate the research process and findings confidently and respond to questions and critiques from the examination committee. |
Course Outcomes |
By the end of this module, students will be able to:
- Implement their research methodology and collect data.
- Analyze and interpret research findings.
- Critically evaluate their research process and results.
- Write a comprehensive dissertation.
- Defend their research in a formal presentation.
|
|
ACC699 Dissertation 3
(0) Credit Hours
If the student does not accomplish parts in dissertation 2- ACC698, the student must be registered in the next semester in dissertation 3- ACC699.
Dissertation 3 focuses on the implementation, analysis, and presentation phases of the dissertation process. Students will collect and analyze data, interpret their findings, and write up their dissertation. This module aims to enable students to complete a substantial piece of independent research.
Course Code |
ACC699 |
Course Title |
Dissertation 3 |
Pre-requisite |
Successful completion of Dissertation 1. |
Credit Hours |
0 |
Course Description |
If the student does not accomplish parts in dissertation 2- ACC698, the student must be registered in the next semester in dissertation 3- ACC699.
Dissertation 3 focuses on the implementation, analysis, and presentation phases of the dissertation process. Students will collect and analyze data, interpret their findings, and write up their dissertation. This module aims to enable students to complete a substantial piece of independent research. |
Course Objectives |
These course objectives ensure that students are well-prepared to complete their dissertation with a high level of academic rigor and professionalism, culminating in a significant contribution to their field of study. Students are expected to adhere to the institution’s policies on academic integrity. Moreover, students will: Implement Research Methodology: Effectively execute the research plan developed in Dissertation 1, employing appropriate techniques and tools for data collection.
Data Collection and Management: Collect and manage primary and/or secondary data systematically, ensuring data integrity and reliability.
Data Analysis and Interpretation: Analyze collected data using relevant statistical or qualitative methods, and accurately interpret the results to address the research questions or hypotheses.
Critical Evaluation: Critically evaluate the research process, discussing the limitations, challenges, and implications of the findings.
Writing the Dissertation: Synthesize the research findings into a coherent, well-structured, and comprehensive dissertation that adheres to academic standards and guidelines.
Presentation Skills: Develop and refine skills for presenting research findings clearly and effectively in both written and oral formats.
Ethical Research Conduct: Demonstrate a thorough understanding and application of ethical principles in research, including confidentiality, consent, and responsible reporting.
Time Management and Self-Discipline: Exhibit effective time management and self-discipline skills by meeting deadlines, maintaining consistent progress, and managing workload independently.
Professional Development: Enhance professional and academic development through reflective practices, incorporating feedback from supervisors and peers to improve the quality of the dissertation.
Preparation for Oral Defense: Prepare thoroughly for the oral defense, demonstrating the ability to articulate the research process and findings confidently and respond to questions and critiques from the examination committee.
|
Course Outcomes |
By the end of this module, students will be able to: - Implement their research methodology and collect data.
- Analyze and interpret research findings.
- Critically evaluate their research process and results.
- Write a comprehensive dissertation.
- Defend their research in a formal presentation.
|
ACCT201 Principles of Accounting (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course offers a comprehensive introduction for students aiming to build a solid foundation in double-entry bookkeeping and basic financial statement preparation. It equips individuals with the essential knowledge and skills required for pursuing professional qualifications, whether as a bookkeeper, accounting technician, or fully qualified accountant.
Course Code |
ACCT201 |
Course Title |
Principles of Accounting (1) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course offers a comprehensive introduction for students aiming to build a solid foundation in double-entry bookkeeping and basic financial statement preparation. It equips individuals with the essential knowledge and skills required for pursuing professional qualifications, whether as a bookkeeper, accounting technician, or fully qualified accountant. |
Course Objectives |
This foundational course aims to develop a comprehensive understanding of essential accounting principles, including the accounting equation and the recording process. It emphasizes the application of control over financial information and provides an analytical perspective, particularly from the viewpoint of financial statement users. Students will learn to analyze financial information from the trial balance through to the preparation of complete financial statements.
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: 1.Define accounting and comprehend the nature and objectives of financial statements in relation to decision-making processes. 2.Identify and apply accounting concepts, principles, and frameworks necessary for analyzing and communicating financial information effectively to both internal and external users. 3.Analyze the impact of business transactions on an organization's accounting records and financial statements. 4.Apply the accounting cycle to generate accounting data essential for solving various business problems. 5.Understand, process, and accurately record merchandise transactions in commercial companies. 6.Manage and control cash in registers and bank accounts, ensuring accurate recording in accordance with accounting principles. 7.Prepare basic financial statements, including the statement of comprehensive income, income statement, statement of retained earnings, and statement of financial position, in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
|
ACCT202 Accounting Principles (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This is a complementary course to the Accounting Principles 1 course (ACCT201) which is designed to enable students to develop their understanding of several accounting matters and through their dealings with financial processes in accounting. The course focuses on key topics such as: accounting adjustments; receivables; inventory; fixed assets; closing accounts.
Course Code |
ACCT202 |
Course Title |
Accounting Principles (2) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is a complementary course to the Accounting Principles 1 course (ACCT201) which is designed to enable students to develop their understanding of several accounting matters and through their dealings with financial processes in accounting. The course focuses on key topics such as: accounting adjustments; receivables; inventory; fixed assets; closing accounts. |
Course Objectives |
This short course assists students seeking a foundation in double-entry bookkeeping, maintaining financial records, and preparing basic financial statements. It is also suitable for anyone aiming to obtain a professional qualification as a bookkeeper, accounting technician, or fully qualified accountant.
|
Course Outcomes |
" A. Knowledge and Understanding: A1. Demonstrating the ability to understand generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). A2. Demonstrating the ability to analyze a project's financial transactions and determine their impact on financial statements issued for external users. A3. Demonstrating the ability to identify risks in accounting systems and recommend control measures to mitigate those risks. B. Cognitive Skills: B1. Analyzing and interpreting financial information. B2. Explaining and clarifying the information disclosed in each of the four basic financial statements and how that information is used by different decision-makers. B3. Analyzing cash transactions and accrual-based accounting and their related treatments. B4. Analyzing financial transactions, evaluations, and reporting related to receivables. B5. Explaining financial transactions related to investments and their accounting treatments. B6. Analyzing inventory financial transactions and their accounting treatments and disclosures. B7. Explaining the accounting treatment of fixed assets and the impact of that treatment on financial statements. C. Practical Skills: C1. Recording economic transactions and events, and maintaining accounting records. C2. Preparing basic financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). C3. Performing basic operations using numbers as required in bookkeeping and accounting. D. Transferable Skills: D1. Using simple mathematics for calculation purposes in bookkeeping, accounting, and preparing financial statements. D2. Using mathematics for calculating asset depreciation. |
ACCT250 Computer Application in Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This course is an introductory course of computer accounting with QuickBooks Pro Software. In this course students learn how to apply fundamental accounting concepts and principles and analyze business events with the use of a computer accounting program for commercial business enterprise, including setting up a new company and chart of accounts; recording transactions with customers, vendors and employees; managing lists; running reports and customizing them; changing forms and generating letters.
Course Code |
ACCT250 |
Course Title |
Computer Application in Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT 201 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is an introductory course of computer accounting with QuickBooks Pro Software. In this course students learn how to apply fundamental accounting concepts and principles and analyze business events with the use of a computer accounting program for commercial business enterprise, including setting up a new company and chart of accounts; recording transactions with customers, vendors and employees; managing lists; running reports and customizing them; changing forms and generating letters. |
Course Objectives |
The main aims and objectives of this course are : • Recognize different types of business industries • Interpret the accounting workflow within QuickBooks 2014 • Analyze and record business transactions • Produce and interpret financial reports • Process and analyze Accounts Receivable and Account Payable • Prepare and record Payroll for a business • Use General Journal Entries for adjusting entries • Create a new company file, using various methods
|
Course Outcomes |
A Knowledge and Understanding A1: Demonstrate understanding of the role and
importance of computer based accounting in the various types of business and
other organisations A2: Demonstrate understanding of the accounting for Accounts Receivable, inventories, Account Payable and other accounts using
accounting software A3: Demonstrate understanding of the computer based accounting transactional
process cycle.
A4: Demonstrate the ability to prepare financial statements based on
application of accounting concepts using QuickBooks
Pro Accounting
B Cognitive Skills B1: Review and illustrate the purpose, context of computer
accounting for business practices B2: Explain, analyse and apply the mechanism of double-entry bookkeeping
and the accounting cycle in a computer based invironment. B3. Explain and interpret
the purpose, form and content of the computer-based customre and vendors transactions . B4. Explain and review the relations between financial statements and other reports in a computer based invironment
C Practical and professional skills C1.
Design a computerized accounting system for merchandising and service
organizations. C2. Record information and Prepare related reports regarding inventory,
accounts payable, accounts receivable, and payroll. C3.
Input data to record business transactions. C4.
Prepare financial statements and other
related reports for the business.
D Key/transferable skills D1: Use computer skills for the
purpose of bookkeeping, accounting and preparing/analysing financial
statements, including basic financial analysis.
|
ACCT301 Accounting Information System
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about the components of accounting information systems; Human, funding cycle as well as control elements and models in the accounting information systems environment.
Course Code |
ACCT301 |
Course Title |
Accounting Information System |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about the components of accounting information systems; Human, funding cycle as well as control elements and models in the accounting information systems environment. |
Course Objectives |
This course serves as an introduction for students seeking a foundation in managing accounting systems, building accounting databases, operating the accounting cycles of the system, and implementing controls on accounting systems to protect resources and achieve efficient and effective operations.
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon successful completion of this course, students will achieve the following:
1. Demonstrate a foundational understanding of accounting systems, including their design and implementation. 2. Explain the principles and functions of accounting databases, including their structure and models. 3. Manage accounting cycles effectively within the system, including the revenue, expenditure, production, human resources, and financing cycles. 4. Establish and apply controls within accounting information systems to safeguard resources and enhance operational efficiency and effectiveness. 5. Utilize documentation tools relevant to accounting information systems and understand their objectives. 6. Analyze and apply elements of control and their models within the accounting information systems environment.
|
ACCT305 Cost Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This is a subsequent course based on the principles of accounting principles (1) (ACCT201) and accounting principles (ACCT202) where this course is one of the basic courses for accounting specialization. The course discusses the basic concepts and different types of costs. The course provides a clear explanation of the traditional and modern cost systems and methods of treating damaged, lost and flawed
Course Code |
ACCT305 |
Course Title |
Cost Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
مبادئ المحاسبة 2 ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is a subsequent course based on the principles of accounting principles (1) (ACCT201) and accounting principles (ACCT202) where this course is one of the basic courses for accounting specialization. The course discusses the basic concepts and different types of costs. The course provides a clear explanation of the traditional and modern cost systems and methods of treating damaged, lost and flawed |
Course Objectives |
The course aims to help students understand various topics in cost accounting and assist them in preparing financial statements for industrial enterprises while recognizing the differences between financial statements for industrial and service enterprises. Additionally, the course aims to clarify the concepts of standard costing. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding: A1. Demonstrating the ability to understand different cost systems, the differences between these systems, and the advantages and disadvantages of each method. A2. Showing the ability to classify costs according to different methods and understanding the purpose of these classifications for making appropriate decisions. A3. Demonstrating the ability to determine the effect of total cost and variable cost methods on company profits and the relationship between net profit under both methods. B. Cognitive Skills: B1. Analyzing and interpreting financial information. B2. Explaining and clarifying the information disclosed in each of the four basic financial statements, and how that information is used by different decision-makers, as well as understanding the nature of the company's operations from the financial statements. B3. Analyzing cost variances and identifying responsibility for each variance. B4. Recording the financial transactions necessary to prepare the cost of goods manufactured statement and how to prepare the statement and determine the cost per unit. B5. Explaining the accounting treatment of cost systems according to job order costing, process costing, and the ABC (Activity-Based Costing) system. C. Practical and Professional Skills: C1. Recording economic transactions and events, and maintaining accounting records. C2. Using different cost systems to record financial transactions and determine the cost per unit. C3. Preparing basic financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), including handling waste, spoilage, and defective items. C4. Preparing reports and statements for determining the cost of finished production using different methods.
|
ACCT306 Managerial Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
Administrative accounting is a specialized branch of accounting that seeks to introduce quantitative tools and methods for processing and preparing information to serve the administrative levels in the establishment. It also seeks to deepen the concepts of students for the role of administrative accounting in the fields of planning, control, decision-making, measurement and evaluation of performance, and administrative accounting prepares the necessary information to rationalize the various administrative levels of the establishment in the areas of planning, oversight and decision-making, and is done in This course is also a study of some of the most important topics in management accounting
Course Code |
ACCT306 |
Course Title |
Managerial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
محاسبة تكاليف ACCT305 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Administrative accounting is a specialized branch of accounting that seeks to introduce quantitative tools and methods for processing and preparing information to serve the administrative levels in the establishment. It also seeks to deepen the concepts of students for the role of administrative accounting in the fields of planning, control, decision-making, measurement and evaluation of performance, and administrative accounting prepares the necessary information to rationalize the various administrative levels of the establishment in the areas of planning, oversight and decision-making, and is done in This course is also a study of some of the most important topics in management accounting |
Course Objectives |
Upon completing this course, the student should be knowledgeable about the following:
- The main objectives of managerial accounting and its relationship with financial accounting and cost accounting.
- The most important methods used in cost estimation.
- The concept of budgeting, its scope of application, objectives, and types.
- The meaning of a comprehensive planning budget, its components, and the mechanism for its preparation.
- The implementation of the comprehensive planning budget and the mechanism for measuring variances in elements of industrial costs.
- The management, planning, and control of inventory, including goods, parts, and raw materials.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding: A1. Understanding the role of managerial accounting in companies and other organizations, as well as understanding the theoretical differences between managerial and financial accounting. A2. Demonstrating the ability to classify costs according to different methods and understanding the purpose of these classifications for making appropriate decisions.
B. Cognitive Skills: B1. Creating various classifications of costs. B2. Determining the break-even point in units and currency, and understanding the margin of safety. B3. Identifying relevant cost and revenue information for decision-making. B4. Recognizing pricing methods. B5. Evaluating investment projects. B6. Preparing operating budgets. B7. Determining costs using different systems.
B8. Understanding responsibility centers and evaluating performance.
C. Practical and Professional Skills: C1. Identifying different methods for evaluating investment projects. C2. Analyzing the relationship between profit, cost, and volume to aid in decision-making. C3. Preparing various budget estimates.
D. Transferable Skills: D1. Using simple mathematics for calculations to compute and analyze certain equations.
|
ACCT307 Governmental Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This course constitutes three credit hours as a mandatory requirement for accounting students in the Business School, and includes a theoretical and practical study of the government accounting system, and the basic rules of this system in Jordan, including the main pillar which is the general budget of the state, and the course deals with the accounting fundamentals Traditional and modern government: cash base, commitment basis, and adjusted maturity basis. The course also includes the theory of allocated funds, types of funds allocated, and methods of accounting. It also includes a presentation of government financial statements and final accounts. In this course, students are introduced to international accounting standards in the public sector (IPSAS) and the importance of their application in Arab countries.
Course Code |
ACCT307 |
Course Title |
Governmental Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course constitutes three credit hours as a mandatory requirement for accounting students in the Business School, and includes a theoretical and practical study of the government accounting system, and the basic rules of this system in Jordan, including the main pillar which is the general budget of the state, and the course deals with the accounting fundamentals Traditional and modern government: cash base, commitment basis, and adjusted maturity basis. The course also includes the theory of allocated funds, types of funds allocated, and methods of accounting. It also includes a presentation of government financial statements and final accounts. In this course, students are introduced to international accounting standards in the public sector (IPSAS) and the importance of their application in Arab countries. |
Course Objectives |
The course aims to achieve the following:
- Explain the nature of government activities, and their economic, accounting, and administrative characteristics.
- Clarify the concept of governmental accounting, its functions, and its beneficiaries.
- Help students understand accounting assumptions, principles, and standards in non-profit organizations.
- Introduce students to the concept of the state’s general budget, its objectives, rules, stages of development, classification bases, estimation methods for its items, and control mechanisms.
- Review the general budget in Jordan, its classification bases, and control mechanisms.
- Inform students about the trends in developing and modernizing the mechanisms for preparing the general budget in Jordan.
- Outline the institutional framework of the governmental accounting system in Jordan.
- Teach students how to record financial transactions according to different governmental accounting bases, such as the cash basis, commitment basis, and modified accrual basis, and provide a set of illustrative practical examples.
- Help students understand the theory of designated funds, their revenues, and types of designated funds.
- Teach students how to record general budget entries and methods of accounting for designated funds.
- Introduce students to the main governmental financial statements in Jordan and the steps for preparing them.
- Inform students about the concept of "International Public Sector Accounting Standards (IPSAS)" and review these standards.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding: A1: Understand the role of governmental accounting in public sectors, as well as the theory of earmarked funds, and the impact of government legislation on the application of recognized accounting principles. A2: Know the nature of budgets in the public sector, their classifications, and recognize the evolution of governmental budget preparation. A3: Identify the documentation cycle in the public sector, and understand the documents and financial statements used in governmental institutions.
B. Cognitive Skills:
B1: Understand the difference between financial accounting in profit-making entities and governmental accounting in public units, and the impact of government legislation on accounting practices. B2: Differentiate between the concepts of cash basis, accrual basis, modified accrual basis, and their application in governmental accounting. B3: Recognize the cash position equation and operational results in governmental institutions, distinguishing them from equations used in profit-making entities. B4: Acquire knowledge of the principles and assumptions of accounting, accounting standards used in the public sector, and international public sector accounting standards (IPSAS). B5: Learn the method for recording financial transactions in government accounting, varying by the accounting basis used. B6: Understand how to record closing entries for temporary accounts (public revenues and expenditures). B7: Learn the mechanisms of preparing governmental budgets, the bases for estimating their items, and how to distribute state revenues and control expenditures. B8: Clarify sources of government revenues and areas of expenditure in the public sector. B9: Understand the method for recording financial transactions according to the modified accrual basis (both public and private earmarked funds). B10: Learn how to prepare monthly financial summaries and cash position statements in the public sector, and prepare the state’s final accounts.
C. Practical and Professional Skills: C1: Acquire the ability to record governmental financial transactions, post entries, and manage the necessary books. C2: Analyze the state’s general budget, final accounts, and financing budgets, drawing conclusions from them. C3: Perform basic operations and interact with government departments according to the accounting principles applied in the country, while also adapting to modern accounting principles. C4: Prepare governmental financial statements within the framework of governmental accounting.
D. Transferable Skills: D1: Use basic mathematics for calculations such as budget preparation, estimating budget items, and recording and posting in accounting books. D2: Analyze financial variances, such as identifying causes for discrepancies between budget estimates and actual implementation, and analyze reasons for deficits. D3: Analyze changes in accounting principles used in the country in alignment with the application of international public sector accounting standards (IPSAS).
|
ACCT311 Audit of Accounting Information System
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about auditing accounting information systems, functions, objectives, documentation tools, and structure, as well as control elements and models in the accounting information systems environment.
Course Code |
ACCT311 |
Course Title |
Audit of Accounting Information System |
Pre-requisite |
نظم المعلومات المحاسبية |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about auditing accounting information systems, functions, objectives, documentation tools, and structure, as well as control elements and models in the accounting information systems environment. |
Course Objectives |
This course serves as an introduction for students seeking a foundation in auditing accounting systems, building accounting databases, operating the system's accounting cycles, and implementing controls on accounting systems to protect resources and achieve efficient and effective operations.
|
Course Outcomes |
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
- Understand and Describe the Functions and Objectives of Auditing Accounting Information Systems
- Utilize Documentation Tools and Techniques
- Evaluate and Assess the Structure of Accounting Information Systems
- Implement and Evaluate Control Elements in Accounting Information Systems
- Design and Build Accounting Databases
- Operate and Manage Accounting Cycles within Information Systems
- Apply Best Practices for System Controls and Security
- Conduct Audits and Generate Reports on Accounting Information Systems
- Understand Legal and Regulatory Requirements
- Enhance Decision-Making and Operational Efficiency
|
ACCT320 Intermediate Accounting (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course is a continuation of the process of determining profit and preparing financial statements by studying some of the advanced topics of accounting for investments in securities; Classified
Course Code |
ACCT320 |
Course Title |
Intermediate Accounting (1) |
Pre-requisite |
مبادئ المحاسبة (2) – ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is a continuation of the process of determining profit and preparing financial statements by studying some of the advanced topics of accounting for investments in securities; Classified |
Course Objectives |
This course represents an intermediate stage in building the knowledge and understanding required for students regarding the accounting processes of some advanced topics, as well as the descriptive characteristics related to the impact of different accounting processes on profit.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding: A1. Understanding the role of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in determining company profits and the internal classification of financial statements, as well as the challenges companies face in applying these standards. A2. Understanding the effects of the time value of money on accounting treatments and financial statements.
B. Cognitive Skills: B1. Presenting IFRS 9 and clarifying the impact of accounting treatments on financial statements. B2. Explaining the process of calculating bond discounts and premiums and how to amortize them. B3. Clarifying the differences in accounting treatments for investments, liabilities, and their related amortizations. B4. Explaining the four classified financial statements. B5. Clarifying the nature and evaluation of short-term liabilities. B6. Determining the cost of fixed assets and the challenges related to externally funded buildings. B7. Explaining different depreciation methods and the impairment of fixed assets.
C. Practical and Professional Skills: C1. Recording financial transactions and events, and maintaining accounting records. C2. Preparing basic financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (IFRS).
D. Key Transferable Skills: D1. Using simple mathematics for accounting calculations.
|
ACCT322 Intermediate Accounting (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This course is a continuation of the profit-making process and the preparation of financial statements by examining some of the advanced topics of preparing the cash flow list; accounting for long-term construction contracts; accounting for financing leases; accounting for premium sales; and accounting for errors Accounting changes
Course Code |
ACCT322 |
Course Title |
Intermediate Accounting (2) |
Pre-requisite |
المحاسبة المتوسطة (1) – ACCT322 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is a continuation of the profit-making process and the preparation of financial statements by examining some of the advanced topics of preparing the cash flow list; accounting for long-term construction contracts; accounting for financing leases; accounting for premium sales; and accounting for errors Accounting changes |
Course Objectives |
This course represents an intermediate stage in building the knowledge and understanding required for students regarding the accounting processes of some advanced topics, as well as the descriptive characteristics related to the impact of different accounting processes on profit.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding: A1. Understanding the role of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in determining company profits, the internal classification of financial statements, and the challenges companies face in applying these standards. A2. Understanding the effects of the time value of money on accounting treatments and financial statements.
B. Cognitive Skills: B1. Distinguishing between profit according to the accrual basis and profit according to the cash basis. B2. Explaining the cash flow statement. B3. Applying the percentage of completion used in long-term contracts. B4. Clarifying the accounting treatment of long-term construction contracts. B5. Identifying characteristics related to finance lease contracts. B6. Explaining the accounting treatment of finance leases in the lessee's books. B7. Identifying the types of accounting changes and the accounting treatments based on them.
C. Practical and Professional Skills: C1. Recording financial transactions and events, and maintaining accounting records. C2. Preparing basic financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (IFRS).
D. Key Transferable Skills: D1. Using simple mathematics for accounting calculations.
|
ACCT330 Financial Statement Analysis
(3) Credit Hours
ACCT330 is an 3-credit, Level 3 course offered through the Accounting Program at the Arab Open University- Jordan Branch as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of ACCT322.
Course Code |
ACCT330 |
Course Title |
Financial Statement Analysis |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT322 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
ACCT330 is an 3-credit, Level 3 course offered through the Accounting Program at the Arab Open University- Jordan Branch as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of ACCT322. |
Course Objectives |
The course will prepare and help students in analyzing real company financial statements as follows:
In Chapter 1, students immediately learn about the basic financial statements. At once they learn four basic financial analysis ratios, common-size analysis, and trend analysis. They will use these tools throughout the course. Chapters 2 through 5 cover the basic financial statements, with full chapters dedicated to the statement of cash flows and the statement of stockholders' equity. Chapter 6 deals with topics that are traditionally covered in the first accounting course, such as inventory and property, plant and equipment. Chapter 7, students learn the accounting cycle, with the debit-credit system, adjusting, and closing journal entries.
|
Course Outcomes |
A Knowledge and Understanding A1 Use
accounting and business terminology, and understand the nature and purpose of
generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). A2 Explain
the objective of financial reporting, the elements of the financial statements,
and the related key accounting assumptions and principles. A3 Recognize the information conveyed
in each of the four basic financial statements and the way it is used by
investors, creditors, regulators, and managers B Cognitive skills B1 Research into accounting issues
relating to financial statement analysis, expertise and knowledge B2 Synthesise material from a variety
of sources in constructing arguments or describing financial analysis processes
B3 Evaluation and comparison of
competing companies. B4 Critical thinking, analysis, and
synthesis. C Practical and professional skills C1 The
ability to evaluate the nature of current assets including the measuring and
reporting of items such as short-term investments, receivables and bad debts,
inventory and costs of goods sold, and prepaid expenses. C4 The
application of course ideas to students’ own interactions with organisations
and life experiences. D
Key/transferable skills D1 Effective
communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas,
using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2 Effective performance in a team
environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D3 Effective use of information and
communication technologies for business purposes.
|
ACCT340 Tax Accounting and Zakat
(3) Credit Hours
This course includes topics in tax legislation in the field of income tax, sales tax and the applicable accounting aspects of that legislation, in terms of the general rules in the imposition of the tax and how to calculate and declare it and the following procedures, and the resulting vat, fines and penalties. Under the provisions of the laws in force.
Course Code |
ACCT340 |
Course Title |
Tax Accounting and Zakat |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT 322 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course includes topics in tax legislation in the field of income tax, sales tax and the applicable accounting aspects of that legislation, in terms of the general rules in the imposition of the tax and how to calculate and declare it and the following procedures, and the resulting vat, fines and penalties. Under the provisions of the laws in force. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to inform and impart knowledge to students on the current tax legislation, tax accounting procedures, and how to adjust accounting profit to taxable profit. It includes familiarizing students with the tax forms used for this purpose, enabling them to closely understand the procedures followed by the Income and Sales Tax Department and the mechanisms of interaction between the department and taxpayers in the process of imposing and collecting taxes in all its steps. |
Course Outcomes |
Key Transferable Skills: D1. Completing tax returns. D2. Using simple mathematics to calculate allowable and non-allowable expenses, particularly concerning tax-exempt income expenses. D3. Reaching legal and accounting tax solutions by utilizing various skills for certain tax issues that may arise for discussion between the Income and Sales Tax Department and taxpayers.
|
ACCT345 Corporate Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce the student to the nature and characteristics of the companies and their accounting procedures. The first two main parts relate to identifying people's companies and the accounting processing of their activities and operations. The second part relates to the identification of the money companies and the accounting treatment of related activities: from the beginning of the establishment, the formation of capital, the measurement and distribution of the results of the works in addition to the accounting treatment of the liquidation problems of these companies and their expiration.
Course Code |
ACCT345 |
Course Title |
Corporate Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT322 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce the student to the nature and characteristics of the companies and their accounting procedures. The first two main parts relate to identifying people's companies and the accounting processing of their activities and operations. The second part relates to the identification of the money companies and the accounting treatment of related activities: from the beginning of the establishment, the formation of capital, the measurement and distribution of the results of the works in addition to the accounting treatment of the liquidation problems of these companies and their expiration. |
Course Objectives |
This course is essential for providing students with comprehensive knowledge of accounting for partnerships and corporations by introducing the different types and the mechanisms of establishment according to applicable Jordanian law. Additionally, this course aims to familiarize students with the accounting processes for the activities and operations of these companies from their formation to their liquidation.
The course reinforces complete understanding and communication through participation in discussions and the application of concepts to both practical and theoretical cases. It also aims to develop research and analytical skills by practicing sourcing information related to case studies and practically applying their content.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding:
A1. Understanding the formation and management of partnerships and the accounting treatment for the establishment of a partnership. A2. Understanding the accounting treatments related to personal withdrawals of partners and loans to partners in partnerships.
B. Cognitive Skills: B1. Knowledge of the accounting treatments for current accounts of partners in partnerships. B2. Preparing financial statements and distributing profits and losses in partnerships. B3. Knowing how to prepare the income statement, profit and loss distribution statement, balance sheet, and distribute profits and losses among partners, as well as calculating bonuses for certain partners in partnerships. B4. Understanding changes in ownership in partnerships. B5. Knowing the accounting treatments for the admission of a new partner to the company and the withdrawal of an existing partner. B6. The dissolution and liquidation of partnerships. B7. Understanding the procedures for liquidation and the accounting treatment of liquidation and the liquidation statement. B8. Knowing the procedures for establishing limited public joint-stock companies and understanding the characteristics of limited public joint-stock companies.
C. Practical and Professional Skills: C1. Understanding the formation of capital for limited public joint-stock companies, types of shares, and subscription to shares of the limited public joint-stock company. C2. Knowing the accounting treatment for establishing limited public joint-stock companies, as well as establishment expenses. C3. Knowing how to prepare final accounts and financial statements for limited public joint-stock companies, such as:Income statementProfit and loss distribution statementBalance sheetChanges in capital of companiesIncrease in capital of limited public joint-stock companiesDecrease in capital of limited public joint-stock companies
D. Key Transferable Skills: D1. Understanding the procedures for liquidating limited public joint-stock companies and dissolving them, which includes knowing about:Appointing the liquidator and initiating liquidation proceduresThe accounting treatment for liquidationLiquidating a limited public joint-stock company with losses exceeding shareholders' equity
|
ACCT401 Accounting Theory
(3) Credit Hours
This course is designed to enable students to develop their theoretical concepts that are based on the nature and purposes of accounting, with a presentation of its origins and historical development over time. This course also explains the pillars and foundations on which accounting theory is built, as well as the entrances or approaches used. The course is also exposed to accounting theories and their applications in professional practice, as will be addressed accounting measurement, the different aspects of the function of accounting measurement, and the problems and effects that result in the accounting data.
This course is subject to accounting as an information system and the concept and basis of disclosure of accounting information with a presentation of the disclosure rules set out in international accounting standards and international standards for the preparation of financial reports.
Course Code |
ACCT401 |
Course Title |
Accounting Theory |
Pre-requisite |
تدقيق نظم المعلومات المحاسبية ACCT301 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to enable students to develop their theoretical concepts that are based on the nature and purposes of accounting, with a presentation of its origins and historical development over time. This course also explains the pillars and foundations on which accounting theory is built, as well as the entrances or approaches used. The course is also exposed to accounting theories and their applications in professional practice, as will be addressed accounting measurement, the different aspects of the function of accounting measurement, and the problems and effects that result in the accounting data.
This course is subject to accounting as an information system and the concept and basis of disclosure of accounting information with a presentation of the disclosure rules set out in international accounting standards and international standards for the preparation of financial reports.
|
Course Objectives |
This course helps students to:
- Explain the historical development of accounting and the factors that influenced this evolution.
- Identify the foundations upon which the methodology of accounting scientific research is based.
- Provide students with a clear vision of the process of building accounting theory, including the intellectual aspirations of accounting.
- Clarify the conceptual foundations for determining income, the matching principle, and the principles of measuring assets and liabilities, evaluation alternatives, and disclosure principles, thus contributing to the theoretical grounding of accounting practices.
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon completing this course, students are expected to be familiar with the following topics: 1.Understand the nature, purposes, and historical development of accounting, including key milestones and influences, and comprehend the conceptual framework of accounting theory. 2.Explain the foundational pillars of accounting theory, including assumptions, concepts, principles, and determinants, and understand the scientific foundations of accounting measurement for income statements and financial positions. 3.Identify and differentiate between various approaches and methods used in building accounting theory, including their classification and types. 4.Recognize and apply different accounting theories in professional practices, understanding their relevance, implications, and the theoretical foundations of Islamic accounting. 5.Analyze the evolution of accounting from a profession to an information system, considering its impact on social and organizational contexts. 6.Integrate and apply accounting theories and principles in professional settings, demonstrating their practical implications and contributions to the field.
|
ACCT402 Auditing
(3) Credit Hours
This program is considered to introduce the student to new concepts after obtaining a set of knowledge in financial accounting, management and costs, and aims to develop other new concepts for the student related to the concept of auditing financial statements prepared on scientific basis in financial accounting, This course is considered a prelude to the student about the profession of auditing if he learns through it the concept of audit and the requirements of practicing the profession and the rules of the behaviors of this profession and the duties and responsibilities of these professions in addition to the first stage of the audit stages which is acceptance of the task of auditing and planning
Course Code |
ACCT402 |
Course Title |
Auditing |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This program is considered to introduce the student to new concepts after obtaining a set of knowledge in financial accounting, management and costs, and aims to develop other new concepts for the student related to the concept of auditing financial statements prepared on scientific basis in financial accounting, This course is considered a prelude to the student about the profession of auditing if he learns through it the concept of audit and the requirements of practicing the profession and the rules of the behaviors of this profession and the duties and responsibilities of these professions in addition to the first stage of the audit stages which is acceptance of the task of auditing and planning |
Course Objectives |
This course covers the fundamental concepts of auditing and serves as a new introduction for students after they have studied financial accounting and other branches of accounting. Through this course, students will learn about the auditing profession, the requirements for practicing the profession, and the duties and responsibilities of auditors. It provides an introduction to auditing standards and their applications to major accounting operations and related accounts. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding: A1. Understanding of the concept of auditing. A2. Awareness of the types of audits and the services provided by the auditing profession. B. Cognitive Skills: B1. Clarifying the importance of quality control within the auditing firm. B2. Explaining the relationship between international auditing standards and U.S. auditing standards, highlighting the differences between them. C. Practical and Professional Skills: C1. Possessing the ability to understand the duties and responsibilities of an auditor, focusing on the term ""due professional care."" C2. The student's ability to comprehend the auditor's responsibility regarding fraud and errors. C3. Understanding the auditor's responsibility concerning legal violations. D. Transferable Skills: D1. Knowledge of the principles of professional conduct and their rules and interpretations. E. Additional Knowledge: E1. Understanding what is meant by audit planning and how it is done, in addition to the fundamentals of documenting audit tasks, accepting the audit engagement, and using analytical procedures to assess company acceptance. E2. Introductory knowledge about materiality. E3. Awareness of audit risks and their relation to the sufficiency of evidence.
|
ACCT403 Advanced Financial Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
Accounting processing for mergers and unions of companies, preparation of consolidated financial statements. Forms of legal mergers, procurement methods and common interests, financial statement preparation procedures, exchange operations between the holding company and the subsidiary.
Course Code |
ACCT403 |
Course Title |
Advanced Financial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
محاسبة متوسطة (2) – ACCT322 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Accounting processing for mergers and unions of companies, preparation of consolidated financial statements. Forms of legal mergers, procurement methods and common interests, financial statement preparation procedures, exchange operations between the holding company and the subsidiary. |
Course Objectives |
- Objectives and methods of company mergers.
- Accounting methods used for handling the merger process.
- Objectives of consolidated financial statements and methods of preparing them at the date of merger and afterward.
- Accounting treatment of transactions conducted in foreign currency.
- Accounting treatment of intercompany sales of goods from the parent company to the subsidiary.
- Accounting treatment of intercompany transactions between the parent company and subsidiary in the field of non-depreciable assets.
- Accounting treatment of intercompany transactions between the parent company and subsidiary in the field of depreciable assets.
- Theoretical framework for accounting for foreign operations and accounting for foreign exchange rate differences.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding:
A1. Understanding the cases of mergers in their various legal forms (merger, union, and control). (Knowledge) A2. Recording merger and union transactions and the transfer of assets and liabilities. (Knowledge) A3. Preparing financial statements immediately after a merger or union.
B. Cognitive Skills: B1. Preparing consolidated financial statements without intercompany transactions. B2. Preparing consolidated financial statements with intercompany transactions.
C. Practical and Professional Skills: C1. Preparing consolidated financial statements at the acquisition date. C2. Preparing consolidated financial statements without intercompany transactions.
D. Key Transferable Skills: D1. Using simple mathematics for accounting calculations.
|
ACCT413 International Accounting Standards
(3) Credit Hours
After completing the course, the student is expected to be familiar with:
"Basic concepts of conceptual framework for preparing and displaying financial statements"
"International standards and international financial reporting standards and their latest modifications""
"Dealing with study situations and putting forward and discussing ideas (analysis)
Course Code |
ACCT413 |
Course Title |
International Accounting Standards |
Pre-requisite |
محاسبة مالية متقدمة ACCT 403 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
After completing the course, the student is expected to be familiar with:
"Basic concepts of conceptual framework for preparing and displaying financial statements"
"International standards and international financial reporting standards and their latest modifications""
"Dealing with study situations and putting forward and discussing ideas (analysis) |
Course Objectives |
The student will learn the conceptual framework for preparing and presenting financial statements, as well as become familiar with the issued International Accounting and Financial Reporting Standards and their associated details and interpretations. The student will also gain the ability to apply the most important of these standards to practical cases in a manner consistent with the interpretations and intended objectives of their issuance, while considering the latest amendments and updates to these standards.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding:
A1. Identifying the elements of the conceptual framework for preparing financial statements and the characteristics of accounting information. A2. Demonstrating the ability to analyze financial transactions of the entity and determine their impact on the financial statements issued for external users. A3. Demonstrating the ability to identify the structure of each standard and how these standards are presented.
B. Cognitive Skills: B1. Analyzing and interpreting financial information. B2. Explaining and clarifying the accounting treatment of changes in accounting policies, estimates, and errors. B3. Identifying the initial measurement mechanism for a set of tangible and intangible assets. B4. Identifying the mechanisms and methods for depreciation and amortization. B5. Determining the subsequent measurement mechanism for a set of tangible and intangible assets.
C. Practical and Professional Skills: C1. Clarifying how to record economic transactions and events, and maintaining accounting records in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). C2. Understanding how to prepare basic financial statements in accordance with IFRS. C3. Recognizing the scope, importance, and purpose of each standard.
D. Key Transferable Skills: D1. Explaining the accounting treatment of accounting policies, estimates, provisions, subsequent events, borrowing costs, and government grants. D2. Using simple mathematics for the purposes of calculating depreciation and amortization of assets.
|
ACCT420 International Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
1. To discuss the arguments of causes of international differences
2. To discuss the arguments for and against international harmonization of financial reporting, and the main efforts on this issue
3. To discuss the major differences between IFRS and U.S.GAAP.
Course Code |
ACCT420 |
Course Title |
International Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT 413 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
1. To discuss the arguments of causes of international differences
2. To discuss the arguments for and against international harmonization of financial reporting, and the main efforts on this issue
3. To discuss the major differences between IFRS and U.S.GAAP. |
Course Objectives |
The main aims of this
subject are to discuss the arguments for and against international harmonization
of financial reporting, and the main efforts on this issue and to discuss the major differences between IFRS
and U.S.GAAP.
|
Course Outcomes |
A Knowledge and understanding:
A1 Explain the most important differences in accounting treatments between countries
A2 Demonstrate the ability to understand the need to unify the countries of the world to use one standard and reduce the differences between them as much as possible.
A3 Demonstrate the ability to know the difference between international financial reporting standards and generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP)
B Cognitive skills
B1 Explain the most important differences in accounting treatment between countries.
B2 Explain the most important parties that contributed to the idea of transitioning to international accounting standards
B3 Explain the role of the International Accounting Standards Board in the idea of harmonization between countries
B4 Explain how to prepare financial statements in some countries and the most important differences between them
B5 Explain how to prepare consolidated financial statements in some countries and the most important differences between them
B6 Explain the most important opinions supporting the idea of unifying international accounting standards
B7 Explain the most important opinions opposing the idea of unifying international accounting standards
C Practical and professional skills
C1 Practical examples of differences in inventory and valuation of property, equipment and factories between U.S.GAAP and IFRS and reflecting this impact on the statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income.
C2 Practical examples of differences in intangible assets and calculating impairment losses between U.S.GAAP and IFRS and reflecting this impact on the statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income.
C3 Key differences between GAAP in Japan, China, Mexico and IFRS
D Key transferable skills
D1 Practical examples of differences in inventory, property, plant and equipment valuation, intangible assets, and impairment loss calculation between U.S.GAAP and IFRS and reflect this effect on the statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income.
D2 Key differences between GAAP in Japan, China, Mexico and IFRS
|
ACCT430 /6 Field Training in Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
Training the student in one of the financial institutions or in the accounting and financial departments, which gave the student the ability to link academic achievements with the practical reality.
Course Code |
ACCT430 /6 |
Course Title |
Field Training in Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
موافقة المرشد الاكاديمي واكمال 81 ساعة |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Training the student in one of the financial institutions or in the accounting and financial departments, which gave the student the ability to link academic achievements with the practical reality. |
Course Objectives |
This course helps students acquire technical and professional skills in accounting and financial sciences.
|
Course Outcomes |
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
- Practical Application of Theoretical Knowledge
- Professional Skill Development
- Problem-Solving Abilities
- Understanding Industry Practices
- Technical Proficiency
- Critical Thinking and Analysis
- Ethical Awareness and Professional Responsibility
- Career Preparation
- Networking and Professional Relationships
- Reflection and Continuous Improvement
|
ACT111 Financial Accounting
(4) Credit Hours
This module aims to teach students the fundamentals of financial accounting. Students will gain an understanding of how to prepare the basic financial statements, based on application of the accounting concepts and principles, as well as how to analyze the financial statements information, and calculate and interpret critical financial ratios that will help company stakeholders make rational decisions. This module is obligatory for all students of Faculty of Business Studies.
Course Code |
ACT111 |
Course Title |
Financial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
EL111: English Communication Skills (I) |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module aims to teach students the fundamentals of financial accounting. Students will gain an understanding of how to prepare the basic financial statements, based on application of the accounting concepts and principles, as well as how to analyze the financial statements information, and calculate and interpret critical financial ratios that will help company stakeholders make rational decisions. This module is obligatory for all students of Faculty of Business Studies. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with the essential principles of measuring the financial performance of companies and improving financial planning. Students will gain an understanding of how to prepare the basic financial statements, based on application of accounting concepts, regulations and principles, as well as how to analyse the financial statements information that will help company stakeholders make rational decisions.
| |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1 : Demonstrate awareness and understanding of the role of accounting in business and other organisations and of its theory, principles, concepts, practices, techniques, ethics, limitations, and techniques central to bookkeeping and accounting. A2: Demonstrate the ability to prepare financial statements based on application of accounting concepts, regulations and principles.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge of the basic accounting equation, the basic financial statements and the information conveyed in each of the statements. B2: Apply the steps of the accounting cycle for service and merchandising companies. B3: Apply and demonstrate end-of-period adjusting process required to prepare financial statements.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Manage transactions and events, and maintain accounting records as required for bookkeeping and accounting.
C2: Reflect on basic financial statements based upon Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
C3: Develop the general practical and professional skills of financial accounting that can be used for personal and career goals.
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Gain knowledge and skills to use simple mathematics for the purpose of calculations in bookkeeping, accounting and preparing/analysing financial statements, including basic ratio analysis.
|
ACT112 Managerial Accounting
(4) Credit Hours
This module aims to teach students the fundamentals of managerial accounting. Students will gain an understanding of concepts and applications of managerial accounting, Moreover, students will learn how to prepare and use the accounting information for internal planning and control purposes, as well as using it to make informed managerial decisions. This module is obligatory for all students of the accounting track.
Course Code |
ACT112 |
Course Title |
Managerial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACT111: Financial Accounting |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module aims to teach students the fundamentals of managerial accounting. Students will gain an understanding of concepts and applications of managerial accounting, Moreover, students will learn how to prepare and use the accounting information for internal planning and control purposes, as well as using it to make informed managerial decisions. This module is obligatory for all students of the accounting track. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with the essential principles of measuring management performance and the use of accounting information for internal planning, control and decision making purposes.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate understanding of the different types of costs and how they behave, and understanding cost-volume-profit relationships. A2: Demonstrate understanding of different types of budgets and how to prepare budgets and understanding of standard costs and variances analysis process A3: Demonstrate understanding of responsibility accounting and management’s decision-making process.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge of the different types of costs and how they behave, and how to apply cost-volume-profit analysis B2: Analyse the budgetary process and illustrate in detail the methods of preparing budgets for planning and control purposes. B3: Analyse the features of responsibility accounting and understand differences between responsibility centres and explain the relevant and reliable information to be used by management in making decisions.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Apply different cost classifications transactions and use cost-volume-profit analysis and contribution analysis in different decisions
C2: Reflect on different budgets and calculate the main variances used in variance analysis.
C3: Recognize different responsibility centres and make the differential analysis required to apply different decisions based on relevant information.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Develop effective written and oral communication skills relevant to managerial accounting.
|
AR111 Arabic Communication Skills (I)
(3) Credit Hours
AR111 is three credit hour university requirements. It aims to enable students to acquire the Arabic language skills needed at university level, specifically: Arabic syntactic structures, grammatical inflection and case ending in spoken and written Arabic, ability to read Arabic texts in different disciplines, adequate training in writing and using dictionary
Course Code |
AR111 |
Course Title |
Arabic Communication Skills (I) |
Pre-requisite |
EF003 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
AR111 is three credit hour university requirements. It aims to enable students to acquire the Arabic language skills needed at university level, specifically: Arabic syntactic structures, grammatical inflection and case ending in spoken and written Arabic, ability to read Arabic texts in different disciplines, adequate training in writing and using dictionary |
Course Objectives |
• تنمية مهارات التواصل اللغوي لدى الطالب، من خلال إكسابه بعض المعارف اللغوية المناسبة لمستوى الجامعة. • الإلمام بفنون البلاغة العربية، والتدرب على نماذجها. • التعرف على طبيعة الشعر، مفهوما، ومكانة، والوقوف على مفاتيح تذوقه، وضرورة قراءته. • التدرب على كتابة بعض النشاطات الكتابية مع الاستعمال الصحيح لعلامات الترقيم واجتناب الاخطاء الاملائية. • تبين عناصر الكتابة في كل فن من فنونها. • التعرف على الفنون النثرية، وسماتها. • الاطلاع على نماذج من النصوص، وصلاً للطالب بتراث امته وحضارته.
|
Course Outcomes |
بعد دراسة هذا المقرر يتوقع من الطالب أن:
أ1- يدرك أهمية الحفاظ على اللغة والحرص على استخدامها بشكل صحيح، كتابة ونطقا، وذلك من خلال اكتساب جوانب متعددة من ثقافة اللغة. أ2- يكتسب القدرة على الاتصال باهل اللغة بصورة تتلاءم مع السياق الاجتماعي. أ3- يكون قادرًا على فهم النصوص العربية المكتوبة والمنطوقة في أي سياق اجتماعي معين. أ4- يكتسب المعرفة والإلمام بالكفاءة اللغوية والتواصلية والثقافية للغة العربية. أ. المهارات المعرفية بعد دراسة هذا المقرر يتوقع من الطالب:
ب1- أن تنمو ملكة التفكير والتحليل الناقد لديه، حيال قراءة النصوص العربية أو الاستماع إليها ب2- أن يميز بين الفنون البلاغية، ويقف على مواطن الجمال فيها ب3- أن يمتلك القدرة على تحليل النصوص الادبية وتذوقها ب4- أن تنهض وتستقيم قدراته القرائية والكتابية ب5- تعزيز مكاسبهم الثقافية واللغوية والمعرفية بما يتماشى مع بقية المواد التي تمت دراستها في إطار برنامج البكالوريوس. ج. المهارات العملية والمهنية بعد دراسة هذا المقرر يتوقع من الطالب:
ج1. أن يكون قادراً على تحليل الجمل والفقرات استناداً إلى الأسس اللغوية والفنية التي تمت دراستها في هذا المقرر. ج2. أن يتمكن من الناحية الوظيفية من بعض المهارات الكتابية التي يحتاجها في الحياة العامة وفي مكان العمل، مثل: القدرة على كتابة المقالة، القدرة على كتابة الخاطرة، القدرة على كتابة القصة القصيرة، القدرة على كتابة التقرير، القدرة على كتابة الرسالة، القدرة على كتابة كلمات المناسبات الاجتماعية باختلاف انواعها. ج3. أن يكون قادرًا على التواصل بشكل مناسب، باللغة العربية، في أي سياق اجتماعي معين. د. المهارات الأساسية القابلة للتحويل بعد دراسة هذا المقرر يتوقع من الطالب: د1. أن تزداد لديه مهارات التواصل اللغوي السليم والاداء الجيد د2. أن تتكون لديه حصيلة لغوية وافرة، وكذلك وفرة من المفردات والتعابير والأساليب البلاغية والانشائية د3. أن يميز بين الفنون البلاغية، ويقف على مواطن الجمال فيها د4. أن يمتلك القدرة على تحليل النصوص الادبية وتذوقها د5. أن تنهض وتستقيم قدراته القرائية والكتابية د6. أن يتمكن من تحليل الجمل والفقرات تحليلا قائما على الأسس اللغوية والفنية التي يشملها المقرر. د7. استخدام اللغة العربية بشكل كافٍ في الحياة اليومية وكذلك في مكان العمل.
|
AR112 Arabic Communication Skills (II)
(3) Credit Hours
AR112 is a three credit hour university requirement. It aims at developing students’ skills in text analysis and literary appreciation. Students are introduced to the principles of accurate pronunciation and sound reading of texts. The course also provides training in Arabic rhetoric and literary genres.
Course Code |
AR112 |
Course Title |
Arabic Communication Skills (II) |
Pre-requisite |
AR111 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
AR112 is a three credit hour university requirement. It aims at developing students’ skills in text analysis and literary appreciation. Students are introduced to the principles of accurate pronunciation and sound reading of texts. The course also provides training in Arabic rhetoric and literary genres. |
Course Objectives |
- تنمية مهارات التواصل اللغوي لدى الطالب، من خلال إكسابه بعض المعارف اللغوية المناسبة لمستوى الجامعة.
- الإلمام بفنون البلاغة العربية، والتدرب على نماذجها.
- التعرف على طبيعة الشعر، مفهوما، ومكانة، والوقوف على مفاتيح تذوقه، وضرورة قراءته.
- التدرب على كتابة بعض النشاطات الكتابية مع الاستعمال الصحيح لعلامات الترقيم واجتناب الاخطاء الاملائية.
- تبين عناصر الكتابة في كل فن من فنونها.
- التعرف على الفنون النثرية، وسماتها.
- الاطلاع على نماذج من النصوص، وصلاً للطالب بتراث امته وحضارته.
|
Course Outcomes |
بعد دراسة هذا المقرر يتوقع من الطالب أن:
أ1- يدرك أهمية الحفاظ على اللغة والحرص على استخدامها بشكل صحيح، كتابة ونطقا، وذلك من خلال اكتساب جوانب متعددة من ثقافة اللغة. أ2- يكتسب القدرة على الاتصال باهل اللغة بصورة تتلاءم مع السياق الاجتماعي. أ3- يكون قادرًا على فهم النصوص العربية المكتوبة والمنطوقة في أي سياق اجتماعي معين. أ4- يكتسب المعرفة والإلمام بالكفاءة اللغوية والتواصلية والثقافية للغة العربية. أ. المهارات المعرفية بعد دراسة هذا المقرر يتوقع من الطالب:
ب1- أن تنمو ملكة التفكير والتحليل الناقد لديه، حيال قراءة النصوص العربية أو الاستماع إليها ب2- أن يميز بين الفنون البلاغية، ويقف على مواطن الجمال فيها ب3- أن يمتلك القدرة على تحليل النصوص الادبية وتذوقها ب4- أن تنهض وتستقيم قدراته القرائية والكتابية ب5- تعزيز مكاسبهم الثقافية واللغوية والمعرفية بما يتماشى مع بقية المواد التي تمت دراستها في إطار برنامج البكالوريوس. ج. المهارات العملية والمهنية بعد دراسة هذا المقرر يتوقع من الطالب:
ج1. أن يكون قادراً على تحليل الجمل والفقرات استناداً إلى الأسس اللغوية والفنية التي تمت دراستها في هذا المقرر. ج2. أن يتمكن من الناحية الوظيفية من بعض المهارات الكتابية التي يحتاجها في الحياة العامة وفي مكان العمل، مثل: القدرة على كتابة المقالة، القدرة على كتابة الخاطرة، القدرة على كتابة القصة القصيرة، القدرة على كتابة التقرير، القدرة على كتابة الرسالة، القدرة على كتابة كلمات المناسبات الاجتماعية باختلاف انواعها. ج3. أن يكون قادرًا على التواصل بشكل مناسب، باللغة العربية، في أي سياق اجتماعي معين. د. المهارات الأساسية القابلة للتحويل بعد دراسة هذا المقرر يتوقع من الطالب: د1. أن تزداد لديه مهارات التواصل اللغوي السليم والاداء الجيد د2. أن تتكون لديه حصيلة لغوية وافرة، وكذلك وفرة من المفردات والتعابير والأساليب البلاغية والانشائية د3. أن يميز بين الفنون البلاغية، ويقف على مواطن الجمال فيها د4. أن يمتلك القدرة على تحليل النصوص الادبية وتذوقها د5. أن تنهض وتستقيم قدراته القرائية والكتابية د6. أن يتمكن من تحليل الجمل والفقرات تحليلا قائما على الأسس اللغوية والفنية التي يشملها المقرر. د7. استخدام اللغة العربية بشكل كافٍ في الحياة اليومية وكذلك في مكان العمل.
|
AR113 Arabic Communication Skills
(3) Credit Hours
AR113 is a three credit hour university requirement. It aims at developing students’ skills in text analysis and literary appreciation. Students are introduced to the principles of accurate pronunciation and sound reading of texts. The course also provides training in Arabic rhetoric and literary genres.
Course Code |
AR113 |
Course Title |
Arabic Communication Skills |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
AR113 is a three credit hour university requirement. It aims at developing students’ skills in text analysis and literary appreciation. Students are introduced to the principles of accurate pronunciation and sound reading of texts. The course also provides training in Arabic rhetoric and literary genres. |
Course Objectives |
1. Presenting new aspects of Arab culture through studying the works of ancient and modern writers. 2. Developing students’ research skills and methodologies. 3. Training students to develop reports and write articles effectively. 4. Enhancing literary expression skills and techniques. 5. Understanding the cultural and historical context of literary works. 6. Analyzing the relationship between literature and social and cultural developments. 7. Developing the ability to present opinions in a logical and specific manner. 8. Promoting critical interaction with literary texts. 9. Deepening students’ understanding of the relationship between literature and research and applying this relationship effectively. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding
A1: Demonstrate an understanding of various literary genres and their cultural and historical contexts. A2: Explain the principles of Arabic rhetoric and their application in literary analysis. A3: Identify and describe the characteristics of different Arabic literary genres.
B. Cognitive Skills
B1: Critically analyze and interpret a range of Arabic literary texts. B2: Apply rhetorical techniques in the analysis of literary texts. B3: Engage in critical thinking to articulate well-reasoned arguments about literary works.
C. Practical and Professional Skills
C1: Demonstrate proficiency in sound reading techniques to enhance comprehension and fluency. C2: Apply principles of accurate pronunciation in the oral reading of Arabic texts. C3: Compose clear and coherent analytical essays on literary topics, utilizing appropriate terminology and concepts.
D. Key Transferable Skills
D1: Develop an appreciation for diverse literary genres and their contexts, fostering a lifelong engagement with literature. D2: Actively participate in discussions on literature, demonstrating openness to various viewpoints and interpretations. D3: Utilize analytical skills in both written and oral communication, applicable across academic and professional settings.
|
AR113 Arabic Communication Skills (III)
(3) Credit Hours
Developing linguistic awareness and proficiency in the four language skills in Arabic (listening, reading, writing, and speaking), and applying their correct usage in everyday life and the workplace, in a way that enhances the student's cultural, linguistic, and knowledge-based achievements, aligning with the other subjects studied within the bachelor's program.
Course Code |
AR113 |
Course Title |
Arabic Communication Skills (III) |
Pre-requisite |
EF003 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Developing linguistic awareness and proficiency in the four language skills in Arabic (listening, reading, writing, and speaking), and applying their correct usage in everyday life and the workplace, in a way that enhances the student's cultural, linguistic, and knowledge-based achievements, aligning with the other subjects studied within the bachelor's program. |
Course Objectives |
- تنمية مهارات التواصل اللغوي لدى الطالب، من خلال إكسابه بعض المعارف اللغوية المناسبة لمستوى الجامعة.
- الإلمام بفنون البلاغة العربية، والتدرب على نماذجها.
- التعرف على طبيعة الشعر، مفهوما، ومكانة، والوقوف على مفاتيح تذوقه، وضرورة قراءته.
- التدرب على كتابة بعض النشاطات الكتابية مع الاستعمال الصحيح لعلامات الترقيم واجتناب الاخطاء الاملائية.
- تبين عناصر الكتابة في كل فن من فنونها.
- التعرف على الفنون النثرية، وسماتها.
- الاطلاع على نماذج من النصوص، وصلاً للطالب بتراث امته وحضارته.
|
Course Outcomes |
- أن تزداد لديه مهارات التواصل اللغوي السليم.
- أن تنمو ملكة التفكير والتحليل الناقد لديه, وهي من سبل التفوق والتميز.
- أن تتكون لديه حصيلة لغوية وافرة.
- أن يمتلك القدرة على تحليل النصوص وتذوق البلاغة
- أن تنهض وتستقيم قدراته القرائية والكتابية.
- أن يحلل الجمل والفقرات تحليلا قائما على الأسس اللغوية والفنية التي يشملها المقرر.
- أن يتمكن من الناحية الوظيفية من بعض المهارات الكتابية التي يحتاجها في الحياة مثل: المقالة – الخاطرة _ التقرير_ الرسالة_ كلمات المناسبات.
|
B122 An Introduction to Retail management and Marketing
(8) Credit Hours
It is an introductory Level 1 course. As the retail industry is highly dynamic and innovative, this
course looks at how retailing has developed within a business context, and how retail outlets work and apply retail marketing. It offers a balance between theory and practice that is innovative and engaging. During your studies you will consider contemporary factors that affect retailing: globalization; the impact of ever-changing technology; and social and ethical issues. This course is designed for retail industry employees wishing to develop a career in management, and anyone interested in working in the retail sector, or simply wanting to know more about the world of retailing.
Course Code |
B122 |
Course Title |
An Introduction to Retail management and Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
BUS110 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
It is an introductory Level 1 course. As the retail industry is highly dynamic and innovative, this
course looks at how retailing has developed within a business context, and how retail outlets work and apply retail marketing. It offers a balance between theory and practice that is innovative and engaging. During your studies you will consider contemporary factors that affect retailing: globalization; the impact of ever-changing technology; and social and ethical issues. This course is designed for retail industry employees wishing to develop a career in management, and anyone interested in working in the retail sector, or simply wanting to know more about the world of retailing.
|
Course Objectives |
The academic aims of this module is to introduce you to the main functions and management of
a retail business and the key issues associated with understanding retail trading and retail environments. After studying the course, you should be able to: - Explain relevant theories and concepts of retailing
- Describe the key elements of a retail business and the retail trading environment
- Discuss issues associated with operating a business in a retail environment/context
- Outline the key course topics and explain why each topic is important to understanding the principles of retail management
- Explain linkages between components of the course
- Organise your studies, including paper-based and computer-based services
Continue to develop your awareness of how you learn and how different elements of the course applied to your individual learning style.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: retail technology, which focuses on the
virtual world of e-retailing; A2: the diversity of retail products and
sectors; A3: retail ethics and the environmental
impact; A4: the
implications of globalisation B. Cognitive
skills B1: Reflection and critical engagement into both domestic retail technology
and e-retailing B2: Critical thinking, analysis, and synthesis B3: Valuation
and comparison of retail management.
C. Practical
and professional skills C1: Time management, skills appropriate to business, such as
creativity, persuasion and attractiveness. C2: Study skills, learning to learn and reflecting on students’
own development as learners. C3: The ability to analyse work-related cases and situations to
identify challenges for organisations in developing responses in relation to
their environments. C4: The application of course ideas to students’ own interactions
with organisations and life experiences. D Key
transferable skills
D1: Decision making and problem solving making a viable approach to students to engage with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D2: Immerse in related information, arguments and ideas. D3: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to address these. |
B123 Management Practice
(8) Credit Hours
This course introduces management ideas and uses activities to build on existing knowledge and skills through the application of management theory. It’s suitable if you’ve studied any introductory course and want to complete the Certificate in Business Studies or gain 30 credits towards our BA (Hons). This introductory Level 1 course introduces management ideas and uses activities to build on your existing knowledge and skills. You’ll also use your own workplace experiences to develop an academic understanding of management and valuable study skills, which you’ll demonstrate by writing about management and reflecting on your own skills as a learner.
Course Code |
B123 |
Course Title |
Management Practice |
Pre-requisite |
BUS110 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course introduces management ideas and uses activities to build on existing knowledge and skills through the application of management theory. It’s suitable if you’ve studied any introductory course and want to complete the Certificate in Business Studies or gain 30 credits towards our BA (Hons). This introductory Level 1 course introduces management ideas and uses activities to build on your existing knowledge and skills. You’ll also use your own workplace experiences to develop an academic understanding of management and valuable study skills, which you’ll demonstrate by writing about management and reflecting on your own skills as a learner. |
Course Objectives |
By the
end of this course you’ll have developed a new, more theoretical understanding
of how and why managers do what they do in organisations. You’ll build a
toolkit of management concepts, theories and models that you can use to tackle
workplace issues. You’ll also feel more confident in embarking on further
undergraduate study.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1. Demonstrated how learning they have undertaken previously in
the workplace can be utilised to inform the development of their management
practice A2. Selected and used a range of management theories, concepts and
ideas to help identify, analyse and address issues and situations in their
current practice setting. A3. Worked in collaboration with others in assessing the
applicability of selected management theories, etc. to their own and others’
identified practice problems. A4. Reflected
on the impact of their learning on their practice of management, and their
future development as a management practitioner. B. Cognitive
skills B1. Identify and draw upon appropriate forms of prior learning
relating to the development of their management practice. B2. Apply relevant theoretical knowledge of management to a
practical problem. B3. Collaborate with peers’ practitioners to, and begin to,
critically evaluate the applicability of selected management theories etc. B4. Reflect productively on the development of their practice of
management. C. Practical and professional skills C1. Communicate their understanding of management theory and its
application to practice in writing. C2. Work independently on identifying issues and situations in the
workplace and apply academic theories and concepts to these to gain a deeper
understanding of them. D. Key transferable skills. D1. Use of a range of tools and websites for finding and recording
information online: internet browsers, search engines, copy/ paste, e-portfolios
and download functions
D2. Communicate with
peer learners via synchronous and asynchronous online media.
|
B124 Fundamentals of Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides a broad introduction to accounting study at the university level. It covers the fundamentals of financial and management accounting as well as the essential skills, knowledge and ethics required to be a professional accountant. Fundamentals of Accounting module is required for all business with accounting track. It is strongly recommended that students study this module before Financial accounting (B291) and Management accounting (B292).
Course Code |
B124 |
Course Title |
Fundamentals of Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
BUS110 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides a broad introduction to accounting study at the university level. It covers the fundamentals of financial and management accounting as well as the essential skills, knowledge and ethics required to be a professional accountant. Fundamentals of Accounting module is required for all business with accounting track. It is strongly recommended that students study this module before Financial accounting (B291) and Management accounting (B292). |
Course Objectives |
It aims to equip students with the essential principles of measuring management performance and improving financial planning, control and decision-making. Students can gain an understanding of financial reports through their preparation, based on the double-entry bookkeeping system which is essential for the management of any organisation.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: Awareness and understanding of the role of accounting in business and other organisations and of its theory, principles, concepts, practices, techniques, ethics, limitations, and techniques central to bookkeeping and accounting.
A2: Demonstrate the ability to prepare financial statements based on application of accounting concepts, regulations and principles. A3: Demonstrate understanding of the types of costs and how they behave in order to calculate cost-volume-profit relationships, A4: Demonstrate understanding of management's decision-making process as it relates to product pricing, production, adding and dropping, etc. A5: Demonstrate understanding of the types of budgets and be able to prepare operating budgets, financial budgets and capital budgets. A6: Demonstrate understanding of the responsibility centers and balanced scorecard.
B. Cognitive skills
B1: Review and illustrate the purpose, context and environmental influences and constraints on financial accounting and business practices. B2: Explain the balance sheet equation, the basic financial statements and the information conveyed in each of the statements. B3: Explain the steps in the accounting cycle for service and merchandising companies. B4: Explain the relevant factors in making different decisions. B5: Explain methods that don't use present value versus those that do use present value B6: Explain the features of responsibility reports and differentiate between cost centres, profit centres and investment centres.
C. Practical and professional skills C1: Record transactions
and events, and maintain accounting records as required for bookkeeping and
accounting.
C2: Prepare basic
financial statements based upon Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. C3: Develop the
general practical and professional skills of management accounting that can be
used for personal and career goals.
D Key transferable skills D1: Use simple mathematics for the purpose of calculations in bookkeeping, accounting and preparing/analysing financial statements, including basic ratio analysis.
D2: Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within management accounting.
D3: Communicate management accounting information effectively and appropriately.
D4: Use fundamental business mathematics and other quantitative methods effectively and appropriately.
|
B205A Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship (A)
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation.
This module will focus on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture.
Course Code |
B205A |
Course Title |
Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship (A) |
Pre-requisite |
BUC112 and ACT112 as per 2022 plan & B207B as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation.
This module will focus on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture.
|
Course Objectives |
B205A academic aim is to introduce students to number of fundamental concepts and theories of entrepreneurial innovation. It also re-apply some generic business and management concepts in an entrepreneurial and innovation-related concept, with the aim of providing the necessary foundations for interested students to progress to a more in-depth study of specialist topics within this subject area during their level 3 studies.
Study and employment skills will be integrated into the learning activities, with a particular focus on digital literacy, creative thinking and problem solving, team-working, persuasive communication and more general personal development and enterprise-related skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate different forms of innovative and entrepreneurial practice around the world and at different scales, including: technological and social innovation; commercial and social enterprise; independent and corporate entrepreneurship. A2: Demonstrate different research perspectives on innovation and entrepreneurship, recognising that these subjects can be studied at multiple levels of analysis. A3: Critical understanding of core theories, concepts and frameworks that have been applied to innovation and entrepreneurship, with a particular focus on their implications for practice. A4: Comparative understanding of the relationship between innovation and entrepreneurship, both at a conceptual and a practical level.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Conceptual understanding of the key components of innovative and entrepreneurial processes and practices kinds (i.e., in comparison with more routinised approaches) B2: Apply appropriate innovative and entrepreneurial approaches that are likely to be appropriate in particular organisational contexts.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: As an independent learner, identify, search for and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities, with the aim of creating sustainable business models. C2: As an independent learner, negotiate, influence, and gain legitimacy in an entrepreneurial setting. C3: Critically engage in creative problem-solving. C4: Recognise effective networking and persuasive communication skills.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: As an independent learner, work constructively and ethically in entrepreneurial settings, which may be characterised by ambiguity, complexity and open-ended challenges. D2: Display resilience and an on-going capacity to learn from direct personal experiences, and those of others. D3: Collaborate and work in a team context while acquiring coordination and time management skills.
|
B205B Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship (B)
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation.
This module will focus on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture.
Course Code |
B205B |
Course Title |
Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship (B) |
Pre-requisite |
B205A and ECO101 as per 2022 plan & B207B as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation.
This module will focus on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture.
|
Course Objectives |
B205B academic aim is to review number of fundamental concepts and theories of entrepreneurial innovation introduced in Part I of the course. It also re-applies some generic business and management concepts in an entrepreneurial and innovation-related concept.
a comparative study of innovation and entrepreneurship in different contexts (Block 3), a simulated experience of entrepreneurial team-working and innovation (Block 4) and an opportunity for reflection and integration (Block 5). Study and employment skills will be integrated into the learning activities, with a particular focus on digital literacy, creative thinking and problem solving, team-working, persuasive communication and more general personal development and enterprise-related skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge of different forms of innovative and entrepreneurial practice around the world and at different scales, including: technological and social innovation; commercial and social enterprise; independent and corporate entrepreneurship. A2: Demonstrate critical understanding of different research perspectives on innovation and entrepreneurship, recognising that these subjects can be studied at multiple levels of analysis. A3: Demonstrate detailed knowledge of core theories, concepts and frameworks that have been applied to innovation and entrepreneurship, with a particular focus on their implications for practice. A4: Demonstrate comparative understanding of the relationship between innovation and entrepreneurship, both at a conceptual and a practical level.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Appreciate the key components of innovative and entrepreneurial processes and practices kinds B2: Apply appropriate innovative and entrepreneurial approaches in particular organisational contexts.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: As an independent learner, identify, search for and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities, with the aim of creating sustainable business models. C2: As an independent learner, Negotiate, influence, and gain legitimacy in an entrepreneurial setting. C3: Critically engage in creative problem-solving. C4: Recognise effective networking and persuasive communication skills.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: As an independent learner, work constructively and ethically in entrepreneurial settings, which may be characterised by ambiguity, complexity and open-ended challenges. D2: Independently find, critically evaluate and use a wide range of information, date or tools accurately in complex context and display resilience and an on-going capacity to learn from direct personal experiences, and those of others. D3: Collaborate and work in a team context while acquiring coordination and time management skills.
|
B206 Understanding Customers
(8) Credit Hours
This level 2 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of consumer behaviour in relation to the wider marketing context.
This module aims to introduce students to theories, concepts and techniques guiding how contemporary marketing practitioners understand consumers and business buying behaviour.
Course Code |
B206 |
Course Title |
Understanding Customers |
Pre-requisite |
BUC112+ACT112 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This level 2 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of consumer behaviour in relation to the wider marketing context.
This module aims to introduce students to theories, concepts and techniques guiding how contemporary marketing practitioners understand consumers and business buying behaviour.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to introduce students to theories, concepts and techniques guiding how contemporary marketing practitioners understand consumers and business buying behaviour.
The content, activities and assessments are designed to help students to develop and demonstrate relevant skills for employment related to understanding customers including digital and information literacy skills. This will support the learner’s independence.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge of selected concepts, models and processes related to consumer and business buyer behaviour, and their implications for marketing practice. A2: Demonstrate critical understanding of essential theories of consumer and business buying behaviour.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Gather, evaluate and critically analyse information, ideas, concepts and quantitative and/or qualitative data related to customer behaviour, drawing on a range of current sources B2: Apply appropriate materials, practices and skills in accordance with theories, concepts and principles of customer behaviour in ways which show you understand their strengths and limitations.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: As an independent learner, apply knowledge and understanding of customer behaviour to identify, critically analyse and solve marketing problems. C2: Accurately and effectively communicate in a range of contexts and to different audiences, using the main concepts associated with customer behaviour. C3: Demonstrate confident use of a range of digital practices (including tools and resources) to find, use, create and share appropriate data, information and knowledge.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Engage with professional skills and demonstrate an awareness of relevant ethical and business/commercial issues in relation to customer behaviour. D2: Develop as an independent practitioner by planning your own workload, taking responsibility for reviewing progress and keeping to deadlines. D3: Reflect on personal/career development in the context of your studies.
|
B207A Shaping Business Opportunities I
(8) Credit Hours
B207A is a module offered to equip students with basic and fundamental concepts and theories about business functions, and it is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management.
Course Code |
B207A |
Course Title |
Shaping Business Opportunities I |
Pre-requisite |
MKT112 and MGT112 as per 2022 plan & BS110 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B207A is a module offered to equip students with basic and fundamental concepts and theories about business functions, and it is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management. |
Course Objectives |
This module is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop a critical appreciation of the interactions between various business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management) and the integrative complexity that shapes business innovation. A2: Develop a critical understanding of why new products and services are imperative to contemporary business practice. Also to develop knowledge and understanding of external issues affecting the successful running of organizations, including how they compete in a global context. A3: Develop knowledge and understanding of the elements required to build long-term success in organizations, and how students can contribute to the fostering of long-term value creation. A4: develop knowledge and critical understanding of the theories, concepts and models of different business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management).
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Select and critically analyse information relevant to a particular problem or issue related to business and management. B2: Evaluate and compare competing perspectives, theoretical models and concepts in the context of practical situations B3: Gather and synthesise material from a variety of sources in constructing arguments applied to business and management
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Communicate in a professional manner in written work, face to face and online. Plan, monitor and review progress as independent learner and as a team member. C2: Develop an awareness of ethical issues and professional standards relevant to business and management
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Search for and use relevant digital and non-digital information from sources other than the module materials. D2: Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within business management. Engage in critical reflection. D3: Consolidate an understanding of academic language and literacy practices in order to effectively engage with the academic knowledge and skills of Level 5 study.
|
B207B Shaping Business Opportunities II
(8) Credit Hours
B207B is a module offered to equip students with basic and fundamental concepts and theories about business functions, and it is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management.
Course Code |
B207B |
Course Title |
Shaping Business Opportunities II |
Pre-requisite |
B207A and BUC112 as per 2022 plan & B207A as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B207B is a module offered to equip students with basic and fundamental concepts and theories about business functions, and it is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management. |
Course Objectives |
This module is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop a critical appreciation of the interactions between various business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management) and the integrative complexity that shapes business innovation. A2: Develop knowledge and understanding of the elements required to build long-term success in organizations, and how students can contribute to the fostering of long-term value creation. A3: develop knowledge and critical understanding of the theories, concepts and models of different business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management).
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Select and critically analyse information relevant to a particular problem or issue related to business and management. B2: Evaluate and compare competing perspectives, theoretical models and concepts in the context of practical situations B3: Gather and synthesise material from a variety of sources in constructing arguments applied to business and management.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Communicate in a professional manner in written work, face to face and online. Plan, monitor and review progress as independent learner and as a team member. C2: Develop an awareness of ethical issues and professional standards relevant to business and management.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Search for and use relevant digital and non-digital information from sources other than the module materials. D2: Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within business management. Engage in critical reflection. D3: Consolidate an understanding of academic language and literacy practices in order to effectively engage with the academic knowledge and skills of Level 5 study.
|
B291 Financial Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
This course is the first of two modules leading to the Professional Certificate in Accounting (K01). We strongly recommend that you study this course before Management accounting (B292), but both courses can be studied independently. This is a Level 2 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting, obtained either through Level 1 study with the AOU or by doing equivalent work at another university. Ideal preparation for this course would be our Level 1 course Fundamentals of Accounting (B124).
Course Code |
B291 |
Course Title |
Financial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
B124 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course is the first of two modules leading to the Professional Certificate in Accounting (K01). We strongly recommend that you study this course before Management accounting (B292), but both courses can be studied independently. This is a Level 2 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting, obtained either through Level 1 study with the AOU or by doing equivalent work at another university. Ideal preparation for this course would be our Level 1 course Fundamentals of Accounting (B124). |
Course Objectives |
This
is the course for students if they want a route into the accountancy profession
or need to gain fundamental accounting skills for a management or other role.
Students will gain an understanding of how financial statements are prepared
and develop the skills to prepare financial statements. Students will explore
differences in financial accounting for different businesses, building an
understanding of the frameworks underpinning accounting and audit practice.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1:
Demonstrate understanding of the role and importance of accounting in the
various types of business and other organisations. A2:
Demonstrate understanding of the accounting regulatory framework in the UK and
EU as well as within the context of international financial and capital
markets. A3:
Demonstrate understanding of the qualitative characteristics of financial
accounting information, accounting concepts and principles. A4:
Demonstrate the ability to prepare financial statements based on application of
accounting concepts, regulations and principles. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Review and illustrate the purpose, context and environmental
influences and constraints on financial accounting and business practices (Unit
1). B2: Explain, analyse and apply the mechanism of double-entry bookkeeping
and the accounting cycle (Unit 2). B3: Identify, classify, measure and
summarise the elements of financial statements applying accounting principles
and concepts (Units 3 and 4). B4: Explain and interpret the purpose, form and
content of the three main financial statements; income statement, balance sheet
and cash flow statement (Unit 5). B5: Explain and evaluate the need for ethics
in the behaviour of accountants and the need for independent auditing in the
reporting process of public and large enterprises (Unit 6). B6: Explain and
review the relations between corporate governance, auditing and
financing (Unit 7). C. Practical and professional skills C1: Record transactions and events, and maintain accounting
records manually and gain some familiarity with computerised accounting
software (Units 3 and 4). C2: Prepare periodic financial statements for sole traders,
partnerships, non-profit organisations and single-entity private and public
limited companies (Unit 5) D. Key transferable skills.
D1: Use simple
mathematics for the purpose of calculations in bookkeeping, accounting and
preparing/analysing financial statements, including basic ratio analysis.
|
B292 Management Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
This is a level 2 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting obtained either through level 1 study with the AOU or completing equivalent work at another university. This is the course for students if they want a route into the accounting profession or need to gain fundamental accounting skills for a management or other role. The overall aim of this module is to help students learn and interpret management accounting information. You may be undertaking this module to prepare for a career as an accountant working in or with organizations, as part of a degree or as a stand- alone module.
Course Code |
B292 |
Course Title |
Management Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
B124 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This is a level 2 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting obtained either through level 1 study with the AOU or completing equivalent work at another university. This is the course for students if they want a route into the accounting profession or need to gain fundamental accounting skills for a management or other role. The overall aim of this module is to help students learn and interpret management accounting information. You may be undertaking this module to prepare for a career as an accountant working in or with organizations, as part of a degree or as a stand- alone module. |
Course Objectives |
B292 academic aim is to introduce students to number of fundamental
concepts and theories of Management Accounting in order to guide managerial
decision making by individuals and business units. It also develops the
students’ knowledge of Management Accounting as well as skills in
problem-solving, decision making relating to aspects of planning, costing, budgeting,
evaluating. B292 also prepares students for advanced Management Accounting
concepts. After studying the course, the students should be able to: - Demonstrate
understanding of the nature of management and the role of management
accounting in the management process.
- Demonstrate
understanding of the different types of costs and the role of costs in
decision making.
- Demonstrate understanding
of how inventory is accounted for and managed within the organization, and
the methods for calculating the cost of different types of products,
processes and services.
- Demonstrate the
ability to prepare budgets.
- Demonstrate
understanding of the management and the influence of economic factors and
economic analysis on management decision making.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding
A1 : Demonstrate Understanding of the nature of management and the role of management accounting in the management process.
A2: Demonstrate the understanding of the different types of costs and the role of costs in decision making.
A3: Demonstrate understanding of how inventory is accounted for and managed within the organization and the methods for calculating the costs of different types of products , processes and services..
A4: Demonstrate the ability to prepare
budgets.
B. Cognitive
skills
B1. Understand the nature of organizations, the process of management and the role of information (including accounting information) in managing organizations. (Unit 1).
B2. Understand the nature of cost analysis for planning and decision making and be able to apply and explain the techniques covered. (Unit 2).
B3. Understand and explain the costing and accounting methods and systems which provide the management of an organization with relevant and reliable information on which to base decisions. (Unit 3).
B4. Explain the budgetary process and illustrate in detail a method of preparing budgets for planning and control purposes. (Unit 4).
C. Practical and professional skills
C1: Understand the use of marginal costs , cost volume –profit Analysis and contribution analysis in costing and price decisions. C2:Calculate costs using the job , process and contract costing Methods , calculate the cost of a product or service from basic Information using batch and process costing. C3:Prepare budgets and calculate the main variances used in Variance analysis. C4:Be able to prepare accounting statements for planning and Control. C5: Be able to prepare periodic reports
D. Key transferable skills.
D1:Demonstrate understanding of the nature & types of costs D2: Calculate Break-even points in units and in turnover. D3: The use of Activity based costing as a more exact method In indirect cost allocation.
D4:Demonstrate ability to prepare different types of budgets
D5: Work with qualitative & quantitative data drawing appropriate conclusions based on findings.
|
B294 Financial Analysis and Decision Making
(8) Credit Hours
Effective financial decision making is crucial every successful organisation. This module will equip you with the tools and techniques that facilitate good financial decisions in order to achieve organisational goals, financial appraisal techniques used to evaluate investment projects and evaluate multiple investment options, how to value stocks, bonds and real estate, and the commonly used derivative instruments and their role in managing risk.
Course Code |
B294 |
Course Title |
Financial Analysis and Decision Making |
Pre-requisite |
ACT112 and BUS102 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Effective financial decision making is crucial every successful organisation. This module will equip you with the tools and techniques that facilitate good financial decisions in order to achieve organisational goals, financial appraisal techniques used to evaluate investment projects and evaluate multiple investment options, how to value stocks, bonds and real estate, and the commonly used derivative instruments and their role in managing risk. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to achieve varied, multiple, and wide range objectives, which include:
• The different types of organisations that feature in today’s economy and their goals • The avenues through which organisations raise and allocate financial capital • Financial appraisal techniques used to evaluate investment projects and evaluate multiple investment options • How to value stocks, bonds and real estate Commonly used derivative instruments and their role in managing risk.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module learners will be expected to gain knowledge and understanding of:
A1. Develop knowledge and critical understanding of the relevance of organisational and financial structures and systems, and of the various sources and uses of finance A2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of financial techniques, risk estimation and management within an organisation A3. Develop knowledge and understanding of how financial concepts interact with related disciplines, such as statistical analyses and economics. A4. Understand, describe and evaluate the sources, costs and risks associated with the financing of investments. A5. Apply and critically evaluate advanced techniques for investment appraisal.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
B1. Develop the ability to integrate information and use reasoned approaches to select relevant information and analytical techniques in simple and complex settings. B2. Demonstrate skills in gathering, evaluating and interpreting financial data and information B3. Demonstrate skills in developing an argumentative claim and supporting a point of view using appropriate information and theoretical concepts B4. Demonstrate skills in the effective use of appropriate academic language. B5: Use fundamental business mathematics and other quantitative methods effectively and appropriately.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1. Apply appropriate decision-making techniques in financial and risk analysis C2. Analyse and critically evaluate real financial data C3. Identify and reflect on key issues that might arise within organisations with respect to financial and risk management approaches. C4. Use tools and techniques of financial management to improve managerial decision making
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Relate financial analysis and risk management techniques and concepts to organisational and professional practice D2. Reflect on how financial analysis and decision making can inform practice and next steps of career progression and development D3. Engage with feedback appropriately and develop independent learning skills. D4: Evaluate performance using benchmarks and appropriate measures of return on investment.
|
B324 Marketing and Society
(8) Credit Hours
This course explores the theory and practice of responsible marketing, addressing the interrelated areas of corporate social responsibility and marketing ethics and the emergent area of social marketing. It examines the impact of established marketing techniques and practices on the promotion of social well-being and behavioural change. You will identify key ethical issues involved in marketing decision-making and the responsibilities of organisations to their stakeholders, including the wider community. Elements of marketing management (such as communications, research and planning) are examined within this wider framework at both a domestic and international level.
Course Code |
B324 |
Course Title |
Marketing and Society |
Pre-requisite |
B205B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course explores the theory and practice of responsible marketing, addressing the interrelated areas of corporate social responsibility and marketing ethics and the emergent area of social marketing. It examines the impact of established marketing techniques and practices on the promotion of social well-being and behavioural change. You will identify key ethical issues involved in marketing decision-making and the responsibilities of organisations to their stakeholders, including the wider community. Elements of marketing management (such as communications, research and planning) are examined within this wider framework at both a domestic and international level. |
Course Objectives |
Marketing
and Sociology. It is a level three course of the B.A. (Hons) in Business
Studies with marketing degree.
This course will develop student's ability to synthesise arguments and assumptions from a variety of sources and perspectives, critically evaluate them and apply relevant concepts in a range of contexts. In particular, student will learn concepts, theories and debates about the roles and responsibilities of marketing in society:
- Identification and critical analysis of relevant issues involved in responsible marketing
- Application of marketing thinking to health and social behaviour
- Application of responsible marketing to own professional context
- Sensitivity to the problems and challenges in both commercial and social marketing.
- Explore how marketing concepts and techniques can be applied to the marketing of social issues as opposed to the more traditional area of commercial marketing;
- Examine how social marketing approaches can change behaviour in order to achieve socially desirable goals;
- Illustrate, through case study examples, the application of concepts and techniques to 'real world' social marketing problems.
The course is a new development in the optional courses of the BA Business Studies Programme. Marketing in Society will build upon the students understanding of aspects of marketing gleaned from earlier courses within the programme but will focus on the importance of responsible marketing.
Students will learn to integrate and use information and/or data appropriately in complex contexts. They will also learn to recognise the limitations of knowledge in the area. The course will provide you with opportunities to develop skills in effective communication of ideas and arguments to relevant audiences. You'll be encouraged to manage your learning and reflect on your development as an independent learner.
The principal learning method used in the course will be problem-based. Usually, students will encounter a short or long case study. They will be expected to make sense of, discuss, analyse, synthesise and evaluate issues and possibilities in the case study. You'll do this by applying your existing knowledge and any new knowledge you can gather from the supplied textbooks, journal articles, electronic sources and course participants. You'll gain knowledge and understanding in the areas of ethics, corporate social responsibility, social marketing, and ethical issues in commercial marketing. The way you are assessed and what you will be assessed on will mirror how you learn and what you learn; the assessment will constitute part of the learning.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: To
understand and apply concepts, theories and debates about the roles and
responsibilities of marketing in society to real life situations A2: Apply
marketing thinking to the field of health and social behaviour A3:
Demonstrate an understanding about ethics and marketing A4: Green and
environmental marketing, sustainability, fair trade and ethical consumption B. Cognitive
skills B1: Evaluate the relevance of course concepts to a variety of
other contexts B2 Synthesise and critical evaluate arguments and assumptions from
a variety of sources and competing perspectives B3. Recognise the limitations of knowledge in the area C. Practical and professional skills C1: Apply responsible marketing to their own professional context
or one they are familiar with C2:Demonstrate a sensitivity to the problems and
challenges in both commercial and social marketing D. Key transferable skills. D1: Identify and critically analyse relevant issues involved in responsible
social and commercial
marketing D2: Effectively communicate ideas and arguments to relevant
audiences D3: Integrate and use information and/or data in complex contexts
D4: Manage own learning
and reflect on their development as an independent learner
|
B325 Managing across organisational and cultural boundaries
(8) Credit Hours
B325 is offered as an option at level 3 in the awards: BA (Hons) Business Studies; BA (Hons) Leadership and management. The course aligns well within the educational aims of these programs by developing “the student’s interest in and knowledge of the world of business”. By providing students with the opportunity to draw on their own experience and critically engage with theory with theory relevant to managing across organisational and cultural boundaries, it supports the program’s aim of developing “graduates who bring to their employment in business or organisations of any sort, a range of critically important and highly valued skills”. B325 will complement other courses within the existing suite of courses offered within management and business studies. It will embrace all learners irrespective of their level of attained experience and position within their own organisation.
Course Code |
B325 |
Course Title |
Managing across organisational and cultural boundaries |
Pre-requisite |
BUS310 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B325 is offered as an option at level 3 in the awards: BA (Hons) Business Studies; BA (Hons) Leadership and management. The course aligns well within the educational aims of these programs by developing “the student’s interest in and knowledge of the world of business”. By providing students with the opportunity to draw on their own experience and critically engage with theory with theory relevant to managing across organisational and cultural boundaries, it supports the program’s aim of developing “graduates who bring to their employment in business or organisations of any sort, a range of critically important and highly valued skills”. B325 will complement other courses within the existing suite of courses offered within management and business studies. It will embrace all learners irrespective of their level of attained experience and position within their own organisation. |
Course Objectives |
The
aim of the course is fairly to provide students with ways if understanding and
analysing different organisational, inter- organisational and international
context and the ways in which such different contexts influence individuals’
experience of work. Secondly, the course aims to provide students with
knowledge and understanding of themes and challenges pertaining to organising
and managing across this different context; managing aims, power, politics,
trust, cultural diversity and the darker side of organising. The course
embassies the relationships between theory and practice; putting emphasis on
the theoretical underpinnings and debates surrounding the themes whilst at the
same time requiring students to draw on their own experience. Achieving the
intended learning outcomes (covering both knowledge and skills) fully supports
this dual aim.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1:
Inter-organisational collaboration, organisational behaviour, and international
management theories and concepts relevant to managing across organisational and
cultural boundaries. A2: Themes
and challenges pertaining to organizing and managing across intra,
inter-organisational and international contexts including the management of
aims, power, politics, trust, cultural diversity and the darker side of
organising. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Use conceptual frameworks to describe functions of organising and
managing in and across organisational and international contexts. B2: Identify and critically assess different perspectives on
managing and organising. B3: Synthesise, critically evaluate and challenge course relevant
theories of inter-organisational collaboration, organisational behaviour, and
international management. B4: Critically evaluate theories in relation to personal
experiences, organisational, inter-organisational and international setting
with which you are familiar and the relative standpoints of others within
different contexts. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Use and adopt relevant concepts and theories to practically
engage with a range of problems and issues in the work place. C2: Use specific inter-organisational collaboration,
organisational behaviour, and international management knowledge, cognitive and
key skills developed during the course to enhance individual work / practice. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Read and interpret
information presented in a variety of forms including academic journals, books
and on-line text. D2: Articulate ideas and communicate effectively using appropriate
interorganisational collaboration, organisational behaviour, and international
management theories and concepts. D3: Identify and ask questions appropriate to
the exploration and complex concepts. D4: Engage in
reflective, experiential and collaborative learning in face to face and virtual
context.
|
B326 Advanced Financial Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
This module covers selected advanced financial accounting topics. It introduces different types of inter-entity relationships and related accounting issues and accounting treatments. Students will learn how to prepare, read, analyse and evaluate the consolidated financial statements based on the guidelines provided under the relevant Accounting Standards.
Course Code |
B326 |
Course Title |
Advanced Financial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
BB293 as per 2022 plan & B291 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module covers selected advanced financial accounting topics. It introduces different types of inter-entity relationships and related accounting issues and accounting treatments. Students will learn how to prepare, read, analyse and evaluate the consolidated financial statements based on the guidelines provided under the relevant Accounting Standards. |
Course Objectives |
It aims to provide students with the required knowledge of various advanced financial accounting topics that include accounting for business combination, intercompany transactions, consolidations methods, foreign currency transactions, translation of foreign currency financial statements, hedge accounting, and accounting for branches in accordance with the latest accounting standards.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate understanding of current accounting standards and practice pertaining to business combinations. A2: Demonstrate understanding of foreign currency transactions, exchange rates, and hedge accounting A3: Demonstrate understanding of different translation methods of foreign currency financial statements and Accounting for branches.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Review and illustrate the different consolidation methods used in business combination. B2: Explain the implications of exchange rate fluctuations on importing and exporting transactions denominated in foreign currencies. B3: Acknowledge the different translation methods of foreign currency financial statements and its effect on company financial statements. In addition to recognize the special features that necessitate accounting procedures tailored for branches. . C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Prepare the consolidated financial statements at date of acquisition and at date subsequent to acquisition
C2: Prepare the required journal entries for importing and exporting transactions denominated in foreign currencies and demonstrate the implications for the buying and selling companies
C3: Prepare the translated financial statements under different translation methods. Recording the required entries in accounting books of home office and branch and distinguish between alternative methods of billing merchandise shipments. In addition to preparing combined financial statements for home office and branch.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Develop effective written and oral communication skills relevant to advanced financial accounting topics. |
B327 Sustainable enterprise and innovation
(8) Credit Hours
This level 3 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of entrepreneurship and innovation in relation to sustainability context.
B327 is a module addressing sustainability underpinnings (i.e., the TBL approach), the societal impacts of entrepreneurship and innovation, and sustainable enterprise challenge.
Course Code |
B327 |
Course Title |
Sustainable enterprise and innovation |
Pre-requisite |
B207B as per 2022 plan & BUS310 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This level 3 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of entrepreneurship and innovation in relation to sustainability context.
B327 is a module addressing sustainability underpinnings (i.e., the TBL approach), the societal impacts of entrepreneurship and innovation, and sustainable enterprise challenge.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to: • Enable learners to develop independent research and online collaborative skills necessary to engage in enterprise and innovation practices in new and existing organisations. • Encourage students to do so by articulating how entrepreneurship and innovation can be used to satisfy individual goals/objectives while contributing to solving societal problems in an ethical and sustainable manner. • Explore the theoretical and practical connections between the distinct yet closely-interrelated fields of study.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of sustainable forms of innovative and entrepreneurial ventures within a range of specialist areas, such as Engineering, science and information technology; Creative, leisure and cultural industries; Health and social care. A2: Demonstrate critical understanding of entrepreneurship and innovations within a specialist real world setting, recognising that specialist areas have to be explored at multiple levels of analysis. A3: Apply core theories, concepts and frameworks of innovation and entrepreneurship to understand the strategy, process and operations of enterprises at different stages of their life cycle. A4: Demonstrate critical discussion of the impact of innovation and entrepreneurship on society, both at a conceptual and a practical level, including ethics and sustainability, economic and social benefits to you, the economy and local communities.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Evaluate the distinctive roles played by start-ups and established enterprises in the process of developing and commercializing various forms of innovations. B2: Evaluate the responsibilities of founders, managers, employees and directors within particular types of sustainable enterprises and innovations, including roles and rewards. B3: Apply concepts from enterprise and innovation to critically analyse and evaluate solutions to a variety of societal challenges.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Work independently and as part of collaborative teams to develop attributes and capabilities for entrepreneurial success in a complex and changing environment. C2: Critically evaluate and reflect on student’s own career development objectives.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Create and apply conceptual thinking for the process of enterprise development. D2: Independently find, critically analyse and design competitive and sustainable strategies for developing and introducing innovations into particular markets. D3: Negotiating, influencing, and agreeing roles and rewards within founder teams in entrepreneurial settings, doing so in a legitimate ethical manner. D4: Appropriately plan and solve problems in entrepreneurial and innovative settings.
|
B328 Marketing in Action
(8) Credit Hours
The B328 module is built around marketing communications as a fundamental marketing practice and is informed by insights from practitioners. In this module, you will cover a range of topics related to marketing practice and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of skills pertaining to marketing, employability and professional practice.
Course Code |
B328 |
Course Title |
Marketing in Action |
Pre-requisite |
BUS208 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
The B328 module is built around marketing communications as a fundamental marketing practice and is informed by insights from practitioners. In this module, you will cover a range of topics related to marketing practice and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of skills pertaining to marketing, employability and professional practice. |
Course Objectives |
In this module you will cover a range of topics related to marketing practice and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of skills pertaining to marketing, employability and professional practice. The content, activities and assessments are designed to help you develop and demonstrate your mastery of these skills. You will be asked to reflect on and document your skills as you progress through the module; this will enable you to record and evidence them for future use. Many of these skills, such as cultivating creativity and staying up to date with developments, will have benefits to you beyond the practice of marketing.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1 : Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of marketing communication theory and practice A2 : Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of approaches to marketing research and staying up-to-date about developments in the marketing discipline and societal trends A3 : Demonstrate critical understanding of responsible and ethical marketing
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1 : Evaluate and integrate evidence and theory and apply them to marketing practice B2 : Apply appropriate professional marketing skills in an unpredictable and/or specialised context B3 : Appreciate the potential uncertainty, ambiguity and limits of knowledge in marketing practice
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1 : As an independent learner, plan, monitor and evaluate your own learning and seek ways to improve your performance and prospects
C2 : Recognise the importance of developing both technical and non-technical skills and of learning from feedback and self-reflection C3 : Critically engage with practical and professional marketing skills and demonstrate an awareness of relevant responsible and ethical issues in marketing practice
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1 : Create and evaluate a marketing communications campaign and materials for different organisations and brands D2 : Independently find, critically evaluate and use a wide range of information, data or tools accurately in complex contexts D3 : Collaborate with others to achieve joint outcomes.
|
B329 Leadership in a changing world
(8) Credit Hours
B329 provides the opportunity to learn about leadership in dynamic risky times as to develop as sense of positive leadership. Technological changes, social networking and their impact on leadership skills are assessed allowing to discover new emergent styles of leadership needed to improve the status quo.
Course Code |
B329 |
Course Title |
Leadership in a changing world |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B329 provides the opportunity to learn about leadership in dynamic risky times as to develop as sense of positive leadership. Technological changes, social networking and their impact on leadership skills are assessed allowing to discover new emergent styles of leadership needed to improve the status quo. |
Course Objectives |
By the end of the module, students will be able to:
develop your critical thinking, problem solving and storytelling skills; explain leadership related concepts to different audiences (academic, professional, the general public) and using a wide range of media; reflect on their own leadership potential and capabilities.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Identify leadership functions and concepts A2: Recognize leadership in turbulent times. A3: Acquire knowledge of developing leadership opportunities. A4: Acquire knowledge of leadership challenges.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
B1: Differentiate between previous concepts of leadership learned and leadership in precarious times. B2: Examine different environments while referring to leadership in turbulent times such as socio-political environment, populism, multicultural world, etc. B3: Evaluate the role of diversity, positive relationships and collaborations, mobilizing followers, coping with conflict and change, in developing leadership activities. B4: Examine the impact of resistance leadership, activist leadership, leadership and social change.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: As an independent learner, deal with leadership in turbulent times through case studies, projects, etc. C2: Recognize leadership opportunities and apply them to case studies, work, etc. C3: Critically engage with leadership challenges and propose practical ways to overcome them.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Independently develop their critical thinking, problem solving and storytelling skills. D2: Evaluate leadership related concepts to different audiences (academic, professional, the general public) and using a wide range of media. D3: Exercise leadership and communicate ideas clearly to convince others and responsibly challenge their classmates having other ideas, opinions, or methods of solving. D4: Reflect on their own leadership potential and capabilities.
|
B340 Asset Pricing and Corporate Finance
(4) Credit Hours
This course is aimed at students who are interested in understanding asset pricing and corporate finance. It provides a theoretical framework used to address issues in project appraisal and financing, the pricing of risk, securities valuation, market efficiency, capital structure, and mergers and acquisitions. It provides students with the tools required for further studies in financial intermediation and investments.
Course Code |
B340 |
Course Title |
Asset Pricing and Corporate Finance |
Pre-requisite |
B291 Financial Accounting |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is aimed at students who are interested in understanding asset pricing and corporate finance. It provides a theoretical framework used to address issues in project appraisal and financing, the pricing of risk, securities valuation, market efficiency, capital structure, and mergers and acquisitions. It provides students with the tools required for further studies in financial intermediation and investments. |
Course Objectives |
This
course provides a theoretical framework used to address issues in project
appraisal and financing, the pricing of risk, securities valuation, market
efficiency, capital structure, and mergers and acquisitions. It provides
students with the tools required for further studies in financial
intermediation and investments.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1:
understand the mathematics of portfolios and how risk affects the value of the
asset in equilibrium under the fundaments asset pricing paradigms A2:
Understand how Managerial Incentives Affect Financial Decisions A3: explain
the characteristics of derivative assets (forwards, futures and options), and
how to use the main pricing techniques. A4:
understand and explain the capital structure theory, and how information
asymmetries affect it A5:
understand how corporate governance can contribute to firm value A6: discuss
why merger and acquisition activities exist B. Cognitive
skills B1: analytical skills based on using the key capital budgeting
techniques B2: Critical thinking, analysis and synthesis: ability to
understand and use financial information and to critically analyze corporate
performance based on financial information. B3: valuating risk effects on assets using asset pricing. C. Practical and professional skills C1 : evaluating projects through capital budgeting techniques C2: enabling students to do
problem-solving and risk valuation using appropriate quantitative and
qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. C3: explaining the
characteristics of derivative assets (forwards, Futures and options). D. Key transferable skills. D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of
information, arguments and ideas. D2: Problem-solving and
decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including
data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
D3: Effective performance in a team environment
both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D4: Develop an appropriate understanding of the student’s
needs to develop as a learner and devise strategies to address these.
|
B391 Management accounting and finance
(8) Credit Hours
B391 is a module that provides an opportunity to explore the understanding of the management accounting and financial dimension into the contexts of international financial markets, investments, and managerial decision making within organisations. The content of the module is designed to develop a thorough understanding of the discipline and to stimulate students’ interest in key management accounting and international financial concepts and issues managers face within contemporary organisations. The module seeks to support students in the practical application of the skills and techniques acquired. Alongside theory reflecting contemporary developments in management accounting and international financial research, students are offered the chance to reflect on real world events.
Course Code |
B391 |
Course Title |
Management accounting and finance |
Pre-requisite |
B294 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B391 is a module that provides an opportunity to explore the understanding of the management accounting and financial dimension into the contexts of international financial markets, investments, and managerial decision making within organisations. The content of the module is designed to develop a thorough understanding of the discipline and to stimulate students’ interest in key management accounting and international financial concepts and issues managers face within contemporary organisations. The module seeks to support students in the practical application of the skills and techniques acquired. Alongside theory reflecting contemporary developments in management accounting and international financial research, students are offered the chance to reflect on real world events. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of the B391 module is to provide students with an insight in management accounting and finance on a more advanced level and have deeper knowledge and understanding about the various concepts. Students will be updated concerning the more recent development in management accounting and finance. The module will enable students to take part in the design and use of management accounting systems in organizations and be able to relate management accounting to issues discussed in other tracks like marketing, incentive systems (management as well as international business. After studying the course, the students should be able to:
1. To situate the role of strategic management accounting and finance within the broader content of organizational and industry differences. 2. Understand the techniques that play an important role in the formulation and implementation of budgets, control, project appraisal and financing of organisations. 3. Understand the international financial environment. 4. Understand and use a range of contemporary management accounting and finance techniques. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate an understanding of the relevance of organisational and financial structures and systems A2: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of financial techniques, risk estimation and management within an organisation A3: Apply appropriate decision making techniques in financial analysis A4: Understand and assess how financial concepts interact with related disciplines, such as statistical analyses and economics
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Demonstrate skills for gathering, evaluating and analysing relevant data and information. B2: Evaluate and integrate effective use of financial techniques (and relevant related concepts) to analyse organisational scenarios.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1. Critically engage with management accounting and international financial management techniques and concepts to organisational and professional practice C2. As an independent learner, demonstrate competence in the core management accounting and financial management and analysis techniques and the core organisational, financial and economic concepts.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1. Independently identify and analyze organizational problems; analyze and evaluate real financial data D2. Independently identify and reflect on key issues that might arise within organizations with respect to international financial management approaches D3. Interpret, use and evaluate relevant data and information.
|
B392 Advanced Management Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
The module offers students the opportunity to continue their studies in the BA Business Studies after they have completed the B291 & B292 modules. It builds on the knowledge and skills students have learned in B292 by focusing on theories, concepts and techniques at a more advanced level. The learning outcomes also include a critical evaluation of the theories and techniques and their application in ambiguous settings using case study approach. Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. The module can be used to understand strategy and to situate the role of strategic management accounting within the broader content of organizational and industry differences using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency is required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, financial measures of performance, investments , EVA , Variance analysis , budgeting costing etc. This module provides students with a solid base of Advanced management Accounting study and practice.
Course Code |
B392 |
Course Title |
Advanced Management Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
B292 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
The module offers students the opportunity to continue their studies in the BA Business Studies after they have completed the B291 & B292 modules. It builds on the knowledge and skills students have learned in B292 by focusing on theories, concepts and techniques at a more advanced level. The learning outcomes also include a critical evaluation of the theories and techniques and their application in ambiguous settings using case study approach. Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. The module can be used to understand strategy and to situate the role of strategic management accounting within the broader content of organizational and industry differences using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency is required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, financial measures of performance, investments , EVA , Variance analysis , budgeting costing etc. This module provides students with a solid base of Advanced management Accounting study and practice. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of the module is to give students insight in management accounting on a more advanced level and have deeper knowledge and understanding about management accounting issues including its problems and difficulties. Students will be updated concerning the more recent development in management accounting and the emergence of new methods and their effects in organizations. The module will enable students to take part in the design and use of management accounting systems in organizations and be able to relate management accounting to issues discussed in other tracks like marketing, incentive systems (management as well as international business. After studying the course, the students should be able to: - To situate the role of strategic management accounting within the broader content of organizational and industry differences.
- Understand management accounting techniques that play an important role in the formulation and implementation of business strategy.
- Understand what strategies organizations use to finance their activities.
- Students will be introduced to financial risk management and the strategic implications of financing the organization.
- Be familiar with a range of contemporary cost management techniques.
- Able to evaluate strengths and weaknesses, discuss issues regarding implementation and effectiveness and assess various strategic options. Identify the main characteristics of different market types (perfect competition, monopoly and oligopoly) and predict price and output outcomes.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1 :
Understand the role of strategic management accounting and apply a strategic
analysis framework in simple complex settings. A2
:Critically select , apply and evaluate management accounting techniques in
strategic costing and pricing including value chain analysis , activity based
costing and business process optimization approaches. A3:
Understand, describe and evaluate the sources , costs and risks associated with
the financing of investments. A4: Apply and
critically evaluate advanced techniques for investment appraisal. A5: Explain,
apply and evaluate methods of accounting control and performance evaluation for
the purpose of improving strategic and operational performance of
organizations. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Develop the ability to integrate information and use reasoned
approaches to select relevant information and analytical techniques in simple
and complex settings. B2: Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and
problems within management accounting. B3: Communicate management accounting information effectively and
appropriately. B4: Use information and communication technologies appropriately
and effectively. B5: Use fundamental business mathematics and other quantitative
methods effectively and appropriately C. Practical and professional skills C1: Apply digital technologies to analyse data using strategic
management techniques, e.g spread sheets.
C2: Frame problems in ambiguous settings independently .Identify
and critically select appropriate information both from digital and print
sources to address these. C3: Use a combination of electronic applications to communicate
analysis and findings. C4: Use tools and techniques of management accounting to improve managerial decision making. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Provide students with knowledge and understanding of
management accounting techniques that play an important role in in the
formulation and implementation of business strategy. D2: Examine two key areas of financial management of organizations
and link them to the management accounting and strategic activities of
organizations. D3: Build on the material already studied by students on
investment appraisal, adding theoretical depth and a critical evaluation of the
techniques.
D4: Evaluate performance
using benchmarks and appropriate measures of return on investment.
|
B628 Managing 1: Organizations and People
(8) Credit Hours
This module is designed for managers, aspiring managers, team leaders and supervisors; it uses activities and problem-solving to take you through core topics in organizational behavior and human resource management. Topics include organizational context and culture, stakeholders, management roles, recruitment and induction, performance management, motivation, team work, managing operations and change. These are focused primarily on your own work situations and practices, whether these are in the commercial, public or voluntary sectors.
Course Code |
B628 |
Course Title |
Managing 1: Organizations and People |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module is designed for managers, aspiring managers, team leaders and supervisors; it uses activities and problem-solving to take you through core topics in organizational behavior and human resource management. Topics include organizational context and culture, stakeholders, management roles, recruitment and induction, performance management, motivation, team work, managing operations and change. These are focused primarily on your own work situations and practices, whether these are in the commercial, public or voluntary sectors. |
Course Objectives |
By the
end of the course students will be enabled to critically reflect on and analyse
workplace situations and their own ways of managing. It is ‘solution oriented’
to help students to not only understand work situations from a manager’s
perspective, but also to help them to work out what to do, given that they may
not be in charge of the organisation they work for. As they work through
activities, problems and solutions, they will question the idea that there are
single solutions or issues or that there is ‘one best way’. they will come to
understand the constraints, choices and demands that operate and learn when to
work within them and when and how they may be able to bring about change.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding Module 1 : Managing A1: the role and context of managerial work with particular
reference to the development of own practice.
A2: managerial skills ( including problem solving , decision
making, information gathering treatment and presentation) Module 2: A3: Key processes of people management, incorporating the
recruitment and development of staff and the management and leadership of
individuals, teams and change. A4: Behavioural aspects of the management of leadership of
individuals, teams and change. B. Cognitive skills B1:apply management concepts
to work context. B2: analyse and critically reflect on work practice and
professional self knowledge. B3: solve management problems through the use of the analytical
skills including problem identification, analysis, logic, thinking and
judgement to the advantage of one's own organization. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Setting objectives for developing and implementing Operational plans for the area of
responsibility. C2: Reviewing and evaluating performance and practice. C3: reflecting and questioning.
C4: presenting and reporting information. C5: problem solving, innovation and decision-making. C6: Managing business
processes. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Use interpersonal skills including those involved in team
working and collaborating. D2: communicate effectively , using management vocabulary, both
orally and in writing and listen
actively . D3: Gather, handle , present and use information effectively;
analyse and evaluate numerical data and information for specific purposes; use
information technologies. D4: Demonstrate numeracy and literacy
D5: Learn how to learn
with an emphasis on self-monitoring and progress towards independent learning.
|
B629 Managing 2: Marketing and Finance
(8) Credit Hours
Main elements and realities of a manager’s job and explains how one can develop and organize himself to be effective and successful in his role. Managing in modern organizations is not easy: no context is the same; the ‘right’ decision in one organization may be the ‘wrong’ one in another, or at another time. There is no ‘one best way’. However, there is also ‘received wisdom’ – tried and tested practices and behaviours that are usually effective in bringing about the result a manager wants. These are included in this module where appropriate. But even ‘good practice’ needs adaptation: time or resources may be in short supply and a manager may have to do the best he or she can with what’s available. This is the art of management: doing what’s possible in the best way possible in the circumstances to achieve, through others, the goals for which an organization is striving.
Course Code |
B629 |
Course Title |
Managing 2: Marketing and Finance |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Main elements and realities of a manager’s job and explains how one can develop and organize himself to be effective and successful in his role. Managing in modern organizations is not easy: no context is the same; the ‘right’ decision in one organization may be the ‘wrong’ one in another, or at another time. There is no ‘one best way’. However, there is also ‘received wisdom’ – tried and tested practices and behaviours that are usually effective in bringing about the result a manager wants. These are included in this module where appropriate. But even ‘good practice’ needs adaptation: time or resources may be in short supply and a manager may have to do the best he or she can with what’s available. This is the art of management: doing what’s possible in the best way possible in the circumstances to achieve, through others, the goals for which an organization is striving. |
Course Objectives |
B629- Managing 2: Marketing and Finance will cover core topics in
Marketing and Finance. Topics include;
assessing the external environment, consumer relationship, market research,
product/service analysis, price, promotion and delivery, quality, consumer expectations
and satisfaction, financial planning and monitoring through budgets, cash flow,
profit and loss. All these topics will
focus primarily on student’s own work situations and practices. The teaching
and learning strategy of this module is problem-based. Through this approach,
the module aims to develop the skills an effective manager needs: such as
analysis, constructing sound arguments, critical and reflective thinking,
problem identification and solving, active listening and communication, sourcing
and presenting information, and report writing. The course is a management
development vehicle that aims to help student perform more effectively as
managers. It does so by: - Increasing student’s foundation management knowledge and competencies
- Providing a repertoire of theories, concepts, and techniques to apply in different management setting -Helping students understand their individual management role, its context and nature of their interventions in their organizations
- Encouraging student to be reflective practitioners, applying independent and inquisitive learning in the workplace
- Enabling students to understand the discourse of specialist and senior managers better, so that they can hold more confident and informed conversations with them, work more effectively with and where appropriate challenge them.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Client
communications, relationships, the role of marketing information and the
development of value. A2: Marketing
planning, service quality with particular reference to own practice. A3:
Understand how financial information can be used to support managerial decision
making (i.e. the relevance of the generation and reporting of financial
information) A4:
Understand the importance of costs costing and budgeting processes in
managerial decisions A5: Have a good understanding of how business concepts
relate to real life businesses, organizations A6:
Importance of performance management for organisations B. Cognitive skills B1. Apply management concepts to work contexts B2. Analyse and critically reflect on work practice and
professional self-knowledge B3. Solve management problems through the use of analytical skills
including problem-identification, analysis, logic, critical thinking and
judgment to the advantage of one’s own organization B4. Communicate effectively, using management vocabulary, both
orally and in writing and listen actively. Use interpersonal skills including
those involved in team working and collaborating B5. Gather, handle, present and use information effectively;
analyse and evaluate numerical data and information for specific purposes; use
information technologies B6. Demonstrate numeracy and literacy and Learn how to
learn with an emphasis on self-monitoring and progress towards independent
learning B7. Critical thinking, analysis and synthesis. C. Practical and professional skills C1. Setting objectives for, developing and implementing
operational plans for area of
responsibility C2. Reviewing and evaluating performance & practice C3. Reflecting and questioning C4. Presenting and reporting
information C5. Problem-solving, innovation and decision-making by using tools
and techniques and models C6. Apply key concepts to managerial decision making the Managing of
business processes
D. Key transferable skills. D1. Use interpersonal skills including those involved in team
working and collaborating D2. Communicate effectively, using management vocabulary, both
orally and in writing and listen actively D3. Gather, handle, present and use information effectively;
analyse and evaluate numerical data and information for specific purposes; use
information technologies D4. Demonstrate numeracy and literacy
D5. Learn how to learn
with an emphasis on self-monitoring and progress towards independent learning
|
B859 Financial Strategy: Valuation, Governance, and Ethics
(8) Credit Hours
This course, compulsory for direct entrants to the MBA program/Finance track, is concerned with the relationship between an employer and one of its key stakeholder groups; the providers of funds. This relationship is vital to the strategic decision making process of any employer. The overall aim of this course is to give the participants the skills to tackle: 1) how can the financial management of an organization best reflect its internal reporting and governance regime, 2) understand the different sources of finance in the capital structure, 3) evaluate projects with different levels of risk and returns, 4) how can we value an organization, 5) the module also provides learners with the knowledge to explore ethical issues encountered in finance profession. Therefore, Finance is one of the most important functional areas of business. It relates to other business functions (such as operations, marketing, human resource management, and accounting) through its role. For example, finance enables the purchase of equipment, the buying of raw materials, enables production to estimate demand, enables promotion, and it plays a key role in the growth of the company.
Course Code |
B859 |
Course Title |
Financial Strategy: Valuation, Governance, and Ethics |
Pre-requisite |
B874 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course, compulsory for direct entrants to the MBA program/Finance track, is concerned with the relationship between an employer and one of its key stakeholder groups; the providers of funds. This relationship is vital to the strategic decision making process of any employer. The overall aim of this course is to give the participants the skills to tackle: 1) how can the financial management of an organization best reflect its internal reporting and governance regime, 2) understand the different sources of finance in the capital structure, 3) evaluate projects with different levels of risk and returns, 4) how can we value an organization, 5) the module also provides learners with the knowledge to explore ethical issues encountered in finance profession. Therefore, Finance is one of the most important functional areas of business. It relates to other business functions (such as operations, marketing, human resource management, and accounting) through its role. For example, finance enables the purchase of equipment, the buying of raw materials, enables production to estimate demand, enables promotion, and it plays a key role in the growth of the company.
|
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to:
- understand the fundamentals of financial analysis and corporate finance theory.
- assess alternative methods for valuing companies.
- evaluate financial projections of projects and carry out sensitivity analysis.
- analyse financial statements and carry out valuation of companies.
- interpret the implications of corporate governance, agency theory and the related role of stakeholders.
- apply quantitative finance and its practical applications to project appraisal, company valuation, methods, and risk management.
- identify the core features of Islamic finance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the scope of financial knowledge and its application within a wide range of national and multinational organisations A2: Understand the implications of corporate governance, agency theory and the related role of stakeholders. A3: Understand quantitative finance and its practical applications to project appraisal, company valuation methods and risk management A4: Understand organisational performance in terms of return on investment, investment risk and capital structure management. A5: Understand the core features of Islamic finance
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Carry out research in finance area drawing on the published empirical finance research. B2: Be able to forecast key accounts appropriately. B3: Evaluate implications of capital structures for company valuation. B4: Demonstrate how to evaluate results and take decisions.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Be able to monitor the efficiency of a company over time. C2: Show how corporate performance is measured. C3: Appreciate how organisations implement their capital appraisal procedures. C4: Be familiar with the main methods of company valuation. C5: Take decisions efficiently by using appropriate quantitative and qualitative techniques. C6: Make use of the organisation's resources in highly efficient and effective way
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Demonstrate effective research skills and carry out financial calculations for use in corporate finance decisions, including the use of computer spreadsheets. D2: Draw lessons from investigations and analyses of financial statements. D3: work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and make effective use of constructive feedback.
D4: Acquire the skills for use of information technology. D5: Demonstrate effective oral and writing skills. |
B861 Investment and portfolio management
(8) Credit Hours
This course is an elective for the direct entrants to the Finance track of the MBA programme. The scope of this course relates to an overview of theory and practice in the field of investment management which is a highly successful and diverse sector in the global economy. The overall aim of this course is to introduce the participant to the world of investments by providing the necessary theoretical knowledge, and analytical skills to evaluate different investment alternatives and enable them to construct optimal portfolios in a risk-return sense, including the use of derivatives. This includes bonds, equities, and alternative investments. It will also provide an understanding of the key factors affecting investment decision making, such as investment objectives and constraints, behavioural and ethical issues, and an understanding of the different institutions involved in portfolio management. Overall this course will build an understanding of the complex aspects of investments and portfolio management which is an increasingly important area in the study of finance.
Course Code |
B861 |
Course Title |
Investment and portfolio management |
Pre-requisite |
B874 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course is an elective for the direct entrants to the Finance track of the MBA programme. The scope of this course relates to an overview of theory and practice in the field of investment management which is a highly successful and diverse sector in the global economy. The overall aim of this course is to introduce the participant to the world of investments by providing the necessary theoretical knowledge, and analytical skills to evaluate different investment alternatives and enable them to construct optimal portfolios in a risk-return sense, including the use of derivatives. This includes bonds, equities, and alternative investments. It will also provide an understanding of the key factors affecting investment decision making, such as investment objectives and constraints, behavioural and ethical issues, and an understanding of the different institutions involved in portfolio management. Overall this course will build an understanding of the complex aspects of investments and portfolio management which is an increasingly important area in the study of finance. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to:
- Understand the fundamentals of investments and portfolio management theory.
- Assess alternative methods for the valuation of bonds and equities.
- Understand the risk/return relationship for both securities and portfolios.
- Interpret the implications of using derivatives and learn how they are used for hedging.
- Apply quantitative investment theory and its practical applications to measuring performance of portfolios and investment funds.
- Identify different asset classes and suitable asset allocation in creating portfolios.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand investment objectives and constraints of different types of investors. A2: Understand the trade-off between risk and return, and measure performance for securities and portfolios. A3: Gain knowledge in valuing individual bonds and equities using a range of approaches. A4: Gain an understanding of structured products, that is, combinations of securities and derivatives which deliver a particular risk and return combination. A5: Gain knowledge in different asset classes and their characteristics to be able to create a portfolio with a suitable asset allocation.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Carry out research in the field of portfolio management drawing on the published empirical finance research. B2: Be able to create portfolios with suitable asset allocation. B3: Evaluate risk and return trade-offs in securities and portfolio and using hedging for risk mitigation. B4: Demonstrate how to measure performance of portfolios and different types of investment funds.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Be able to monitor the performance of an investment portfolio. C2: Show how to evaluate the risk and return trade-off in investments. C3: Create structured financial products to mitigate various financial risks. C4: Be familiar with the method of valuing all types of securities. C5: Take investment decisions efficiently by using appropriate quantitative methods in the evaluation of portfolio performance. C6: Make use of the organization's resources in highly efficient and effective way by creating investment portfolios with suitable asset allocation.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Demonstrate effective research skills and carry out investment portfolio creation and risk mitigation for use in corporate investment decisions. D2: Demonstrate how various investment objectives and constraints affect investment portfolio optimization. D3: work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and make effective use of constructive feedback. D4: Acquire the skills for use of information technology. D5: Demonstrate effective oral and writing skills.
|
B863 The Human Resource Professional
(8) Credit Hours
B863 is a postgraduate course and is one of a series of optional courses offered to all students who progress to Stage II of the AOU MBA program/ mandatory for those who are to specialize in human resource management. This module will consider the role and contribution of the HR professional and the skills needed to be effective in this role.
Students will consider the implications of recent research findings in the field of human resource management for their own practice, for example in increasing levels of engagement and improving performance, in acting ethically and in managing change.
They will compare this with the practice of HR professionals in other contexts, drawing on case studies and the experience of their fellow students working in different geographical areas and sectors; and they will also look at the development over time of thinking about the role of HR professionals in order to understand how this may influence current thinking. The emphasis throughout will be on considering what HRM practices are associated with positive organizational outcomes.
Students will develop and practice the skills they will need to be effective as an HR professional, including as a leader and a senior manager. These include self-management, leading and working in teams, making decisions, managing and communicating information, including financial information, consultancy skills and helping others to learn. They will also develop postgraduate study skills and digital literacy skills.
Perhaps most importantly this module will develop students’’ skills as a reflective practitioner, committed to continuously learning from reflection on their practice and on the critical application of new theories and ideas to inform this practice. Collaboration skills of the students with all functional areas of an organization (accounting, human resources, operations, production, marketing, information technology, etc.) will be improved.
Course Code |
B863 |
Course Title |
The Human Resource Professional |
Pre-requisite |
B870B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B863 is a postgraduate course and is one of a series of optional courses offered to all students who progress to Stage II of the AOU MBA program/ mandatory for those who are to specialize in human resource management. This module will consider the role and contribution of the HR professional and the skills needed to be effective in this role.
Students will consider the implications of recent research findings in the field of human resource management for their own practice, for example in increasing levels of engagement and improving performance, in acting ethically and in managing change.
They will compare this with the practice of HR professionals in other contexts, drawing on case studies and the experience of their fellow students working in different geographical areas and sectors; and they will also look at the development over time of thinking about the role of HR professionals in order to understand how this may influence current thinking. The emphasis throughout will be on considering what HRM practices are associated with positive organizational outcomes.
Students will develop and practice the skills they will need to be effective as an HR professional, including as a leader and a senior manager. These include self-management, leading and working in teams, making decisions, managing and communicating information, including financial information, consultancy skills and helping others to learn. They will also develop postgraduate study skills and digital literacy skills.
Perhaps most importantly this module will develop students’’ skills as a reflective practitioner, committed to continuously learning from reflection on their practice and on the critical application of new theories and ideas to inform this practice. Collaboration skills of the students with all functional areas of an organization (accounting, human resources, operations, production, marketing, information technology, etc.) will be improved.
|
Course Objectives |
The primary aims of this course are: - To understand the role of the HR professional, the nature of professionalism and approaches to addressing ethical dilemmas
- To review recent research and to assess its relevance for practice in a range of contexts
- To assess the relevance of theory for practice and apply it where appropriate to improve practice
- To review theoretical approaches to leadership and team-working and to develop the skills needed to be effective as a leader and as a team member
- To critically assess the range of concepts and issues that are associated with managing performance in the workplace, and the interrelationships between these factors
- To develop the skills and understanding needed to address change management issues and to work at a strategic level in the organization
- To develop skills essential for HR work such as: leading and working in teams, making decisions, managing financial information, communicating effectively, and helping others to learn
Unit-2
- review the diverse and changing ways in which the management of people and of work has been approached
- evaluate research which has contributed to thinking about human resource management and human resource development
- review the diverse ways in which the range of HR services may be delivered in the workplace and across organizations
- evaluate the skills which HR specialists need in order to make an effective contribution
- review the people-management activities provided by line managers and by HR
specialists - assess how HR specialists can demonstrate their value in the workplace.
Unit-3 - explain and evaluate the meanings of a profession, professionalization, and professionalism
- explain how notions of professionalism are related to the role of HR and HR practice evaluate the effectiveness of codes of professional conduct in the promotion of professionalism
- review the different approaches to ethics and how ethical issues can be seen to arise in the context of organisations
- explore the types of ethical issues that may arise within the HR context recognize some of the various ethical frameworks that can apply to human resources in different organisational, sectoral and cultural contexts
- develop your ability to reflect on your own personal ethics and how they may be
- managed within the role of HR and HR practice.
- HRM, professionalism and ethics
Unit-4 - plan your own personal development and record your progress in meeting these planned improvements
- reflect on your practice to support your skill development evaluate some dimensions of personality and individual differences and their role in shaping your professional identity
- evaluate and apply self-management skills, particularly in relation to self-organisation
and managing work-life balance - distinguish between groups and teams evaluate and apply the skills needed to work effectively in groups and teams.
Unit-5 - recognize and debate the different theoretical traditions that inform understandings of contemporary leadership
- debate and critically evaluate ideas about the characteristics of effective leadership assess the importance of leadership from an HR perspective
- evaluate your own preconceptions about leadership and leadership skills reflect on and develop your own leadership skills as an HR professional.
Unit-6 - assess the importance of the concepts of commitment and motivation in the workplace, and the associated concept of the 'psychological contract'
- understand, explain, and evaluate the meaning of employee engagement and its different components
- evaluate the methods and practices which aim to improve performance in the workplace through securing employee engagement
- assess how organisational change and flexibility in the workplace may impact on performance in the workplace
- evaluate the key ideas behind the notion of a Performance Management System (PMS) and examine performance management approaches more generally
- discuss the possibilities and limitations of PMS and the strengths and weaknesses of your own organisation's systems using your own investigations
- critique how performance management in general is practiced and be able to diagnose and recommend change using your own investigations and those of your tutor group
- analyse the problems surrounding the construction of different elements of PMS after reflecting on your own organisation's PMS and your experience of it.
Unit-7 - identify your own areas of strength and your development needs in the skills areas covered in this unit
- evaluate and apply theories and methods of consultancy, mentoring and coaching assess how the concepts of power and conflict affect negotiation, decision making and conflict resolution processes
- make sound and justifiable decisions and solve problems more effectively evaluate and apply theories and methods of decision-making and problem-solving etc to HR and wider organisational scenarios
- demonstrate enhanced IT proficiency and understanding of the place and uses of IT in the workplace and in relation to HR
- interpret financial information and manage financial resources.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Gain an understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of human resource management to formulate strategies that will enable organizations to achieve both operational and strategic goals related to the organization's human capital. A2. Define, explain, illustrate and reason with the key role of the HR professional and approaches to addressing ethical dilemmas. A3. Identify the linkages between HRM functions and operations and performances in the workplace and leadership
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Skills to manage communication initiatives to create and implement human resources initiatives and programs that achieve organizational goals B2. Critical thinking and problem-solving skills by assessing and interpreting source materials, evaluating arguments, examining, and applying both case-based and real-world business, as consulting teams in the development of business and human resource management solutions. B3. Collaboration skills with all functional areas of an organization (accounting, human resources, operations, production, marketing, information technology, etc.)
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Appraise and apply techniques in talent management that human resource professionals may use to facilitate effective position planning, talent selection, placement, compensation, and rewards, as well as retention. C2. Reflect and comment in a way that demonstrates awareness of the different contexts that impact on the operation of HRM C3. Practice behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in HR Skills, leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, problem-solving. C4. Recognise the significance of ethical issues in HR practices and the management of people in the workplace.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Gain skills necessary to work effectively in teams, assuming roles of leader and follower D2. Learn through reflection on practice and experience. D3. Demonstrate people management skills essential for HR work such as: selection interviewing; appraisal interviewing; disciplinary interviewing; delivering training; making presentations; project management; managing performance D4. Gain proficiency in communication skills, independent action and team working. D5. Manage and communicate information using IT applications and software packages in accordance with the requirements of the Digital Information Literacy Levels Framework. |
B864 Human resource management in context
(8) Credit Hours
In this module you will examine how HR policies and practices operate within multiple tiers and manifestations of economic, political and social context - at macro (societal and international) and micro (organisational) levels. In addition to developing analytical and practical skills in this specific domain, the module breaks new ground by incorporating resourcing and talent management as extended examples of HR practice and to illustrate how an intelligent understanding and reading of context by skilled HR professionals can help contribute to more informed choices. This module is part of a qualification that is intended to provide a route to professional membership of the CIPD if you wish to develop a career in HR management. It will also provide training in research and academic skills if you want to develop an academic career in the field of HR management.
Course Code |
B864 |
Course Title |
Human resource management in context |
Pre-requisite |
B870B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
In this module you will examine how HR policies and practices operate within multiple tiers and manifestations of economic, political and social context - at macro (societal and international) and micro (organisational) levels. In addition to developing analytical and practical skills in this specific domain, the module breaks new ground by incorporating resourcing and talent management as extended examples of HR practice and to illustrate how an intelligent understanding and reading of context by skilled HR professionals can help contribute to more informed choices. This module is part of a qualification that is intended to provide a route to professional membership of the CIPD if you wish to develop a career in HR management. It will also provide training in research and academic skills if you want to develop an academic career in the field of HR management. |
Course Objectives |
The primary aims of this module are to:
- Examine how HR policies and practices operate within multiple tiers and manifestations of economics at and macro (societal and international) and micro (organizational) levels.
- Incorporate resources and talent management as extended examples of HR practices in order to illustrate how an intelligent understanding of context by skilled HR professionals can help contribute to more informed choices.
- Understand how HR strategies are related to business and corporate strategies.
- Develop a comprehensive understanding of the dynamic nature of global competition and its implications for HR practices.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: To be able to understand the changing nature of Human Resource Management in relation to changing environmental context. A2: Acquire knowledge about how HR specialists are located within multiple layers and patterns of managerial context. A3: understand how HR strategies are related to business and corporate strategy in the dynamic nature of global competition. A4: To be able to understand and explain the dynamic nature of external environment and in particular the social and the technological trends and their significance to HRM practices.
B. Cognitive skillsAt the end of the module learners will be expected to:
B1: Think critically about the changing nature of HRM in relation to changing contexts. B2: Analyze what is meant by inner and outer contexts and their significance for HR practitioners B3: Identify and critically evaluate the points where HR practice and HR specialists are located within multiple layers and patterns of context, how HR strategies are situated within different market and quasi-market contexts, how the state and public sector contexts influence HR strategy and practice B4: Think about how HR strategies are related to business strategies, the dynamic nature of global competition and its implications for HR practice. B5: Analyze how HR strategies can be informed by knowledge of labor markets and product markets locally, nationally, and internationally. B6: Analyze the dynamic nature of global competition and of social and technological trends and their significance for HRM practice. B7: Identify the importance of regulatory, legal, and governmental factors for HRM.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Construct resourcing and talent management strategies for different segments of the workforce, and an ability to contribute to diversity management and flexible working. C2: Demonstrate skills in the management of the recruitment, selection and induction activities effectively and efficiently while operating within legal frameworks. C3: Be able to plan for short- and long- term talent deployment, for succession planning and to use information on employee turnover as the basis for developing staff retention strategies. C4: Be able to lead and work in teams; make decisions; manage financial information; communicate effectively; and help others to learn. C5: Have the ability to use digital literacy skills including accessing information through online databases and other online resources and developing skills in using social media through regular participation in online tutorials and discussion forums.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Have effective communication skills (Oral and writing skills) D2: Acquire the ability to draw lessons from analyses of problems associated with HR practices. D3: work independently and in groups to achieve positive attitudinal interaction and making effective use of feedback. D4: Acquire the key skills of the use of IT.
|
B870A Managing in a changing world-Management
(4) Credit Hours
The module provides you with the opportunity to develop and learn about managing and marketing in relation to your working life and personal practice. As an aspiring organisational decision-maker, you'll gain the knowledge and tools necessary to successfully take advantage of cutting-edge theories of management and human resource management. This will be linked to the values of collective responsibility, aesthetics and ethics. You'll become empowered to create responsible growth, across a range of private sector, public and not for profit organisations, while also critically reflecting on your own potential in terms of leadership and management practice. In addition, you'll explores the ways in which marketing can be used to more effectively help organisations to be both successful and forward thinking in a business environment that is quickly moving beyond traditional geographic, cultural and organisational boundaries. The module offers a developmental route appropriate for the first module of an MBA, which builds on and consolidates knowledge through a series of activities and text.
Course Code |
B870A |
Course Title |
Managing in a changing world-Management |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The module provides you with the opportunity to develop and learn about managing and marketing in relation to your working life and personal practice. As an aspiring organisational decision-maker, you'll gain the knowledge and tools necessary to successfully take advantage of cutting-edge theories of management and human resource management. This will be linked to the values of collective responsibility, aesthetics and ethics. You'll become empowered to create responsible growth, across a range of private sector, public and not for profit organisations, while also critically reflecting on your own potential in terms of leadership and management practice. In addition, you'll explores the ways in which marketing can be used to more effectively help organisations to be both successful and forward thinking in a business environment that is quickly moving beyond traditional geographic, cultural and organisational boundaries. The module offers a developmental route appropriate for the first module of an MBA, which builds on and consolidates knowledge through a series of activities and text. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to:
Unit I: - Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a wide range of perspectives on managing
- Identify and evaluate some of the complex challenges and tensions facing contemporary managers
- Employ traditional and contemporary ideas about managing to extrapolate your learning across private, public and not-for-profit sectors
- Critically engage with everyday news items, synthesising academic ideas with practical action
- Evaluate the diverse range of media available for managing, communicating and maintaining relationships with employees and customers
- Demonstrate how integrating academic theories across a wide range of organisational contexts can promote a reflective, thoughtful and considered approach for leading and managing people.
Unit II: - Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a wide range of perspectives on marketing theory and practice
- Understand the complex challenges and tensions facing managers as they seek to implement marketing ideas
- Appreciate the different ways that marketing can help deliver a wide range of positive social benefits, and create economic value
- Engage with traditional and contemporary ideas about marketing, including how to extrapolate your learning across private, public and not-for-profit sectors
- Critically engage with everyday news items, synthesising academic ideas with practical action.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1. Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a wide range of perspectives on management and marketing.
A.2 Identify and evaluate some of the complex challenges and tensions facing contemporary managers.
A3. Appreciate the different ways that management and leadership can help deliver a wide range of positive social benefits and create economic value. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Employ traditional and contemporary ideas about managing to extrapolate your learning across private, public and not-for-profit sectors.
B2: Critically engage with everyday news items, synthesising academic ideas with practical action.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Reflect on the multiple possibilities available that may facilitate a thoughtful and considered approach towards leading and managing people.
C2: Use data from diverse actors and parts of the organisation to make effective decisions, while recognising the need to clarify and/or challenge underlying assumptions and limitations. D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Identify, challenge and analyse examples of ethical and unethical practices from the perspective of socially responsible managers, employees and customers. D2: Assess how contemporary and future technologies might change the practice of managing.
D3: Evaluate the diverse range of media available for analysis in relation to managing and maintaining relationships
D4: Demonstrate how integrating academic theories across a wide range of organisational contexts can promote a reflective, thoughtful and considered approach for leading and managing people.
|
B870B Managing in a changing world-Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
B870 Part B Managing in a changing world. While studying this module, you will be encouraged to develop, as well as challenge, your current knowledge and skills in order to meet the contemporary and rapidly changing areas of management, marketing, ethics and leadership. Using both independent and collaborative approaches to learning, this module will enable you to integrate and understand ways of managing these core business functions in the face of globalisation, technological advancements and other recent economic, social and political challenges. B 870 B Theme provides a coherent and strong conceptual narrative to the module. These overarching themes provide a way of relating different and disparate knowledge to a conceptually organised framework. The theme consists of, Unitarism and Pluralism, challenges the idea that there is one best way and the assumption that when we speak of ‘an organisation’ we are talking about one harmonious and homogenous entity.
Course Code |
B870B |
Course Title |
Managing in a changing world-Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
B870A |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
B870 Part B Managing in a changing world. While studying this module, you will be encouraged to develop, as well as challenge, your current knowledge and skills in order to meet the contemporary and rapidly changing areas of management, marketing, ethics and leadership. Using both independent and collaborative approaches to learning, this module will enable you to integrate and understand ways of managing these core business functions in the face of globalisation, technological advancements and other recent economic, social and political challenges. B 870 B Theme provides a coherent and strong conceptual narrative to the module. These overarching themes provide a way of relating different and disparate knowledge to a conceptually organised framework. The theme consists of, Unitarism and Pluralism, challenges the idea that there is one best way and the assumption that when we speak of ‘an organisation’ we are talking about one harmonious and homogenous entity. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to:
Unit III: - Identify, challenge, and analyse examples of ethical and unethical practices from the perspective of socially responsible managers, employees, and customers
- Analyse the different ways that managing and leading can help deliver a wide range of positive social benefits and create economic value.
- Understand the complex challenges and tensions facing those managing in contemporary times
- Reflect on the multiple possibilities that may facilitate a thoughtful approach towards leading and managing people.
- Use data from diverse parts of the organisation to make effective decisions, while clearly surfacing underlying assumptions and limitations
- Critically engage with everyday news items, synthesising academic ideas with practical action
- Understand how reflective management practice, using academic theories and module themes, can promote learning across a wide range of organisational contexts.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1. Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a wide range of perspectives on management and marketing.
A.2 Identify and evaluate some of the complex challenges and tensions facing contemporary managers.
A3. Appreciate the different ways that management and leadership can help deliver a wide range of positive social benefits and create economic value.
B. Cognitive skillsAt the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Employ traditional and contemporary ideas about managing to extrapolate your learning across private, public and not-for-profit sectors. B2: Critically engage with everyday news items, synthesising academic ideas with practical action.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Reflect on the multiple possibilities available that may facilitate a thoughtful and considered approach towards leading and managing people. C2: Use data from diverse actors and parts of the organisation to make effective decisions, while recognising the need to clarify and/or challenge underlying assumptions and limitations.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Identify, challenge, and analyse examples of ethical and unethical practices from the perspective of socially responsible managers, employees, and customers. D2: Assess how contemporary and future technologies might change the practice of managing. D3: Evaluate the diverse range of media available for analysis in relation to managing and maintaining relationships D4: Demonstrate how integrating academic theories across a wide range of organisational contexts can promote a reflective, thoughtful, and considered approach for leading and managing people. |
B872 Creating and sustaining value-Financial Management
(4) Credit Hours
This course is an elective for the direct entrants to the Finance track of the MBA programme. The scope of this course relates to the central managerial aspects of understanding, creating, improving and sustaining value within contemporary organisations. This course will enable the participant to gain a greater understanding of how decisions and organisational performance can be optimised. This module will help you understand how different business functions, such as management accounting, financial reporting, operations management and business intelligence, contribute to sustainable value creation. Most importantly, the module moves beyond a treatment of functional areas, towards a systemic view of organisational functions. Through this systemic view, you will be able to expand your critical understanding of what constitutes organisational value and how a range of value perspectives can be implemented within diverse organisational contexts. By the end of this module, you should have a greater understanding of what creating and sustaining value is and be more confident in applying these ideas in your daily work life.
Course Code |
B872 |
Course Title |
Creating and sustaining value-Financial Management |
Pre-requisite |
B870A |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is an elective for the direct entrants to the Finance track of the MBA programme. The scope of this course relates to the central managerial aspects of understanding, creating, improving and sustaining value within contemporary organisations. This course will enable the participant to gain a greater understanding of how decisions and organisational performance can be optimised. This module will help you understand how different business functions, such as management accounting, financial reporting, operations management and business intelligence, contribute to sustainable value creation. Most importantly, the module moves beyond a treatment of functional areas, towards a systemic view of organisational functions. Through this systemic view, you will be able to expand your critical understanding of what constitutes organisational value and how a range of value perspectives can be implemented within diverse organisational contexts. By the end of this module, you should have a greater understanding of what creating and sustaining value is and be more confident in applying these ideas in your daily work life. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to: - Understand the fundamentals of making theoretically and empirically informed value transformations.
- Apply modeling and technology tools appropriate for the ways business organizations create value.
- Understand the cross functional issues relating to the ways organizations create and sustain value.
- Apply quantitative methods to quantify decision making in making changes to value chains.
- Understand the relations between operational processes, financial management practices and the ways that organisations create and sustain value.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand value creation in organisations and its relationship to organisational performance. A2: Identify and analyse decision-making complexity in a range of product-focused and service organisations. A3: Develop a theoretically informed understanding of the connections between strategy formulation, operational Management and financial management. A4: Understand how business intelligence creates value for organisations.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Carry out research in the field of creating and sustaining value drawing on the published empirical research. B2: Critically collect and use valuable information and develop analysis and synthesis across different organizational functions. B3: Identify problems and suggest sustainable solutions. B4: Create value in organisations and quantify its relationship to organisational performance.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Be able to positively affect organizational performance by using strategies that contribute to sustainable value creation. C2: Build a systematic value creation framework that can be implemented within diverse organisational contexts. C3: Create a complementary strategy that enhances the dynamic between the fields of operational and financial management. C4: Use business intelligence and data to create value within business organizations. C5: Create solutions for sustainable solutions for problems inherent in the value chain. C6: Create a value proposition of the firm including the value chain, value-based management, shareholder value, and value metrics
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Demonstrate effective research skills and carry out sustainable value creation strategies within the value chain of business organization. D2: Demonstrate how objectives of organizations affect the process of creating and sustaining value. D3: Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and make effective use of constructive feedback. D4: Acquire the skills for use of business intelligence in creating value. D5: Demonstrate effective oral and writing skills.
|
B873 Effective Strategic management
(8) Credit Hours
This module B873 Effective strategic management in business and the public sector will provide the student with the necessary tools to become an effective strategic decision-maker. Students will learn about the strategic analysis of the organizational environment, strategic decision-making processes, and the implementation of preferred strategic choices. The module will also support the development of soft skills, which student will require both to progress in the qualification and succeed in the workplace by applying their learning to their own context. By the end of this module, student should have a greater understanding of what strategic management is and be able to apply their learning to your own workplace. This module intends to provide student's ways of increasing levels of engagement and improving performance, in acting ethically and in managing change. This module draws on case studies and the experience of their fellow students working in different geographical areas and sectors; and they will also look at the development over time of thinking about the role of strategy in order to understand how this may influence current thinking. The emphasis throughout will be on considering what Strategy practices are associated with positive organizational outcomes. Students will develop and practice the skills they will need to be effective as a Strategist, including as a leader and a senior manager. These include self-management, leading and working in teams, making decisions, managing and communicating information, including financial information, consultancy skills and helping others to learn. They will also develop postgraduate study skills and digital literacy skills. Most importantly this module will develop students’’ skills as a reflective practitioner, committed to continuously learning from reflection on their practice and on the critical application of new theories and ideas to inform this practice.
Course Code |
B873 |
Course Title |
Effective Strategic management |
Pre-requisite |
B870A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module B873 Effective strategic management in business and the public sector will provide the student with the necessary tools to become an effective strategic decision-maker. Students will learn about the strategic analysis of the organizational environment, strategic decision-making processes, and the implementation of preferred strategic choices. The module will also support the development of soft skills, which student will require both to progress in the qualification and succeed in the workplace by applying their learning to their own context. By the end of this module, student should have a greater understanding of what strategic management is and be able to apply their learning to your own workplace. This module intends to provide student's ways of increasing levels of engagement and improving performance, in acting ethically and in managing change. This module draws on case studies and the experience of their fellow students working in different geographical areas and sectors; and they will also look at the development over time of thinking about the role of strategy in order to understand how this may influence current thinking. The emphasis throughout will be on considering what Strategy practices are associated with positive organizational outcomes. Students will develop and practice the skills they will need to be effective as a Strategist, including as a leader and a senior manager. These include self-management, leading and working in teams, making decisions, managing and communicating information, including financial information, consultancy skills and helping others to learn. They will also develop postgraduate study skills and digital literacy skills. Most importantly this module will develop students’’ skills as a reflective practitioner, committed to continuously learning from reflection on their practice and on the critical application of new theories and ideas to inform this practice. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this Module is to: Unit-1 - define strategy and distinguish strategic issues from operational issues
- examine the meaning of mission, vision, values, and corporate governance in a global context and link them to the strategy process
- distinguish strategy from public policy
- identify how strategy is linked to organisational performance
- conduct a stakeholder analysis
- design a non-market strategy for an organisation.
Unit-2 - examine the role of strategic analysis in business and public service organisations
- analyse external and internal factors of an organisation
- apply tools for strategic analysis, such as the Five Forces Model, strategic group analysis, the VRIO model and the VUCA framework
- use financial and non-financial indicators to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of an organisation
- evaluate the implications of organisational analysis for strategy selection and implementation.
Unit-3
- evaluate the role that managers play in the decision-making processes of their organisations
- identify and analyse Porter's generic strategies
- define the concepts of 'business model' and 'business model innovation'
- list and assess the different types of headquarters strategies that exist
- examine why firms may decide to expand to new countries and how they can do so
- develop and select strategic options in business and public service organisations.
Unit-4
- identify and evaluate the barriers to strategy implementation in business and the public sector
- define organisational culture, organisational structure and control systems
- examine how organisations can successfully manage substantial strategic change
- evaluate the suitability of novel management practices invented by cutting-edge companies for other organisations.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Demonstrate a systematic critical understanding of the theories and frameworks underpinning the strategy process at the different levels where strategies are developed in organisations, including the international context. A2. Demonstrate a systematic and critical understanding of the appropriate theories and frameworks to systematically analyse the external and internal environments of organisations, as well as the associated stakeholders. A3. Demonstrate a systematic critical understanding of the challenges, risks, and ambiguities related to the strategic decision-making process and the implementation phase.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Work with the appropriate data to generate information relevant to strategy development. B2. Critically apply conceptual knowledge to the development of strategy in different situations and contexts. B3. Apply appropriate information and theoretical concepts concisely and coherently to justify a point of view.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Make management decisions based on the evidence available. C2. Develop as an independent and reflective management practitioner.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Understand the ethical implications of management practice and respond to ethical issues as a socially responsible professional. D2. Communicate effectively using a wide range of media. D3. Reflect critically on learning from workplace practice.
|
B874 Finance for strategic decision making
(4) Credit Hours
This module will provide you with the necessary tools to use financial information and other data for making management decisions. You will learn a range of accounting and data analysis techniques as well as being introduced to the workings of the financial markets. Additionally, the module will make use of Excel spreadsheets and discuss good spreadsheet practice. The module is designed for professionals from a wide range of contexts and backgrounds who need to actively to engage with the challenges of using financial and other quantitative information for making decisions.
Course Code |
B874 |
Course Title |
Finance for strategic decision making |
Pre-requisite |
co-requisite B872 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module will provide you with the necessary tools to use financial information and other data for making management decisions. You will learn a range of accounting and data analysis techniques as well as being introduced to the workings of the financial markets. Additionally, the module will make use of Excel spreadsheets and discuss good spreadsheet practice. The module is designed for professionals from a wide range of contexts and backgrounds who need to actively to engage with the challenges of using financial and other quantitative information for making decisions. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to: - Decide what constitutes relevant information for making decisions.
- Take account of multiple, potential options, and assessing investment in a major capital project.
- Examine the various markets to access funds (stock, bond, foreign exchange and derivative) and consider the features of the instruments traded therein.
- Know about more strategic matters and consider how the actions of others might affect the decisions the company takes.
- Know the basics of data analysis.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Apply a range of decision-making techniques to maximise value within organisations, operating within an economic financial context. A2: Understand how organisations make decisions in both the internal and external financial and strategic contexts, with particular emphasis on financial markets. A3: Understand the linkages between financial and strategic goals to evaluate the optimum resource allocation leading to value generation.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Collate and assess the usefulness of various data in making financial decisions. B2: Assess the strength and shortcomings of data and analytic methods and the behaviours of decision-makers.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyse and select appropriate decision-making tools and apply them to a range of scenarios. C2: Reflect on the financial skills used and their applicability to the workplace and other financial contexts.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Use an analytical toolbox for making optimal decisions in an entrepreneurial work environment. D2: Explain and apply the decision-making techniques and knowledge via a range of media. D3: Understand the importance of financial risk in effective leadership. D4: Reflect critically on the knowledge acquired and it relation to workplace practice. Practical and/or professional skills.
|
B875 MBA project: leaders of change (Capstone)
(8) Credit Hours
This module will build specialized expertise by putting the theory and central managerial aspects taught on the MBA into practice, engaging in a life-changing learning that can challenge students understanding of theories and management practices. Students will identify a real problem in an organization and look for a change that will help solve this problem. This will enable students to develop as leaders of change that go beyond mere applications of theoretical and practical skills to be reflective practitioners, critical thinkers, and independent professionals. In this module students study contemporary aspects of management and industry in depth, carry out high level research, utilize data, evaluate literature, and present their findings accurately and concisely.
Course Code |
B875 |
Course Title |
MBA project: leaders of change (Capstone) |
Pre-requisite |
For MBA(General): B873 and B874/ For MBA (HR): B863 and B874/ For MBA (Finance): B859 and B874 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module will build specialized expertise by putting the theory and central managerial aspects taught on the MBA into practice, engaging in a life-changing learning that can challenge students understanding of theories and management practices. Students will identify a real problem in an organization and look for a change that will help solve this problem. This will enable students to develop as leaders of change that go beyond mere applications of theoretical and practical skills to be reflective practitioners, critical thinkers, and independent professionals. In this module students study contemporary aspects of management and industry in depth, carry out high level research, utilize data, evaluate literature, and present their findings accurately and concisely. |
Course Objectives |
At the end of Unit I, student will be able to: - have an overview of what the module is about, its structure and assessment
- examine the nature of applied research in a management context and explain some different ways in which management theory can be seen as valid and making contributions to management practice
- identify and justify an organizational context for students' projects through assessment and analysis of external and internal factors
- refine students' ideas and develop research questions that help to understand the problem and change identified
- critically analyze organizational problem through relevant literature and theories.
At the end of Unit II students will be able to:
- understand and manage practice-based research projects
- explain the various stages of a practice-based research project and outline a plan for producing theirs
- identify the most important stakeholders for the project and explore how to engage with them
- select the types of data that answer research questions
- manage any ethical issues which may arise during the project.
At the end of Unit III students will be able to:
- plan and execute independent research-based management projects
- use research- and practice-based findings to advance management practice
- communicate results and practical recommendations clearly, comprehensively, and persuasively
- deliver informed and evidence-based written information on a management topic
- lead and manage change.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a range of theoretical perspectives applied to a self-selected work problem and suggest a potential change A2: Identify and manage complex problems that managers face A3: Develop suitable ways that change can happen to deliver a positive outcome for a self-chosen work context
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
B1: Critically collect and use valuable information, develop analysis, and synthesise across different work functions B2: Identify and critically analyse self-selected problems and develop actionable solutions
C. Practical and professional skills
C1: Understand and respond to ethical considerations associated with practice-based research C2: Exchange information and communicate research-based practices via a range of media C3: Provide an effective and ethical change in a self-selected work problem C4: Reflect critically on academic theories and apply them in a self-chosen work context
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Develop appropriate ways to solve problems and implement change in a self-selected work context D2: Devise and apply evidence-based approaches to managing change D3: Develop as an independent and reflective management practitioner
|
B898 Comprehensive Exam
(0) Credit Hours
This course involves an extensive research period referring to certain group of books assigned by the exam committee that represents the body of knowledge that the student acquired throughout the study period. The student is entitled to attend and pass the exam that is appointed within a period specified in the mid of the semester.
Course Code |
B898 |
Course Title |
Comprehensive Exam |
Pre-requisite |
Successful completion of core modules within the program. |
Credit Hours |
0 |
Course Description |
This course involves an extensive research period referring to certain group of books assigned by the exam committee that represents the body of knowledge that the student acquired throughout the study period. The student is entitled to attend and pass the exam that is appointed within a period specified in the mid of the semester.
|
Course Objectives |
Requires on average one and half to two years of study. In a number of universities, students have the option to obtain a master degree with a thesis or with a comprehensive exam. During the course of study, students will be assessed through examinations, reports and presentations. Before graduation, the student must prepare and defend a thesis, which will be the basis for the graduation decision. Competency is measured by the ability to use and apply fundamental principles and knowledge in solving problems in each of the mentioned areas, or a comprehensive exam. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding Students will be able to collect, analyse and synthesise relevant information in order to evaluate situations and alternative courses of action in the following topic areas: A1: Acquire knowledge and understanding of a range of perspectives, theories and application on different issues and challenges in management, marketing and finance. A2: Identify and understand value creation, its linkage to organisation performance and application within wide range decision-making techniques to manage complex problems and the required changes in an international context. A3: Demonstrate a thorough understanding of the relationship between strategy formulation, strategic goals, strategy process application, its challenges, and its linkage to operations, supply chain management dynamics and financial resource allocation. A4: Understand the nature of HRM formulates strategies to achieve operational and strategic goals in linkage to corporate strategic goals within a changing environmental context A5: Demonstrate understanding of new entrepreneurial practices, theories, new digital economy concepts, their frameworks and application for social and commercial enterprises
B. Cognitive skills
Students will be able to:
B1: Conduct research in the field of creating and sustaining valuable research evidence and valuable information, develop analysis and identify problems and suitable solutions across different organization functions. B2: Critically analyse the new updated different dimensions of supply chain management, its activities and implications on decision- making. B3: Apply conceptual knowledge of startegy development by using appropriate relevent data in different organisationl situations, and how to manage in digital econmomy. B4: Acquire skills to think critically, evaluate environmental forces requirements and solve problems using human resource initiatives, tools and programmes to achieve goals throught all organisational functions within cross-culture organaisational context B5: Interpret suitable entrepreneurial approaches and the differences between entrepreneurial and managerial approaches and practicies.
C. Practical and professional skills Students will be able to:
C1: Analyse available data, critically reflect and select the appropriate decision-making and leading people tools to be applied to a range of scenarios for suitable decision within diverse organizational contexts to enhance the dynamics between the fields of operational and financial management. C2: Create and sustain value proposition in value chain, value-based management, shareholder value and value metrics, while applying effective ethical considerations and any change required in some self-selected work problems. C3: Critically reflect on supply chain practices and acquiring fundamental skills for managing supply chain, while recognizing ethical and corporate social responsibility in its contexts. C4: Apply management practices for appropriate decision make king in organisational context and communicate using ICT in digital framework while applying entrepreneurial settings in an ethical and constructive ways to deal with complexity and ambiguity while learning from collective experiences. C5: Practice techniques in human resource management professions and HRM main functions for effective and enhanced operational skills needed for talent mana genet to better deliver human resource objectives as well as recognizing ethical issues in practices and digital economy. C6: Demonstrate competences to build competitive advantages and enhance performance within diverse organisational context through the integration of strategies and dynamic learning opportunities.
D. Key/transferable skills Students will be able to:
D1: Identify and analyse ethical and unethical practices from stakeholders’ perspectives and communicate effectively as a social responsibility professionally. D2: Apply integrated managerial and leading theories, approaches and manage required changes within organizational contexts. D3: Acquire managerial and business intelligence skills and self-awareness to plan and set objectives to create and sustain value creation, and aid in problem solving in supply chain and digital economy using ICT. D4: Acquire skills through effective learning, integrated academic theories of managerial leadership and reflection on practices to be able to work in teams as a leader and team player. D5: Demonstrate professional communication skills, both oral and writing to manage people and analyze problems associated with HRM functions. D6: Demonstrate effective skills in identifying, research entrepreneurial opportunities, negotiation and gain legitimacy in an entrepreneurial setting with the aim of creating sustainable business model.
|
B899A MBA Thesis Proposal
(4) Credit Hours
B899A MBA thesis proposal is a postgraduate compulsory course for all students who progress to Stage III of the AOU MBA Program/Thesis Track. The course provides exposure to skills, knowledge and practices used by researchers at the commencement of a research investigation with particular reference to the preparation of a thesis proposal.
The study guide for Thesis Proposal comprises four modules:
• Module 1: Initiating research and your proposal
• Module 2: Developing a working title and planning the research.
• Module 3: Choice of research paradigm, methodology and methods of data collection
• Module 4 Writing the thesis proposal.
Course Code |
B899A |
Course Title |
MBA Thesis Proposal |
Pre-requisite |
Finishing 24 Credit Hours with 3 GPA |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
B899A MBA thesis proposal is a postgraduate compulsory course for all students who progress to Stage III of the AOU MBA Program/Thesis Track. The course provides exposure to skills, knowledge and practices used by researchers at the commencement of a research investigation with particular reference to the preparation of a thesis proposal.
The study guide for Thesis Proposal comprises four modules:
• Module 1: Initiating research and your proposal
• Module 2: Developing a working title and planning the research.
• Module 3: Choice of research paradigm, methodology and methods of data collection
• Module 4 Writing the thesis proposal.
|
Course Objectives |
At the end of the course, students will have: - acquired and used knowledge, skills and practices that are needed by researchers and specifically for the preparation of a research proposal.
- prepared a thesis proposal that includes:
- a statement of the thesis topic
- stated aims, objectives, research questions and outcomes of the proposed investigation.
- the proposed research paradigm and methodology.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: Knowledge and understanding A1: Gain knowledge and understanding of the process of initiating research and developing a proposal. A2: Develop knowledge and understanding of the key components involved in developing a working title and planning the research. A3: Acquire knowledge and understanding of different research paradigms, methodologies, and methods of data collection. A4: Gain knowledge and understanding of the essential components and structure of a thesis proposal.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: Cognitive skills B1: Develop critical thinking skills to evaluate and refine research ideas and formulate clear research questions. B2: Demonstrate analytical and problem-solving skills in planning and organizing the research process.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: Key skills C1: Develop practical skills in conducting a literature review and synthesizing research findings. C2: Gain practical skills in selecting appropriate research methods and data collection techniques for the proposed study.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: Practical and/or professional skills D1: Enhance communication and presentation skills in effectively conveying research ideas and proposal content. D2: Develop time management and organizational skills in planning and completing the thesis proposal. D3: Foster teamwork and collaboration skills through group work and discussions.
|
B899B Thesis
(8) Credit Hours
This course is intended for Master’s level students to create a Master’s Thesis project and to see it through to the final draft. In this semester, students will work with their thesis committee to make any necessary revisions to the thesis proposal, collect data, analyse it, and produce the final draft of the thesis. Students will work one-on-one with their thesis advisor and the thesis coordinator to identify times that they will meet and create a plan for communication throughout the process of completing the Master’s Thesis.
The Master’s Thesis is the culminating assessment in earning the degree of Master in Business Administration at Arab Open University. As such, it should be treated as a serious and academically rigorous component of the programme. Each project is unique to the student completing it, and thus there is flexibility in scheduling, approach, and style that is up to the discretion of the thesis advisor. The thesis component at AOU is meant to demonstrate advanced study and inquiry into a particular facet of business administration in relation to the experiences of candidates in the program. The thesis is a work of original scholarship, designed with guidance from a thesis advisor and thesis committee. A copy of the final project is uploaded to the plagiarism detection software and Thesis are added to the College Archives.
Course Code |
B899B |
Course Title |
Thesis |
Pre-requisite |
Co-requisite B899A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course is intended for Master’s level students to create a Master’s Thesis project and to see it through to the final draft. In this semester, students will work with their thesis committee to make any necessary revisions to the thesis proposal, collect data, analyse it, and produce the final draft of the thesis. Students will work one-on-one with their thesis advisor and the thesis coordinator to identify times that they will meet and create a plan for communication throughout the process of completing the Master’s Thesis.
The Master’s Thesis is the culminating assessment in earning the degree of Master in Business Administration at Arab Open University. As such, it should be treated as a serious and academically rigorous component of the programme. Each project is unique to the student completing it, and thus there is flexibility in scheduling, approach, and style that is up to the discretion of the thesis advisor. The thesis component at AOU is meant to demonstrate advanced study and inquiry into a particular facet of business administration in relation to the experiences of candidates in the program. The thesis is a work of original scholarship, designed with guidance from a thesis advisor and thesis committee. A copy of the final project is uploaded to the plagiarism detection software and Thesis are added to the College Archives. |
Course Objectives |
At the end of the course, students should complete thesis. The thesis should be organized into the following structure (though consult with student's advisor for more specific guidance): - Introduction
- Review of Relevant Research
- Methods
- Findings (Results/Analysis)
- Discussion (e.g., Interpretation, Connection to Existing Research, Implications, Limitations of the Study)
- Conclusion
- Appendix(es) [only if required by the project, e.g., curriculum project]
Complete thesis should be between 6,000-8,000 words, including references and the curriculum appendices of curriculum projects.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: Knowledge and understanding A1: Demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge and understanding of the chosen research topic. A2: Understand the theoretical and conceptual frameworks relevant to the research area. A3: Critically analyze and synthesize existing research in the field. A4: Identify gaps or limitations in the current literature.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: Cognitive skills B1 Develop critical thinking skills to evaluate and interpret research findings. B2: Apply appropriate research methodologies and methods to address research questions. B3: Synthesize and analyze data to draw meaningful conclusions. B4: Critically assess the reliability and validity of research outcomes.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: Key skills C1: Demonstrate effective research planning and project management skills. C2: Apply ethical considerations and principles in conducting research. C3: Develop proficiency in using relevant research tools and techniques. C4: Present research findings in a clear, structured, and professional manner.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: Practical and/or professional skills D1: Enhance written and oral communication skills. D2: Foster teamwork and collaboration through peer discussions and feedback. D3: Develop time management and organizational skills to meet project deadlines. D4: Improve critical analysis and problem-solving abilities. |
BA100 Career Planning and Development
(1) Credit Hours
This course aims at making students aware of the need for career planning and self-developmental activities. It teaches the effective ways of developing curriculum vitae and the cover letter for applying for a job. It will teach the various techniques that students can use to develop the communication skills in particular the written communication skills. By studying this course, students get familiarized with the various job search methods and the effective utilization of such job search methods. This will make students understand the importance of concept of career planning and make them to think about the ways and means of achieving those plans.
Course Code |
BA100 |
Course Title |
Career Planning and Development |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
1 |
Course Description |
This course aims at making students aware of the need for career planning and self-developmental activities. It teaches the effective ways of developing curriculum vitae and the cover letter for applying for a job. It will teach the various techniques that students can use to develop the communication skills in particular the written communication skills. By studying this course, students get familiarized with the various job search methods and the effective utilization of such job search methods. This will make students understand the importance of concept of career planning and make them to think about the ways and means of achieving those plans. |
Course Objectives |
The overall goal of the course is to make the students familiar with the concepts like career planning and development and with the job search methods. Students also get to know the art of developing curriculum vitae and cover letter to apply for jobs.
The main objective of this course is to develop the skills of students in the areas like developing effective curriculum vitae, facing interviews, planning for further moves in their career.
Students need to plan their career in their life to progress. Progression in career needs careful planning. This course will teach on developing career plans and implementing them. It teaches certain techniques that can be used by the students to win over the competition in the job market as well to excel in their career.
|
Course Outcomes |
The following are the learning outcomes of the course: 1. Developing curriculum vitae and a cover letter for a job on their own. 2. Acquiring the necessary skills of creating and sustaining network and relationship with people and organizations. 3. Making career plans and learning the ways and means of implementing the career plans. 4. Learn and understand various job search methods available with its pros and cons. 5. (e) Improving the oral and written communication skills.
|
BAS400 Applied Studies for Business Students
(4) Credit Hours
The Cooperative Training Program (BAS400) is one of the structured practical training academic programs at the Faculty of Business Studies (FBS), Arab Open University (AOU). It is part of the graduation requirements and aims at enabling undergraduates to apply their knowledge and understanding of Business Science to practical experience in different fields which is designed to help students to learn as well as to integrate the theoretical knowledge and field practices in the workplace environment.
Course Code |
BAS400 |
Course Title |
Applied Studies for Business Students |
Pre-requisite |
BUS310 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The Cooperative Training Program (BAS400) is one of the structured practical training academic programs at the Faculty of Business Studies (FBS), Arab Open University (AOU). It is part of the graduation requirements and aims at enabling undergraduates to apply their knowledge and understanding of Business Science to practical experience in different fields which is designed to help students to learn as well as to integrate the theoretical knowledge and field practices in the workplace environment. |
Course Objectives |
1.To develop student skills with practical experiences. 2.To familiarize students with the real-world work environment. 3.To prepare the students to transfer from learning environment to work environment. 4.To Providing an opportunity to exchange experiences and open channels of cooperation. 5.To help students to take responsibility and work in team. 6.To develop students’ attitude and the manner of the work. 7.To link the studying theoretical and practical competencies with labor market
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding: A.1 Explain the link between theory with actual implementation of what has been studying at the university of theoretical practical materials including tools and mechanisms used within the administrative process, such as policies, rules, procedures and business models, and programs A.2 Understanding how to adapt the business environment requirements such as using information technology in solving management problems. A.3 Knowing varied circumstances and cases where knowledge can be applied in the real world.
B. Cognitive skills: B.1 Able to understand the technical, economic, commercial, social, political, ethical and other factors that influence decisions and decision making. B.2 Become aware of their own worldviews, values and epistemology and using information system B.3 Able to understand the nature of problems and changes in business environment and how to adapt and use technological tools to solve these problems.
C. Practical and professional skills: C1 Ability to work effectively in groups and exercise leadership when appropriate C2 Able to enhance communication and independent learner C3 Ability to identify the problem and finds solutions
|
BB293 Financial Accounting in Context
(8) Credit Hours
BB293 Financial Accounting in Context is a level 2 course. This module provides essential information about financial accounting. This is the fundamental course for students who wish to select the accounting profession as their career. In this module, Students will gain a detailed understanding of how financial statements are prepared and develop the skills to prepare and analyse financial statements information. Also, students will explore differences in financial reporting mechanisms under different types of businesses.
Course Code |
BB293 |
Course Title |
Financial Accounting in Context |
Pre-requisite |
ACT112 and ECO101 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
BB293 Financial Accounting in Context is a level 2 course. This module provides essential information about financial accounting. This is the fundamental course for students who wish to select the accounting profession as their career. In this module, Students will gain a detailed understanding of how financial statements are prepared and develop the skills to prepare and analyse financial statements information. Also, students will explore differences in financial reporting mechanisms under different types of businesses. |
Course Objectives |
The primary aim of BB293 is to enable the students to obtain and develop a good level of understanding of company financial accounting in the context of the business environment. This module focuses on a technical and contextual aspect of accounting. The technical aspect of accounting will allow the students to prepare and interpret financial statements and reports. Thus, the student will learn to prepare income statements, balance sheets, statements of changes in equity, and cash flow statements for single entity companies. Also, the stakeholder perspective of interpretation of financial statements will be covered in this module. The contextual accounting aspect focuses on the economic, legal, and social contexts of companies and company financial accounting. This will enable students to understand market economies, regulation, financial accounting standards, audit, and corporate governance. In addition, on successful completion of BB293 students will be able to develop the following skills:
1. Develop an understanding of company financial accounting in the context of markets, law, and society. 2. Prepare financial statements based on accounting concepts and theories 3. Understanding and preparing cash flow statement and its different components 4. Understanding and interpreting financial information into meaningful information 5. Selecting and analysing financial accounting problems and their interpretation from the stakeholder’s perspective 6. Developing an understanding of contract law, and employment law in the context of financial accounting 7. Develop an understanding of the need for ethical consideration under auditing, corporate social responsibility, and corporate governance mechanisms. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate an understanding of the role and importance of financial accounting in a business context. A2: Demonstrate an understanding of financial accounting in the context of markets, law, and society. A3: Demonstrate knowledge and develop the ability to prepare different types of financial statements B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Developing an accounting reflective learning skill B2: Selecting and analyzing financial accounting problems B3: Applying theories, models, and concepts to business accounting cases
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Understanding and preparing different financial statements in a business context C2: Understanding and preparing Cash Flow Statement C3: Interpreting financial statements from a stakeholder’s perspective.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Demonstrate a detailed understanding of Contract law, employment law, and financial accounting D2: Demonstrate an understanding of corporate governance, corporate social responsibility, auditing, and ethics. D3: Demonstrate an ability to prepare financial statements.
|
BB841 Managing Financial Risk
(4) Credit Hours
The aim of this course is to equip students with the awareness and tools to manage risk effectively. It designed for those who want to have high level competence in understanding financial and non-financial risks, and the methodology of risk management.
Course Code |
BB841 |
Course Title |
Managing Financial Risk |
Pre-requisite |
BB831 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The aim of this course is to equip students with the awareness and tools to manage risk effectively. It designed for those who want to have high level competence in understanding financial and non-financial risks, and the methodology of risk management. |
Course Objectives |
The module is designed
for those who want their MBA to have a major finance element within it and who
want to have high level competence in understanding financial and non-financial
risks, and the methodology of risk management.
As such, BB841 will not only provide an end in itself in terms of meeting
student demand for such rigorous financial and non-financial knowledge but will
also provide a high level tool kit for those employing detailed financial and
organizational analysis. Furthermore, BB841 will provide students with the key
skills in terms of identifying the relationship between risk and human
behaviour and understand the behavioural finance at the individual and group
levels.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1 : Risk management and financial crisis A2: A helicopter overview of risk
A3: Operational risk A4: Behavioural finance and risk
management
B. Cognitive skills B1 Critically understand and evaluate how companies and organizations manage risk B2 Defining risk and the risk management process B3: Identify the implications of operational risk and how can be managed B4: Identify the relationship between risk and human behaviour and understand the behavioural finance at the individual and group levels
C. Practical and professional skills C1: Awareness and understanding of types of risk and how much
risk is an organization is exposed to C2 Ability
to identify risk exposure, measure it and form a risk mitigation strategy C3 Ability
to identify non-financial risk and ability of organizations to manage those
core risks. C4 Understanding the aspects of
behaviour by decision makers D Key transferable skills D1: Ability to define risk D2: Ability to assess the types and degrees of
risk to which the business is exposed D3: Ability to measure risks using mathematical
and other techniques D4: Ability
to apply risk management techniques and use mathematical skills to determine
their effectiveness
|
BB845 Strategic Human Resource Management
(4) Credit Hours
BB845 is a postgraduate course and is one of a series of optional courses offered to all students who progress to Stage II of the AOU MBA program.
This course explores the different aspects of human resource management and helps you understand and influence decisions regarding the management of human resources within organisations.
This course is designed to meet the needs of managers who wish to understand and be able to influence decisions regarding the management of human resources within organisations. BB845 considers the different aspects of human resource management at a strategic level in the organisation and how this differs from the more operationally-focused personnel management. Students will work collaboratively with others on strategic human resource management (SHRM) issues and problems and find, review and evaluate information relevant to key aspects of SHRM in your own professional context.
The nature and function of the human resource management (HRM) department and how it is implemented all depend on the culture and structure of the organisation and the priority given to ‘people’ issues. In this module the different factors, local and international that can influence SHRM decisions are considered.
The Students will explore the premise that the astute management of people can improve competitive performance. BB845 is designed – through media such as learning activities, online collaboration and readings - to encourage you to engage critically with both theory and practice. Our aim is to promote reflection and, through practice-based and online learning, enable you to both understand and influence SHRM.
Course Code |
BB845 |
Course Title |
Strategic Human Resource Management |
Pre-requisite |
B716B |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BB845 is a postgraduate course and is one of a series of optional courses offered to all students who progress to Stage II of the AOU MBA program.
This course explores the different aspects of human resource management and helps you understand and influence decisions regarding the management of human resources within organisations.
This course is designed to meet the needs of managers who wish to understand and be able to influence decisions regarding the management of human resources within organisations. BB845 considers the different aspects of human resource management at a strategic level in the organisation and how this differs from the more operationally-focused personnel management. Students will work collaboratively with others on strategic human resource management (SHRM) issues and problems and find, review and evaluate information relevant to key aspects of SHRM in your own professional context.
The nature and function of the human resource management (HRM) department and how it is implemented all depend on the culture and structure of the organisation and the priority given to ‘people’ issues. In this module the different factors, local and international that can influence SHRM decisions are considered.
The Students will explore the premise that the astute management of people can improve competitive performance. BB845 is designed – through media such as learning activities, online collaboration and readings - to encourage you to engage critically with both theory and practice. Our aim is to promote reflection and, through practice-based and online learning, enable you to both understand and influence SHRM.
|
Course Objectives |
The primary aims of this course are:
- Articulate and evaluate the ideas, principles and issues that are central to SHRM
- Draw appropriately on theories, models and case studies in the area of SHRM and compare and contrast their use in organizational practice
- Critically appraise examples and 'solutions' for the management of people
- Think creatively about the different dimensions of SHRM and how they impact upon each other and upon the business
- Appreciate the internal and external factors which can affect people management strategies
- Anticipate some of the changes in work and organizations that will impact upon the HRM function into the future
- Work collaboratively with others and engage in debates and discussions about SHRM
- Find, review and evaluate a variety of information relevant to topics in SHRM
- Compile reports that are robust in both intellect and practice-relevant terms
Make appropriate use of ICT. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1. Gain an understanding of key terms, theories/concepts and practices within the field of strategic human resource management. A2. Evaluate the impact of human resource management strategies, concepts and values upon the organisation's success
A3. Developing strategic thinking about HRM policies and issues
A4. Be able to identify and appreciate the significance of ethical issues in HR practices and the management of people in the workplace.
A5. Assess the global human resources environment in which the organization operates.
B. Cognitive skills B1. Demonstrate critical thinking skills in analysing theoretical and applied perspectives of strategic HRM B2. Analyse problems and develop managerial solutions to employment relations problems at both national and workplace level.
B3. Obtain the practical skills required by managers actively engaged in the strategic management of people within organisations.
C. Practical and professional skills
C1. To be able to develop personal effectiveness: improve self-awareness and self-management; time management; develop sensitivity to diversity in people and different situations; and the ability to continue learning. C2. To be able to reflect and comment in a way that demonstrates awareness of the different contexts that impact on the operation of HRM. C3. To learn through reflection on practice a range of human resource management activities and experience.
C4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, problem-solving, planning and team work.
C5. Apply theories and concepts
relevant to strategic human resource management in contemporary organisations
D Key transferable skills D1.
In
terms of information and knowledge, scan and organize data, abstracting meaning
from information and sharing knowledge. D2. To be able to use effectively Information and
Communication Technology (ICT), including word-processing and spread sheet
software, messaging and conferencing, and the internet. D3.
To be able to communicate effectively: listen, negotiate and persuade or
influence others; develop oral and written communication skills using a range
of media, including the preparation of business reports. And working
collaboratively with others and in accessing and managing information, in
accordance with the Digital Information Literacy Levels Framework. |
BB848 Leadership and management intercultural context
(4) Credit Hours
"This course is relevant to any managerial career. It has particular relevance if you are considering or already have an international career or if your managerial and leadership role involves interaction with or within intercultural or intracultural organisations or contexts. Given the increasingly intercultural and globally connected nature of business, management and organisations, this course provides opportunities for you to question and reflect on your own practice and to develop ways of managing and leading which are appropriate in different national and regional settings. By offering new (cross-national) perspectives on leadership and management you are also challenged to rethink your own practices in your current setting. This course addresses issues facing managers and leaders working in intercultural contexts and supports you to develop skills, competencies and knowledge to thrive and to get the best from colleagues, partners and associates.
The course covers three main themes: Theme One: Understanding cultures effects: This theme explores different approaches to understanding cultures. Theme Two: Understanding the role of social, political and economic institutions: Drawing on a varieties of capitalism approach, this section looks at the ways in which institutions such as labour markets, forms of firm governance, legal systems, differences in the rule of law, and the structure of inter-firm collaboration and competition affect the practices and challenges of leadership and management. Activities encourage you to explore the ways in which the business, social, economic and political environments affect your own experience of leadership and management. Theme Three: Putting it into practice: cross-cultural leadership capabilities: This theme explores the implications of what you have learned for your own practice and uses, with a series of self-assessment tools to evaluate and assess your own strengths and development needs in relation to the challenges of intercultural leadership and management. This course is relevant to any managerial career. It has particular relevance if you are considering or already have an international career or if your managerial and leadership role involves interaction with or within intercultural or intracultural organisations or contexts. Given the increasingly intercultural and globally connected nature of business, management and organisations, this course provides opportunities for you to question and reflect on your own practice and to develop ways of managing and leading which are appropriate in different national and regional settings. By offering new (cross-national) perspectives on leadership and management you are also challenged to rethink your own practices in your current setting. This course addresses issues facing managers and leaders working in intercultural contexts and supports you to develop skills, competencies and knowledge to thrive and to get the best from colleagues, partners and associates.
The course covers three main themes: Theme One: Understanding cultures effects: This theme explores different approaches to understanding cultures. Theme Two: Understanding the role of social, political and economic institutions: Drawing on a varieties of capitalism approach, this section looks at the ways in which institutions such as labour markets, forms of firm governance, legal systems, differences in the rule of law, and the structure of inter-firm collaboration and competition affect the practices and challenges of leadership and management. Activities encourage you to explore the ways in which the business, social, economic and political environments affect your own experience of leadership and management. Theme Three: Putting it into practice: cross-cultural leadership capabilities: This theme explores the implications of what you have learned for your own practice and uses, with a series of self-assessment tools to evaluate and assess your own strengths and development needs in relation to the challenges of intercultural leadership and management. "
Course Code |
BB848 |
Course Title |
Leadership and management intercultural context |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
"This course is relevant to any managerial career. It has particular relevance if you are considering or already have an international career or if your managerial and leadership role involves interaction with or within intercultural or intracultural organisations or contexts. Given the increasingly intercultural and globally connected nature of business, management and organisations, this course provides opportunities for you to question and reflect on your own practice and to develop ways of managing and leading which are appropriate in different national and regional settings. By offering new (cross-national) perspectives on leadership and management you are also challenged to rethink your own practices in your current setting. This course addresses issues facing managers and leaders working in intercultural contexts and supports you to develop skills, competencies and knowledge to thrive and to get the best from colleagues, partners and associates.
The course covers three main themes: Theme One: Understanding cultures effects: This theme explores different approaches to understanding cultures. Theme Two: Understanding the role of social, political and economic institutions: Drawing on a varieties of capitalism approach, this section looks at the ways in which institutions such as labour markets, forms of firm governance, legal systems, differences in the rule of law, and the structure of inter-firm collaboration and competition affect the practices and challenges of leadership and management. Activities encourage you to explore the ways in which the business, social, economic and political environments affect your own experience of leadership and management. Theme Three: Putting it into practice: cross-cultural leadership capabilities: This theme explores the implications of what you have learned for your own practice and uses, with a series of self-assessment tools to evaluate and assess your own strengths and development needs in relation to the challenges of intercultural leadership and management. This course is relevant to any managerial career. It has particular relevance if you are considering or already have an international career or if your managerial and leadership role involves interaction with or within intercultural or intracultural organisations or contexts. Given the increasingly intercultural and globally connected nature of business, management and organisations, this course provides opportunities for you to question and reflect on your own practice and to develop ways of managing and leading which are appropriate in different national and regional settings. By offering new (cross-national) perspectives on leadership and management you are also challenged to rethink your own practices in your current setting. This course addresses issues facing managers and leaders working in intercultural contexts and supports you to develop skills, competencies and knowledge to thrive and to get the best from colleagues, partners and associates.
The course covers three main themes: Theme One: Understanding cultures effects: This theme explores different approaches to understanding cultures. Theme Two: Understanding the role of social, political and economic institutions: Drawing on a varieties of capitalism approach, this section looks at the ways in which institutions such as labour markets, forms of firm governance, legal systems, differences in the rule of law, and the structure of inter-firm collaboration and competition affect the practices and challenges of leadership and management. Activities encourage you to explore the ways in which the business, social, economic and political environments affect your own experience of leadership and management. Theme Three: Putting it into practice: cross-cultural leadership capabilities: This theme explores the implications of what you have learned for your own practice and uses, with a series of self-assessment tools to evaluate and assess your own strengths and development needs in relation to the challenges of intercultural leadership and management. "
|
Course Objectives |
By the end of this module, you will have: - an increased critical understanding of cultural and institutional differences between countries and regions and their implications for leadership and management.
- skills of perspective-taking and re-framing that enable you to recast ideas and challenges in ways which work in different countries and regions
- an ability to use other cultural and institutional perspectives as a lens to generate a more critical understanding of your own context and your own management and leadership practice
- skills in accessing information on different countries and regions and in drawing implications for the effective practice of management and leadership in those settings
- a foundation for key competences in managing across cultural and institutional contexts including cultural intelligence; brokering; and recasting ideas and management practices in terms which make sense in particular local settings.
- developed an action plan to continue developing your own intercultural competences and global mind-set.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a wide range of perspectives on Leadership and management in intercultural contexts
A.2 Identify and evaluate some of the complex challenges and tensions facing contemporary leaders in intercultural contexts.
A3 Understand the cross-national differences that affect the conduct of business, organisation, and management
A4: Identify and analyse decision-making complexity in intercultural contexts
A5: Develop a theoretically informed understanding of the connections between cross-national cultures and leadership styles B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Identify problems with cross-culture organization and suggest sustainable solutions.
B2: Carry out research about multi-culture teams’ opportunities and challenges
B3: Evaluate the impacts of culture diversification on the organization competitive advantage¬.
B4: Think critically about making HRM meaningful across the cultures. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Be able to positively affect organizational performance by integrating culture and business strategies
C2: Build a competitive advantage that can be implemented within diverse organisational contexts.
C5: Create solutions for sustainable solutions for problems inherent in the value chain.
C4: Be familiar with the main levels and meaning of business culture
C5: Create a complementary strategy that enhances the dynamic of learning opportunities from culture diversification D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Assess how contemporary and potential leaders might change their mind set and practice of managing.
D2: Demonstrate how integrating academic theories across a wide range of organisational contexts can promote a reflective, thoughtful and considered approach for leading and managing people. D3: Demonstrate how business culture affect and affected by business structure and processes
D4: Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and make effective use of constructive feedback.
D5: Demonstrate effective oral and writing skills.
|
BB849 Supply chain management
(4) Credit Hours
This module designed for those who want a sound knowledge of and insight into supply chain management and will appeal to both Supply Chain professionals and managers in other professions. This module will provide you with an in-depth insight into the theory, problems, solutions, and best practice in the area of supply chain management. It will provide you with opportunities to question and reflect upon your own organization and its role in the wider supply chain. It will also help you to develop your ability to identify opportunities for improvement of product design, manufacturing processors, sourcing strategies, and market development.
Course Code |
BB849 |
Course Title |
Supply chain management |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module designed for those who want a sound knowledge of and insight into supply chain management and will appeal to both Supply Chain professionals and managers in other professions. This module will provide you with an in-depth insight into the theory, problems, solutions, and best practice in the area of supply chain management. It will provide you with opportunities to question and reflect upon your own organization and its role in the wider supply chain. It will also help you to develop your ability to identify opportunities for improvement of product design, manufacturing processors, sourcing strategies, and market development.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to: - Develop an understanding of what is meant by supply chain management and the activities involved in its effective practice
- Build an awareness of the different supply chain contexts, such as humanitarian supply chains, public and private sectors, and volatile or dynamic supply chains (e.g. fashion industry)
- Develop an understanding of the concept of supply chain dynamics, to provide an insight into the potential solutions to demand amplification and the difficulties that implementing these solutions may pose
- Recognise different types of supply chain risks and the impact that they may have on the organisation
- Conduct analysis of existing supply chains to identify strengths and weaknesses of the supply chain design and performance
- Demonstrate reflective and critical thinking by writing reports that investigate, analyse and critique supply chain practice.
- Understand the challenges of the supply chains in which you operate in your own work environment or with which you are otherwise familiar.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Develop an understanding of the role of the supply chain manager, the nature of the supply chain profession and the approaches to addressing decisions in the supply chain context A2. Enhance your understanding of supply chain management theories, including supply chain dynamics, supply chain risk management and supplier relationship management A3. Develop a critical understanding of the impact of external contexts on companies' supply chain decision making, including internationalisation and globalisation, social and technological change, and government policies and regulation A4. Develop an understanding of the challenges of implementing supply chain solutions in the context of your own professional environment.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Critically appraise ethical implications of supply chain activities, arrangements, and decisions B2: Think analytically, creatively and in an integrated manner about different dimensions of supply chain management B3: Keep up to date with current and developing thinking in the field of supply chain management B4: Solve problems and make decisions: establish criteria, using appropriate decision-making techniques, including identifying, formulating, and solving business problems; create and evaluate options; implement and review decisions.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Learn through reflection about supply chain practice and experience C2: Recognise issues of ethics, corporate social responsibility, and sustainability in modern-day supply chain contexts C3: Develop the foundation skills for key competencies in a supply chain management role C4: Manage and communicate information using IT applications and software packages in accordance with the requirements of the Digital and Information Literacy Framework.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Communicate effectively – orally and in writing – using a range of media and including writing assignments and business reports D2: Demonstrate self-awareness and the ability to reflect on experience to help problem-solving in a supply chain environment. D3: Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and making effective use of constructive feedback. D4: Acquire the skills for use of information technology.
|
BB851 Entrepreneurship in context
(4) Credit Hours
This module aims to equip you with an entrepreneurial mindset that helps you to make better career decisions – either in your workplace or as an independent entrepreneur – and effectively cope with the increasingly rapid changes in economy and society. In this module, entrepreneurship is broadly described as the application of enterprise behaviors with the aim to create economic, social, environmental, or cultural value in various contexts, among them private and public organizations, small enterprises, large corporations. Specifically, it goes beyond new venture creation (i.e. entrepreneurship) and considers the application of entrepreneurial skills and knowledge in established organizations (i.e. intrapreneurship) to initiate innovation, change and organizational development. Therefore, you need not aim to start your own venture to enjoy studying this module.
Course Code |
BB851 |
Course Title |
Entrepreneurship in context |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module aims to equip you with an entrepreneurial mindset that helps you to make better career decisions – either in your workplace or as an independent entrepreneur – and effectively cope with the increasingly rapid changes in economy and society. In this module, entrepreneurship is broadly described as the application of enterprise behaviors with the aim to create economic, social, environmental, or cultural value in various contexts, among them private and public organizations, small enterprises, large corporations. Specifically, it goes beyond new venture creation (i.e. entrepreneurship) and considers the application of entrepreneurial skills and knowledge in established organizations (i.e. intrapreneurship) to initiate innovation, change and organizational development. Therefore, you need not aim to start your own venture to enjoy studying this module. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims:
- To enhance your understanding of what entrepreneurship means and how forms of entrepreneurship can make a positive impact on economy and society.
- To equip you with an entrepreneurial mind-set that helps you cope with the increasingly rapid changes in economy and society.
- To refresh your understanding, consolidate your knowledge, and consider alternative, entrepreneurial perspectives. The resources and online activities also support you in thinking about how you can put knowledge and skills in entrepreneurship into practice.
- To equip you with an entrepreneurial mind-set that helps you to make better career decisions – either in your workplace or as an independent entrepreneur
- To have a greater understanding of what entrepreneurship means and be able to integrate your learning in your own work practices.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Different forms of entrepreneurial practice around the world, including the activities of social and commercial enterprises A2: Contrasting research perspectives on entrepreneurship, recognising that it can be studied at multiple levels of analysis A3: Selected entrepreneurship theories, concepts, and frameworks, with a particular focus on their implications for practice A4: Ethics and values in entrepreneurship.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: distinguish between entrepreneurial and managerial approaches and practices (e.g., in relation to marketing and finance) B2: identify distinctive features of entrepreneurial contexts B3: select entrepreneurial approaches and practices that are likely to be appropriate contexts B4: develop an entrepreneurial mindset.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: work constructively and ethically in entrepreneurial settings, which may be characterised by ambiguity, complexity, and open-ended challenges C2: use digital technologies to support entrepreneurial initiatives C3: display resilience and an ongoing capacity to learn from direct personal experiences, and those of others, including entrepreneurial success and failure.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: identify, research, and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities, with the aim of creating sustainable business models D2: negotiate, influence, and gain legitimacy in an entrepreneurial setting D3: effective networking and persuasive communication with key actors (e.g. finance providers) D4: use distinctive entrepreneurial approaches, thereby considering potential resource constraints and individual circumstances.
|
BDE850 Digital Economy in Business
(4) Credit Hours
This module consolidates, integrates, and assesses your learning from the Digital Economy. The Digital Economy explains the new economy, the new enterprise, and the new technology, and how they link to one another, how they enable one another. If you and your organization understand these relationships, the role of the new technology in creating the new enterprise for a new economy, you can be successful.
Course Code |
BDE850 |
Course Title |
Digital Economy in Business |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module consolidates, integrates, and assesses your learning from the Digital Economy. The Digital Economy explains the new economy, the new enterprise, and the new technology, and how they link to one another, how they enable one another. If you and your organization understand these relationships, the role of the new technology in creating the new enterprise for a new economy, you can be successful. |
Course Objectives |
The age we live in now is one filled with opportunity and promise.
The aim of this module is encouraging you to appreciate and understand how digital economy impact the business performance.
The module aims to recognizing What does it all mean for the business? Whereas businesspeople are inundated with information, ideas, and theories on new technologies and new organizational forms as well as changing business conditions and strategies, there has been little success in developing a coherent view that synthesizes these factors and ultimately allows you to resolve a real-life work problem in the digital world.
The module also aims to assess your learning from the Digital Economy, to consolidate and integrate your learning through application to case studies and your own experience.
This aims to ensure you have a motivating and challenging learning experience that delivers real and practical outcomes to improve your own job performance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Describe key digital concepts, theories and technique which is been used currently. A2: Identify and demonstrate the dynamic nature of the new digital economy that will transform the business for success A3: Understand the new business models in a competitive, dynamic global competition A4: Develop an understanding the leadership for transformation and leadership for digital frontier
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Think critically and creatively: manage creative processes in yourself and others; organise thought, analysis, synthesis, and critical appraisal; including identifying assumptions, evaluate statements in terms of evidence, detect false logic or reasoning, identify implicit values, define terms adequately and generalise appropriately. B2: Solve problems and make decisions: establish criteria, using appropriate decision techniques including identifying, formulating and solving business problems; create, identify and evaluate options; implement and review decisions. B3: Demonstrate the ability to justify the importance of leadership in the new digital economy which will support and enhance the performance of the organization. B4: Analyse digital economy and examine the new responsibilities for the business.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Demonstrate engagement with ethical issues relevant to digital economy C2: Ability to develop leadership strategies based on new business models which will fit the current digital transformation C3: Manage and communicate effectively using ICT and to perform well in a team environment, contributing to and benefiting from group processes. C4: Ability to learn through reflection on practice and experience.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Demonstrate effective writing and oral communications skills. D2: Draw lessons from investigations and analyses of problems associated with digital economy and implementation and opportunities for improvement. D3: Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and making effective use of constructive feedback. D4: Acquire the skills for use of information technology.
|
BSIT101 Multimedia Applications
(2) Credit Hours
Learn and apply the principles of design and gain experience working in different design media.
Course Code |
BSIT101 |
Course Title |
Multimedia Applications |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
Learn and apply the principles of design and gain experience working in different design media. |
Course Objectives |
The course should enable the student to: 1. Develop an understanding of the uses of multimedia on the worldwide Web and offline. 2. Identify business applications for multimedia projects. 3. Critique multimedia projects and determine whether they are effective. 4. Determine a Web site’s target audience and how a site delivers content to it. 5. How to create interesting motion graphics. 6. Develop an understanding of the techniques and technologies used by multimedia professionals. 7. Gain hands-on experience in web programming concepts.
|
Course Outcomes |
The students should be able to get knowledge about : 1. Introduction to multimedia. 2. Need and Importance of Multimedia 3. Design 4. Adobe Photoshop basics. 5. Working with Photoshop 6. Working with Layers 7. Selection and Color Techniques 8. Making Selections and effects with filters 9. Creating Images for Web 10. Introduction to Macromedia Flash. 11. Drawing tools, Symbols and Library 12. Time Line, Frames, 13. Tweens and Guide, TimeLine action script. 14. Importing Graphic files 15. Button, Button Action Script 16. Publishing Flash content on the web 17. Concept of Web Programming 18. Web Programming Tools and Databases 19. Web Servers |
BUC111 Business Communication 1
(4) Credit Hours
This module will help students to develop their communication and analytical skills paving the way for a more professional approach to business situations. This key introductory Level 1 course is practical and will empower students to analyse business situations with a valuable tool to design and compose business messages that are well-developed, audience-focused and free of errors.
BUC111 will encourage students to explore and compose a variety of business messages via emails, social media posts, or letters. With a wide variety of business scenarios, students will work with a wide range of emails, letters, social media posts and visuals to develop their communication potentials into well-grounded professional communication practices.
Course Code |
BUC111 |
Course Title |
Business Communication 1 |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module will help students to develop their communication and analytical skills paving the way for a more professional approach to business situations. This key introductory Level 1 course is practical and will empower students to analyse business situations with a valuable tool to design and compose business messages that are well-developed, audience-focused and free of errors.
BUC111 will encourage students to explore and compose a variety of business messages via emails, social media posts, or letters. With a wide variety of business scenarios, students will work with a wide range of emails, letters, social media posts and visuals to develop their communication potentials into well-grounded professional communication practices. |
Course Objectives |
The goal of this module is to enhance students’ confidence, performance and progression potentials. This course will implement a context-exposure oriented approach; most concepts and skills covered are rooted in contexts and scenario analysis. In a way, each module in the course enables students to further practice analysis of communication situations. The course focuses on new/social media business communication and e-communication strategies.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the characteristics of effective business messages and identify their stylistic and strategic elements, including social media messages. A2: Demonstrate the ability to recognize the relevance of the stages of the writing process to the development of a professional quality business message and relate the process to their own planning and writing strategies. A3: Develop knowledge to distinguish weak language and organization structures that would affect the quality and effectiveness of a business message and critically assess means to improve them. A4: Develop an understanding and use relevant frequently used business expressions and terminologies related to business messages. A5: Demonstrate the ability to outline different organization patterns and the suitability of the pattern to the context of the message, and in that same line recognize the importance of identifying and emphasizing audience benefits.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Apply PAIBOC analysis to a variety of communication situations to guide their writing and/or speaking process. B2: Recognize, compare and contrast different types and formats of letters and emails and other business communication templates. B3: Investigate the suitability of an organization pattern to the context, audience and type of the message being composed. B4: Analyse the persuasive factor, evaluate the persuasive appeal, and differentiate between the different persuasive patterns of organization.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Perform the appropriate linguistic proficiency they need to compose quality business messages, adhere to netiquette rules, and foster a critical perspective on this language in the light of a range of alternative, available language and communication practices. C2: Develop, organize and revise professional business emails and letters, based on the PAIBOC analysis and on revising and editing techniques. C3: Identify objections and organize direct and indirect persuasive messages C4: Capitalize on persuasive strategies, integrating audience focused benefits, positive emphasis, while adopting the right tone for the business scenario.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Evaluate and prepare well-composed quality business messages that are adapted to the tone of the business situation. D2: Communicate effectively, showing recognition of audience and purpose. D3: Apply professional e-communication practices D4: Ability to identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own communication skills development and identify opportunities to address these in the light of their critique of the language and literacy practices they have encountered.
|
BUC112 Business Communication 2
(4) Credit Hours
BUC112 will help students to develop their reporting and interpersonal skills paving the way for a more professional approach to business situations. This key introductory Level 1 Module is practical and will encourage students to apply professional analysis to report writing, design and draft reports, capitalize on the linguistic proficiency developed in BUC111 when writing reports. The module will incite students to cultivate their interpersonal skills, namely by fostering better interactions through effective listening strategies, better teamwork understanding, and valuable meeting and presentation guidelines and practices.
BUC111 allows students to explore and compose a variety of business reports, including information reports, proposals, and analytical reports; learn about effective interpersonal skills strategies; and get good insight into planning and delivering successful presentations.
Course Code |
BUC112 |
Course Title |
Business Communication 2 |
Pre-requisite |
BUC111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BUC112 will help students to develop their reporting and interpersonal skills paving the way for a more professional approach to business situations. This key introductory Level 1 Module is practical and will encourage students to apply professional analysis to report writing, design and draft reports, capitalize on the linguistic proficiency developed in BUC111 when writing reports. The module will incite students to cultivate their interpersonal skills, namely by fostering better interactions through effective listening strategies, better teamwork understanding, and valuable meeting and presentation guidelines and practices.
BUC111 allows students to explore and compose a variety of business reports, including information reports, proposals, and analytical reports; learn about effective interpersonal skills strategies; and get good insight into planning and delivering successful presentations. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to enhance the confidence, performance and progression potentials of the students and ultimately academic standards will be positively influenced as well as widening participation, retention and completion rates. The course implements a context-exposure oriented approach, as most concepts and skills covered are rooted in contexts and scenario analysis. In a way, each module in the course enables students to further practice analysis of communication situations. More than 20 communication situations and sample documents provide concrete examples and shed the light on exemplary approaches as well as areas for improvement.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the different types of reports and outline the report organizational patterns. A2: Demonstrate the ability to describe the characteristics of successful work teams.
A3: Develop an understanding and use fundamentals of good listening practice and are familiar with meeting management A4: Critical and comparative understanding of theories and concepts for effective presentations.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1 Be able to apply PAIBOC analysis to report writing and presentations to guide their writing and speaking process. B2: Recognize, compare and contrast information reports, proposals and analytical reports, and formal reports. B3: Acquire understanding of the roles people play when part of a group or team, the tools utilized to positively influence interactions, and the strategies for a sound decision-making process. B4: Analyze means to resolve conflicts constructively and the relevance of listening strategies for more successful team interactions and performance.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Develop, organize, and revise different types of reports, based on the PAIBOC analysis and following revising and editing techniques. C2: Apply writing strategies to increase document readability of reports and presentations and foster a critical perspective on this language in the light of a range of alternative, available language and communication practices. C3: Implement guidelines to plan, lead and participate in meetings, write collaboratively as a team member, and improve interpersonal interactions. C4: Establish some effective strategies to plan and deliver presentations.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Evaluate and prepare clear professional reports that fulfill their purposes while adapted to the business context they cater to. D2: Communicate effectively, focusing on positively influencing listeners through the application of active listening and constructive approaches to difficult situations. D3: Apply professional presentation and speaking practices. D4: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own reporting and interpersonal skills development and identify opportunities to address these in the light of their awareness of the concepts and they have encountered.
|
BUS101 Introduction to Math for Business
(4) Credit Hours
BUS101 Introduction to Math for Business is a level 4 common introductory module for all tracks, rationale to provide students with sound knowledge on business related calculations such as interest, profit, payroll, etc. This course will provide students with the required technical skills and business knowledge to prepare them along with all other common level 4 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next level of discipline.
Course Code |
BUS101 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Math for Business |
Pre-requisite |
EL099 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BUS101 Introduction to Math for Business is a level 4 common introductory module for all tracks, rationale to provide students with sound knowledge on business related calculations such as interest, profit, payroll, etc. This course will provide students with the required technical skills and business knowledge to prepare them along with all other common level 4 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next level of discipline. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course is to introduce students to basics of finance and accounting models and theories, as well as to improve their critical thinking abilities, while guiding them to acquire strong investigation, analytical and evaluation skills.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand performing various calculations that are relevant and mostly used in finance and accounting function of a business. A2: Identify keys of financing and investment concepts like Annuity, Annual Percentage Yield, Rate of Return etc. A3: Understand tools and techniques that are widely used in investment field by general investors and their relevance in making crucial financing and investment decisions. A4: Describe the relevance of core financing and investment concepts that help corporates in making short-term and long-term business decisions.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge to develop interpreting and commenting on a computed value B2: Apply and integrate mathematics in day-to-day personal financing decisions made. B3: Analyse mathematical models for problems solving. B4: Knowledge to use mathematical techniques in the right manner and in the right environment.
C. Practical and professional skills C At the end of the module, learners will be expected to know: C1: Reflect on skills needed to deal with numbers and interpret them according to the scenario given. C2: Knowledge and techniques to use calculator to perform various calculations .C3: Knowledge and skills to analyse given scenarios and recommend actions accordingly
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge and skills to work independently as well as in a team meeting the expectations D2: Acquire skills and knowledge on mathematical concepts and business calculations that have practical relevance in the business environment. D3: Recognise variety of calculations and interpret those calculated values better that goes hand in hand with the scenario provided.
|
BUS102 Introduction to Statistics
(4) Credit Hours
BUS102 is an introductory course in Statistics for Business Students of all tracks. Rational is to provide students with good knowledge on statistical techniques commonly used in research works done on Social Science topics. Statistics is a science that deals with collection, description, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of data. Understanding data better and making decisions accordingly are the key qualities that a business manager must possess to excel in their performance.
Course Code |
BUS102 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Statistics |
Pre-requisite |
BUS101: Introduction to Math for Business |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BUS102 is an introductory course in Statistics for Business Students of all tracks. Rational is to provide students with good knowledge on statistical techniques commonly used in research works done on Social Science topics. Statistics is a science that deals with collection, description, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of data. Understanding data better and making decisions accordingly are the key qualities that a business manager must possess to excel in their performance. |
Course Objectives |
The primary aim of this course is providing input on collection, analysing, and interpreting data. It will focus on developing students understanding on statistical concepts and techniques that are commonly used in research activities. The purpose of this course is to provide students with good knowledge and skills on performing various calculations and interpreting the results, and to be familiar with numerical and graphical summaries of data, fundamental statistical models for variation, establishing confidence intervals and testing hypotheses. The course aims at imparting knowledge on use of statistical techniques in solving business management issues. The module will provide good understanding on probability and probability distributions and an insight into developing intervals and testing hypothesis.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand data collection methods, presenting data in tables and graphs, perform simple statistical analysis manually. A2: Understand calculating statistical variables that are relevant for making certain decisions within an organization and interpreting those variables appropriately. A3: Explain how to make judgments in selecting and using the right technique for analysing the given data set/scenario and making inferences on the calculated values, so better conclusions on the given problems can be made. A4: Identify specific problems faced by an organization and using appropriate techniques to analyse that problem well and establishing conclusions on the problems being studied.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Conceptual understanding for a given problem well and use data for performing some analysis on the scenario given. B2: the ability to integrate statistical techniques in solving business related problems and interpret calculated values well. B3: Apply appropriate statistical technique for analysing a scenario and understand the scenario in a broader sense through analysis done. B4: Knowledge to use tables and charts for presenting and analysing the data.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Manage to use various statistical techniques for exploring, summarising, presenting, analysing, and interpreting data. C2: Reflect on quantitative concepts and models on the unstructured scenario given and analyse the scenario and suggest recommendations for solving an issue through statistical inferences
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completion of this module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain skills to effective performance in a team-based assignment with other team members with good inputs like data analysis and inferences. D2: Acquire skills to deal with numbers and estimate appropriate solutions for a given problem based on statistical analysis performed. D3: Effective communications, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience.
|
BUS110 Introduction To Business
(8) Credit Hours
“Introduction to Business” is an introductory course, which surveys the role of business in society. At its simplest level, business is the exchange of goods and services for mutual benefit or profit. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of topics including the terms, trends, organizational structure and opportunities inherent in this exchange, the course introduces the student to the contemporary business world, the business of managing, people in organizations, the principles of marketing, managing information, and financial issues.
Course Code |
BUS110 |
Course Title |
Introduction To Business |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
“Introduction to Business” is an introductory course, which surveys the role of business in society. At its simplest level, business is the exchange of goods and services for mutual benefit or profit. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of topics including the terms, trends, organizational structure and opportunities inherent in this exchange, the course introduces the student to the contemporary business world, the business of managing, people in organizations, the principles of marketing, managing information, and financial issues. |
Course Objectives |
The primary objective is to give the student an understanding of basic business principles. Global business, entrepreneurship, management, marketing, information technology, and financial management. Another purpose of this course is to build a foundation of knowledge on the different theoretical approaches to management and decision making • develop analytical skills to identify the links between the functional areas in management, organisations, management practices and the business environment.
Learning Objectives: Upon completion of the course students will have a firm understanding of the following business topics:
- The relationship between business and society in a free market economy
- Common forms of business ownership
- Business ethics and social responsibility
- International business and the global economy
- Fundamentals of business management
- Business organization and structure
- Human resources, motivation and productivity
- Marketing, accounting, finance, operations management and other business specialties
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Identify business functions
A2: Recognize different business models and forms A3: Acquire knowledge of business ethics and social responsibility A4: understand the fundamentals of management.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse business structures and business forms. B2: Examine different models and theories and its effect in business life. B3: Analysing and evaluating different perspectives, identifying biases and hidden assumptions in different models and forms of businesses.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyse different business-related situations and forms. C2: Deduce problems and solutions and its pathways.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain the knowledge and skills to read financial and business related reports D2: Communicate knowledge and understanding of business issues to different stakeholders. D3: Analyse situations in an academic manner.
|
BUS115 Small Business Management
(4) Credit Hours
BUS115 Small Business Management is a level 1 common introductory module that provides students with principles of business in an-increasingly global society. This course is designed to enhance awareness, opportunities, and challenges in today's business environment. This course will introduce students to entrepreneur's success factors, developing business plans, forms of business ownership, management and leadership styles, marketing and market research, technology, and e-commerce, understanding financial statements and testing the feasibility and viability of a new venture.
Course Code |
BUS115 |
Course Title |
Small Business Management |
Pre-requisite |
EL112 as per 2022 plan & BUS110 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BUS115 Small Business Management is a level 1 common introductory module that provides students with principles of business in an-increasingly global society. This course is designed to enhance awareness, opportunities, and challenges in today's business environment. This course will introduce students to entrepreneur's success factors, developing business plans, forms of business ownership, management and leadership styles, marketing and market research, technology, and e-commerce, understanding financial statements and testing the feasibility and viability of a new venture. |
Course Objectives |
The aim, of this module is to provide students with a well-grounded understanding of essential entrepreneurial business principals, and to develop an understanding of important business opportunities and issues as they relate to new ventures. The objectives of this course are to identify, appreciate, and assess the knowledge, attitudes, and skills of an entrepreneur and to study and observe entrepreneurial settings and entrepreneurial role models through exposure to actual business settings and experiences. Students will be encouraged to establish a level of confidence in creating a business plan as a tool to assess, create and communicate a business concept, and to have an expanded awareness of the resources available for creating a business plan.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At The end of this module, learners will be expected to: A1: Define entrepreneurship and the role of the entrepreneur in the economic development of nations; Entrepreneurial competencies A2: Identify and write business plans A3: Discuss financial statements and completing sales forecasts and projections
B. Cognitive skills
At The end of this module, learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse the differences between franchising versus building your own business concept B2: Critical thinking, analysis, and synthesis B3:Knowledge to valuation and comparison of small business management.
C. Practical and professional skills
At The end of this module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Acquire knowledge and skills of time management, skills appropriate to business, such as creativity, persuasion and attractiveness. C2: The ability to analyse work-related cases and situations to identify challenges for organisations in developing responses in relation to their environments. C3: Reflect on the application of course ideas to students’ own interactions with organizations and life experiences.
D. Key transferable skills At The end of this module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire skills to decision making and problem solving making a viable approach to students to engage with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D2: Gain skills to market assessment: consumers, competitors, etc…. D3: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to address these.
|
BUS202 Data Analysis
(4) Credit Hours
The module helps students understand the relationship between statistics and the world, bringing life to the theory and methods. It incorporates an unprecedented amount of real and interesting data that will help students to connect statistics to their daily lives. BUS202 Data Analysis is an extension of the module BUS102 Introduction to Statistics. At the undergraduate level, both modules (BUS102 and BUS202) are common modules for FBS, as a part of the faculty requirements.
It is well-known that Statistics is a science that deals with collection, description, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of data. Statistics can be used to describe a particular data set, termed descriptive statistics as well as to draw conclusions about the population from a particular data set, termed inferential statistics. This module applies statistical methods in a business context in order to address business related questions and help make evidence based decisions. The module would provide students with the knowledge they need to become stronger analysts and better decision makers.
Course Code |
BUS202 |
Course Title |
Data Analysis |
Pre-requisite |
BUS101 & BUS102 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The module helps students understand the relationship between statistics and the world, bringing life to the theory and methods. It incorporates an unprecedented amount of real and interesting data that will help students to connect statistics to their daily lives. BUS202 Data Analysis is an extension of the module BUS102 Introduction to Statistics. At the undergraduate level, both modules (BUS102 and BUS202) are common modules for FBS, as a part of the faculty requirements.
It is well-known that Statistics is a science that deals with collection, description, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of data. Statistics can be used to describe a particular data set, termed descriptive statistics as well as to draw conclusions about the population from a particular data set, termed inferential statistics. This module applies statistical methods in a business context in order to address business related questions and help make evidence based decisions. The module would provide students with the knowledge they need to become stronger analysts and better decision makers.
|
Course Objectives |
This module is an extension of BUS102. The module covers a higher level of statistical concepts and introduces advanced topics and tools that are very useful for decisionmakers in different business disciplines. The topics include hypothesis testing, regression analysis, analysis of categorical data and time series.
An emphasis will be given to the understanding, applicability of statistical analysis and interpretation of output using MS Excel spreadsheets and/ or any available open source statistical software.
Attitudinal aims In addition to specific learning outcomes, the module aims to shape the attitudes of learners regarding the field of Statistics. Specifically, the module aims to - Motivate in students an intrinsic interest in statistical thinking.
- Instil the belief that Statistics is important for scientific research.
- Provide a foundation and motivation for exposure to statistical ideas subsequent to the module.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Knowledge of how to formulate data analysis problems in a
statistical framework. A2: Knowledge of how to assemble relevant information and
construct appropriate arguments. A3: Knowledge
of how to exercise judgment in selection and application of a wide range of
statistical tools and techniques. B. Cognitive
skills B1: the ability to approach statistical problems and tasks in a
flexible way. B2: the ability to choose appropriate models for situations
involving uncertainty, and understand their key elements and properties B3: the ability to comment critically on choices of model and
analyses resulting from them. B4: the ability to evaluate statistical evidence and to interpret
the results of a statistical analysis B5: the ability to create statistical models and draw justifiable
inferences C. Practical and professional skills C1: confidently use a variety of hypothesis testing techniques to
test for different types of parameters. C2: easily find/use different types of models including simple
regression, multiple regression, time series generated models (Moving Average
“MA”, Auto-Regressive “AR”) D. Key transferable skills. D1: work with others effectively and to participate as a member of
a team and thus contribute to group effort. D2: collaborate with classmates to solve a problem and teach
others new skills. D3: work hard to satisfy others expectations. D4: exercise Leadership and communicate ideas clearly to convince
others and responsibly challenge his classmates having other ideas, opinions,
or methods of solving. D5: communicate in writing relevant information accurately and
effectively, using a form, structure and style that suits the purpose. D6: apply technologies to task (exercises, problems, situations)
and use information technology with confidence to develop statistical insight,
acquire statistical knowledge, present data to model, and solve problems. |
BUS208 Contemporary issues in marketing
(8) Credit Hours
This level 2 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of marketing in a contemporary context.
BUS208 is addressing marketing strategy planning, global marketing, personal selling, and sales management, using social media and mobile marketing to connect with customers, CRM, Big Data, and Marketing Analytics, and Logistics.
Course Code |
BUS208 |
Course Title |
Contemporary issues in marketing |
Pre-requisite |
B206 and MKT112 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This level 2 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of marketing in a contemporary context.
BUS208 is addressing marketing strategy planning, global marketing, personal selling, and sales management, using social media and mobile marketing to connect with customers, CRM, Big Data, and Marketing Analytics, and Logistics. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to enable students to develop independent research and online collaborative skills necessary to engage in contemporary marketing practices in new and existing organisations. Students will be encouraged to do so by articulating how modern marketing can be used to satisfy individual goals/objectives while contributing to satisfying various individual and organisational needs. This course will allow students to explore the theoretical and practical connections between the distinct yet closely-interrelated fields of study.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop and manage strategic marketing plans within a range of specialist areas, such as Engineering, science and information technology; Creative, leisure and cultural industries; Health and social care. A2: Demonstrate research contemporary marketing within a specialist real world setting, recognising that specialist areas have to be explored at multiple levels of analysis. A3: Demonstrate critical understanding of core theories, concepts and frameworks of contemporary marketing to understand the strategy, process and operations of organisations at different marketing contexts.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Evaluate the distinctive roles played by the marketing function in the process of developing and commercializing products and services. B2: Apply contemporary marketing concepts to critically analyse and evaluate solutions to a variety of marketing challenges.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Work independently and as part of collaborative teams to develop attributes and capabilities for contemporary marketers’ success in a complex and changing environment. C2: Critically evaluate and reflect on student’s own career development objectives.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Independently apply conceptual thinking for the marketing process development. D2: Critically analyse and design competitive strategies for developing and introducing products and services into particular markets. D3: Create, plan and solve problems in entrepreneurial and innovative settings.
|
BUS310 Strategic Management
(8) Credit Hours
Strategic Management: Creating Competitive Advantages Module introduces you to the essentials of strategy (key concepts, tools of analysis, various strategies and tactics), which are considered critical to managing organizations especially in today’s dynamic and connected environment. More specifically, this course examines the process of strategy, analysis of internal as well as external environment, development of strategic alternatives, selection of available and suitable alternative, implementation of strategies, and strategic control and corporate governance.
Special emphasis given to the applicable strategic tools in the dynamic business environment including SWOT analysis, five-forces, resource-based view and others. Forms of organizational structure and how it affects the formulated strategies will also be delivered throughout the course.
Course Code |
BUS310 |
Course Title |
Strategic Management |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Strategic Management: Creating Competitive Advantages Module introduces you to the essentials of strategy (key concepts, tools of analysis, various strategies and tactics), which are considered critical to managing organizations especially in today’s dynamic and connected environment. More specifically, this course examines the process of strategy, analysis of internal as well as external environment, development of strategic alternatives, selection of available and suitable alternative, implementation of strategies, and strategic control and corporate governance.
Special emphasis given to the applicable strategic tools in the dynamic business environment including SWOT analysis, five-forces, resource-based view and others. Forms of organizational structure and how it affects the formulated strategies will also be delivered throughout the course.
|
Course Objectives |
- Provide students with concepts and tangible strategic skills that can readily be put into practice in often changing business environments. -Present the 21st century competitive/business landscape from a strategic management perspective and to assess how global and technological influences shape it -Provide students with a critical overview of the main tools of contemporary strategic practice in organizations in a way which is relevant to their professional needs. -To analyse and evaluate critically real life company situations and develop creative solutions, using a strategic management perspective. - To enhance the critical thinking skills of students and their abilities in analysing the strategic options available for organizations. Achieving the intended learning outcomes (covering both knowledge and skills) fully supports this aim. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge of the nature of strategy and the issues it raises for organisations. How to relate business concepts, models and theories to real life organisations. A2. Develop systematic knowledge and understanding of key theories underpinning the strategy process including how organisations analyse their environments (macro and micro), and their capabilities (internal environments), choose between potential strategic options, and overcome the challenges of implementing their strategies. A3: Demonstrate critical understanding of how businesses develop strategies; the different forms and theories of strategy, and how should organisations respond to the challenges of environmental change and markets. A4: Demonstrate systematic knowledge of some applications of strategic theories and models to a specific industry.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Conceptually understand the context of a case study and/or real life organizations and to get the aptitude to analyse and evaluate real life company situations and develop creative solutions, using a strategic management perspective. B2: Devise and sustain arguments depending on critical thinking, analysis and synthesis: including identifying and questioning assumptions, weighing evidence appropriately, identifying and challenging false logic or reasoning, and generalizing in a way which recognizes the limits of knowledge in strategy. B3: Evaluate and integrate the dynamics of competition surround organizations and how such velocity affects the strategic alternatives. In addition to acquire, skills to integrate and apply knowledge gained to the various strategy phases including formulation and implementation from a holistic perspective. B4: Ability to construct, defend and evaluate an argument, using relevant evidence, giving reasons for conclusions.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: As an independent learner, efficiently communicate complex information, arguments and ideas in ways appropriate to a business context and audience. C2: Demonstrate proficiency in study and research skills such as: communicating their knowledge and understanding to others, verbally and in C3: Critically identify and evaluate conflicting arguments, including recognizing the significance of different value positions in arguments writing (effective performance in a team environment).
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation to develop written communication skills in essay writing D2: Independently conduct research into business and management issues, either individually or as part of a team for projects/dissertations/presentations. Have acquired skills in managing large bodies of knowledge. D3: Acquire IT skills such as Microsoft Office, and Internet Search Engines, and the Arab Open University E-library D4. Self reflection and criticality including self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; Skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning. |
BUS628 Global Human Resource Management
(8) Credit Hours
This course examines the strategic and global issues of HRM by showing how organizations address the trade-offs between global integration and local responsiveness. It discusses varying methods of globalized talent management and employer branding and conclude with a multi-dimensional approach to HRM.
Course Code |
BUS628 |
Course Title |
Global Human Resource Management |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course examines the strategic and global issues of HRM by showing how organizations address the trade-offs between global integration and local responsiveness. It discusses varying methods of globalized talent management and employer branding and conclude with a multi-dimensional approach to HRM. |
Course Objectives |
The primary objectives of this module are:
• To understand globalization and international human resource management. • To understand strategic objectives • To understand global integration mechanisms
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Identify drivers of globalization A2: Recognize global HRM strategies and structures. A3: Acquire knowledge about strategic objectives and how to build global capabilities. A4: Acquire knowledge about integration mechanisms.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Understand drivers of globalization and multiple layers of globalization within the MNE. B2: Examine different strategic objectives from building global capabilities to developing international management competences. B3: Examine and evaluate the role of global talent management, managing international labour force, and employer branding.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: practically understand globalization drivers and impact particularly at the level of HRM.
C2: Identify how and why global capabilities are built, and the importance of deploying an international management competence strategy. C3: Identify the importance of global talent management and how to manage international labour force.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Develop their critical thinking about global HR matters. D2: Explain globalization and IHRM related concepts to different audiences (academic, professional, the general public). D3: Exercise building global capabilities and managing international labour and communicate ideas clearly to convince others and responsibly challenge their classmates. D4: Reflect on their own potential and capabilities with regard to global HRM particularly at the level of talent management, developing international management competences, etc.
|
BUS629 International Management
(8) Credit Hours
In this module, you will basically cover a range of topics related to international business and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of knowledge and skills pertaining to globalization, national differences, the global trade and investment environment, the global monetary system, the strategy and structure of international business, International business functions, and professional practice.
Course Code |
BUS629 |
Course Title |
International Management |
Pre-requisite |
B205B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
In this module, you will basically cover a range of topics related to international business and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of knowledge and skills pertaining to globalization, national differences, the global trade and investment environment, the global monetary system, the strategy and structure of international business, International business functions, and professional practice. |
Course Objectives |
In this module, you will cover a range of topics related to international business and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of knowledge and skills pertaining to globalisation, national differences, the global trade and investment environment, the global monetary system, the strategy and structure of international business, International business functions, and professional practice. The content, activities and assessments are designed to help you develop and demonstrate your mastery of these skills. You will be asked to reflect on and document your skills as you progress through the module; this will enable you to record and evidence them for future use. Many of these skills, such as cultivating creativity and staying up to date with developments, will have benefits to you beyond the practice of business management. In addition to including leading-edge theory, in light of the fast-changing nature of the international business environment, the author was aiming to render this version of the book as up-to-date as possible.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of international business theory and practice A2: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of globalization and staying up-to-date about developments in the international business discipline and societal trends A3: Demonstrate critical understanding of international business risks, national differences, and cross-cultural management issues
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Evaluate and integrate evidence and theory and apply them to international business practice B2: Apply appropriate professional global management skills in an unpredictable and/or specialised context B3: Appreciate the potential uncertainty, ambiguity and limits of knowledge in international business practice
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: As an independent learner, plan, monitor and evaluate your own learning and seek ways to improve your performance and prospects C2: Recognise the importance of developing both technical and non-technical skills and of learning from feedback and self-reflection C3: Critically engage with practical and professional international business skills and demonstrate an awareness of some international business functions in global business practice
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire analytical and transferable skills through written and oral presentations D2: Independently find, critically evaluate and use a wide range of information, data or tools accurately in complex contexts D3: Collaborate with others to achieve joint outcomes.
|
DD209A Running the Economy
(8) Credit Hours
This module teaches Macroeconomics– the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. Students will be enabled to place themselves as an economic analyst tackling problems in the national macro economy. The student will emerge with a good grasp of some fundamentals of economic theory including the application of basic game theory; an understanding of some key theoretical and policy debates in economics.
Course Code |
DD209A |
Course Title |
Running the Economy |
Pre-requisite |
ECO102 and BUS102 as per 2022 plan & ECO101 and ECO102 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module teaches Macroeconomics– the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. Students will be enabled to place themselves as an economic analyst tackling problems in the national macro economy. The student will emerge with a good grasp of some fundamentals of economic theory including the application of basic game theory; an understanding of some key theoretical and policy debates in economics. |
Course Objectives |
The academic purpose of this course is designed to introduce learners to the internal and external elements of Macroeconomics. The module will have a student-cantered approach in developing and applying economic theories and debates to serious worldwide economic problems, and the critical assessment of proposed solutions. Transferable and vocational skills students will acquire include:
• The interpretation, manipulation and critique of economic evidence, including numerical data and basic statistical skills • Compare and contrast the most prominent economic traditions and theories of the last two centuries, widely used in public debate • Ability to build and support an argument in a discussion • Use and present modelling and simulation as methods of analysis of economic problems; simulate the macro economy under different policy scenarios • Ability to engage in debates with other students, substantiating views with economic theory and evidence (coming from data, simulator or case studies) |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Demonstrate modelling and its importance in economic thinking; Be able to engage in the economic debate on the role of demand stimulus vs. fiscal constraint in recovery; monetary policy; and the scope for supply side restructuring and growth; A2. Apply abstraction in developing economic theories and models; Recognise the implications of global imbalances in balance of payments (deficits and surpluses), credit and debt, rising inequality, and the need for ‘rebalancing’ economies. A3. Demonstrate critical understanding of competing theoretical perspectives and the assumptions underlying economic theories; Understand how macroeconomics feeds into economic arguments for policy in areas such as privatisation/nationalisation; trade restriction and promotion; welfare state policies including health and education. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Devise and sustain economic arguments and recognise the differences between economic and other forms of argument B2. Evaluate economic theories and use them to explain and analyse policy questions; B3. Evaluate and professionally use of library catalogues and bibliographic databases to select a range of academic literature focusing on a particular theoretical proposition or economic issue and conduct fieldwork research. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. As an independent learner, demonstrate an awareness of skills and abilities in relation to the requirements of own work role; C2. Analyse the macroeconomic problems rather than a matter for national governments; gain familiarity with a computer-based statistical package and search and manipulate and present different sources of data. C3. Communication of complex information, arguments and ideas in ways appropriate to a business context and audience.
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Independently carry out multistage calculations with numbers of any size incorporating the use of powers and roots; D2. Independently select and use appropriate methods to illustrate findings, show trends and make comparisons; numerical and verbal analysis of economic issues. D3. Create and work with qualitative and quantitative data, drawing appropriate conclusions based on findings, including how possible sources of error may affect the results. |
DD209B Running the Economy
(8) Credit Hours
This module teaches Microeconomics– the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. The module addresses the recurrent themes of inequalities and imbalances. It takes a global perspective on the challenges faced by national economies and the debates on the roles for government. It focuses particular on the interacting roles of trade policy and government welfare policies in addressing and mitigating inequality within and between countries.
Course Code |
DD209B |
Course Title |
Running the Economy |
Pre-requisite |
DD209A and MKT111 as per 2022 plan & DD209A as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module teaches Microeconomics– the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. The module addresses the recurrent themes of inequalities and imbalances. It takes a global perspective on the challenges faced by national economies and the debates on the roles for government. It focuses particular on the interacting roles of trade policy and government welfare policies in addressing and mitigating inequality within and between countries. |
Course Objectives |
The academic purpose of this course is to introduce learners to the most important elements of Microeconomics. The module will have a student-centred approach in developing and applying economic theories and debates to serious worldwide economic problems, and the critical assessment of proposed solutions. Transferable and vocational skills students will acquire include:
• Exploring the decision-making processes within firms that drive the growth of an economy. • Compare and contrast the most prominent economic traditions and theories of the last two centuries, widely used in public debate • Developing an understanding of the theory of the firm and the working of markets. Ability to build and support an argument in a discussion • Analysing how global trade and the pursuit of growth creates imbalances that may have caused a macroeconomic crisis.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Demonstrate modelling and its importance in economic thinking; Be able to engage in the economic debate on the role of demand stimulus vs. fiscal constraint in recovery; monetary policy; and the scope for supply side restructuring and growth; A2. Critical understanding of theoretical perspectives and the assumptions underlying economic theories; Understand how microeconomics feeds into economic arguments for policy in areas such as trade restriction and promotion; welfare state policies including health and education. A3. Demonstrate applying appropriate theories, models and concepts to economic problems, events and processes. A1, A3
This module is designed to provide a practice-focused approach to the development of knowledge and skills of students. The assessments are integrative and build incrementally. Students will learn to integrate and use information and/or data appropriately in complex contexts, they will also learn to recognize the limitations of knowledge in the discipline with developing skills in effective communication of ideas and arguments to relevant audiences. Knowledge and understanding are acquired through published materials, including supplied textbooks, journal articles, electronic sources and course participants. Students will be encouraged to manage their learning and reflect on their development as independent learners.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Devise and sustain economic arguments and recognise the differences between economic and other forms of argument B2. Evaluate economic theories and use them to explain and analyse policy questions; B3. Apply economic models to analyse the impact of changes in variables; Interpret, manipulate and criticise different types of data.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. As an independent learner, demonstrate an awareness of skills and abilities in relation to the requirements of own work role; C2. Recognise appropriate methods and apply a model of a national economy as constructed and used to analyse the roles of consumer spending, investment, government taxes and spending and imports and exports; C3. Critically engaged with problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Independently find, critically evaluate and use a wide range of information from a variety of sources for a specified purpose and apply economic theory to real-life situations. D2. Create, evaluate and construct scale drawings, graphs, charts and Diagrams from numerical data; read and interpret large and complex Numerical data sets; D3. Independently select and use appropriate methods to illustrate findings, show trends and make comparisons; numerical and verbal analysis of economic issues. |
DD309A Doing Economics
(8) Credit Hours
Doing economics: people, markets and policy Part I which covers economic theories that explain the behaviour of people in households, firms, markets and governments. It presents alternative economic explanations that will enable students to make their own critical judgements of which theory serves which purpose best. At the end of the course, students should have developed a more critical view of the socio-economic world in which they live. A pluralist view of economic theory is adopted, enabling students to appreciate the debates between different approaches. DD309A teaches intermediate microeconomics with an emphasis on both economic theory and its applications.
Course Code |
DD309A |
Course Title |
Doing Economics |
Pre-requisite |
DD209B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Doing economics: people, markets and policy Part I which covers economic theories that explain the behaviour of people in households, firms, markets and governments. It presents alternative economic explanations that will enable students to make their own critical judgements of which theory serves which purpose best. At the end of the course, students should have developed a more critical view of the socio-economic world in which they live. A pluralist view of economic theory is adopted, enabling students to appreciate the debates between different approaches. DD309A teaches intermediate microeconomics with an emphasis on both economic theory and its applications.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of the course is to provide students with - A critical overview of the main tools of doing economies focusing on people, markets and policy.
- High emphasis on the theoretical underpinnings of the economic theories, and the debates which surround it,
- Developing practical skills relevant to work in a range of organisations.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge of decisions taken in various contexts, such as consumption, labour market participation, savings, investment in education and training. And how households, as well as individuals, can make decisions.
A2: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of key theories underpinning the efficiency and productivity in the production of goods and services. Although the issues about choice of technology, entrepreneurship, innovation, employment relations, outsourcing and competition policy.
A3: Demonstrate critical understanding of the overall organisation of the economy. The strengths and weaknesses of markets and governments in the organisation of economic activities, explores issues concerning the environment and ethics, and looks at economic theory that underpins government behaviour.
B. Cognitive skills B1: Acquire conceptual understanding of the context of a case study.
B2: Critical thinking, analysis and synthesis: including identifying and questioning assumptions, weighing evidence appropriately, identifying and challenging false logic or reasoning, and generalising in a way which recognises the limits of knowledge in firm. C. Practical and professional skills C1: As an independent learner, critically engage with arguments and ideas in ways appropriate to a business context and audience.
C2: Critically engage with problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
C3: Effective performance in a team environment in a virtual context.
D Key transferable skills D1: Independently engage with practical and professional business strategy skills and ethical issues.
D2: Independently find, critically evaluate and use a wide range of information, data or tools accurately in complex contexts.
|
DD309B Doing Economics
(8) Credit Hours
Doing economics: people, markets and policy (Part II) teaches economic theories that explain the behaviour of people in households, firms, markets and governments. The course equips students with the research skills that they’ll need to conduct their own project on a topic they want to know more about. At the end of the course, students should have developed a more critical view of the socio-economic world in which they live.
Students should choose one of three available theoretical strands: environmental economics, business and finance or economics and society. Students will learn how to carry out a literature review and then choose which research methods they plan to use for their project.
Students may choose between qualitative methods – which include interviewing and case studies – and quantitative methods, which involve analysis of economic data of their choice.
Course Code |
DD309B |
Course Title |
Doing Economics |
Pre-requisite |
DD309A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Doing economics: people, markets and policy (Part II) teaches economic theories that explain the behaviour of people in households, firms, markets and governments. The course equips students with the research skills that they’ll need to conduct their own project on a topic they want to know more about. At the end of the course, students should have developed a more critical view of the socio-economic world in which they live.
Students should choose one of three available theoretical strands: environmental economics, business and finance or economics and society. Students will learn how to carry out a literature review and then choose which research methods they plan to use for their project.
Students may choose between qualitative methods – which include interviewing and case studies – and quantitative methods, which involve analysis of economic data of their choice.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of the module is to provide students with a critical overview of the main tools of doing economies focusing on people, markets and policy. It aims with an emphasis on the following:
1. a critical overview of the main tools of doing economies focusing on people, markets and policy. 2. importance on the theoretical underpinnings of the economic theories, and the debates which surround it. 3. developing practical skills relevant to work in a range of organisations. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of modeling and its importance in economic thinking A2: Demonstrate critical understanding of using abstraction in developing economic theories and models; A3: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of specific economic models construction A4: Demonstrate critical understanding of theoretical perspectives and the assumptions underlying economic theories;
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Devise and sustain economic arguments and recognise the differences between economic and other forms of argument; B2: Appreciate economic models to analyse the impact of changes in variables; B3: Evaluate economic theories and use them to explain and analyse social issues and policy questions; B4: Integrate diagrammatic and verbal analysis of economic issues;
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: As an independent learner, transfer and use relevant key skills in the workplace context. C2: As an independent learner, apply specific knowledge, analytic skills and methods, rooted in the different disciplines as a strong basis for work in many professions. C3: Critically engage with the underlying challenges and problems facing a business; C4: Recognize and evaluate conflicting arguments, including recognising the significance of different value positions in these arguments.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Independently, read and synthesize information from a variety of sources for a specified purpose. D2: Independently, read and construct scale drawings, graphs, charts and diagrams from numerical data; read and interpret large and complex numerical data sets; D3: Apply standard formulae, equations and expressions in calculating economic measures and indicators; D4: As an independent learner, select and use appropriate methods to illustrate findings, show trends and make comparisons.
|
ECO101 Principles of Microeconomics
(4) Credit Hours
Principles of Microeconomics is a level 1 common introductory module to introduce students to the basic principles of microeconomic concepts, including supply and demand, resource allocation, consumer behaviour, market structures, and government impact. This module develops skills such as logical and analytical thinking and problem-solving skills. It is designed to explain the theoretical ideas and applies them to real-life examples and case studies.
Course Code |
ECO101 |
Course Title |
Principles of Microeconomics |
Pre-requisite |
EL099 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Principles of Microeconomics is a level 1 common introductory module to introduce students to the basic principles of microeconomic concepts, including supply and demand, resource allocation, consumer behaviour, market structures, and government impact. This module develops skills such as logical and analytical thinking and problem-solving skills. It is designed to explain the theoretical ideas and applies them to real-life examples and case studies. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course is to introduce learners to the internal and external elements of Microeconomics. The objectives of this module are to educate students to understand the domain of economics as a social theory and the main analytical tools which are used in economic analysis. Students will be encouraged to apply the principles and techniques for economic analysis and to develop their understanding of the organisational and policy implications and to participate in debates on economic matters.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1: Understand basic and fundamental economic theories and concepts. A2: Gain knowledge of basic economic policy issues. A3: Understand how competition works and affects the market from an economic perspective.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge to recognise, compare, and contrast different ways of analysing business case studies.
B2: Apply knowledge in the analysis of practical business problems and issues.
B3: Analyse different interpretations and approaches to practical business problems and issues
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyse economic issues in the labour market and other factors of production. C2: Analyse pricing strategies
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire and develop skills that are highly valued by employers such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand and evaluate new concepts, and prioritising effectively. D2: Gaining Effective communication skills – both written and oral, working closely with other teachers, parents and other education professionals D3: Gain skills to creativity present ideas, time management, and analysing business situations.
|
ECO102 Principles of Macroeconomics
(4) Credit Hours
This common introductory Level 1 module presents macroeconomics in a way that is modern and based in the real world of business and economic policy, the module uses a more realistic version of the familiar aggregate demand and aggregate supply model to analyze short-run fluctuations and monetary and fiscal policy. This course emphasizes the many areas of macroeconomics where most economists agree.
Course Code |
ECO102 |
Course Title |
Principles of Macroeconomics |
Pre-requisite |
ECO101 as per 2022 plan & BUS110 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This common introductory Level 1 module presents macroeconomics in a way that is modern and based in the real world of business and economic policy, the module uses a more realistic version of the familiar aggregate demand and aggregate supply model to analyze short-run fluctuations and monetary and fiscal policy. This course emphasizes the many areas of macroeconomics where most economists agree. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with the general study techniques, including reading actively, engaging with the argument of the text and taking notes, the ability to extract information from different sources, including numerical tables and graphs, handling evidence in support of arguments and making critical analyses of topics and of different views of them.
This course will provide students with additional techniques including graphs, economics diagrams, elementary algebraic equations to express economic relationships, and basic data analysis. Students should be interested in developing skills in basic analytical skills as part of the toolkit of economics, in learning the techniques and in handling abstract forms of argument. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop knowledge in macroeconomic statistics that helps clarify some of the policy issues. A2: Understand and interpret economic events for better understanding of business cycles. A3: Gain knowledge of the standard aggregate demand and aggregate supply model.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Recognise, compare, and contrast different ways of analysing business case studies within the Arabian region and other material about contemporary business practice. B2: Apply their knowledge in the analysis of practical business problems and issues. B3: Analyse different interpretations of and approaches to practical business problems and issues.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Reflect on the short-run relationship between spending and production. C2: Developing a good understanding of the international trading and financial systems to understand the macroeconomics.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire transferable skills such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand and evaluate new concepts, and prioritising effectively. D2: Effective communication skills – both written and oral – of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for business context and audience.
|
ECO340 Managerial Economics
(4) Credit Hours
Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. This module highlights the role of economics in business decision-making and how economics is relevant in other areas of management such as marketing and operations management. The module can be used to understand economic aspects of business problems and business environment using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency is required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, variation of supply and demand, risk analysis, investment and the growth of the firm. This module provides students with a solid base of managerial economics study and practice.
Course Code |
ECO340 |
Course Title |
Managerial Economics |
Pre-requisite |
DD209B |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. This module highlights the role of economics in business decision-making and how economics is relevant in other areas of management such as marketing and operations management. The module can be used to understand economic aspects of business problems and business environment using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency is required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, variation of supply and demand, risk analysis, investment and the growth of the firm. This module provides students with a solid base of managerial economics study and practice. |
Course Objectives |
ECO340's academic aim is to introduce students to number of managerial concepts and theories of economics in order to understand and explain the behavior decision and decision-making of business firms and aspects of the market economy. It also develops the students' knowledge of economics as well as skills in problem-solving, decision making, and written and oral communication. ECO340 also aims to prepares students for business-economics concepts and making sense of the business-world. Thus, after studying the course, the students should be able to: - Understand and apply a toolbox of fundamental concepts and theories of economics to guide managerial decision-making by individuals and business units.
- Explain the nature and role of models and theories in economic analysis.
- Explain the concepts of supply/demand/market equilibrium and their determinants.
- Identify the main characteristics of different market types (perfect competition, monopoly and oligopoly) and predict price and output outcomes.
- Apply economic models to for production and cost estimation.
- Identify and explain the challenges and opportunities for today's managers.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1 : Understand the economic environment that affect business
strategies, business behaviour and managerial decisions in order to realize
firms’ goals and objectives. A2 : Identify the determinants and variation of supply and demand
and their impact in the context of local economy. A3: Understand the importance of production functions in
managerial decisions. A4:
Understand the importance of cost in managerial decisions. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Identify economic factors determining the firms’ decisions. B2: Evaluate and interpret economic ideas, views and evidence. B3: Analyse demand estimation and forecasting B4: Identify the relation between production and cost B5: Identify and explain issues related to pricing and output
decisions C. Practical and professional skills C1: apply the economic way of thinking in order to identify
microeconomic problems (market resources allocation, prices rise and fall,
budgets allocation, production decisions...) C2: Implement managerial decisions in high-risks environment and
turbulent economies C3: Apply key concepts and theories of economics to managerial
decision making C4: Implement appropriate pricing strategies and output decisions
in different market types C5: Use tools and techniques of economics to improve managerial
decision making D. Key transferable skills. D1: Develop a broad and inclusive understanding of how the
economic environment affects business strategies and decision making in
domestic and global economy. D2: Develop effective communication, both in speaking and writing
to convey solid arguments while adapting the language approach to the relevant
business situation and audience. D3: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own
learning and recognize opportunities to address these. D4: Effectively use
information and communication technologies when analysing economic situations
and using appropriate tools for managers’ decision-making.
|
ECO341 Economic Development
(8) Credit Hours
Economic development is the process of gradual improvement in the material well-being of individuals. At the macro level, development economics studies why some countries have high standards of living, while others do not. At the micro level, development studies the functioning of markets in low income countries, with the ultimate goal of addressing market failures and lifting individuals out of poverty. Almost all topics in economics have a counterpart in development economics. The context of developing countries proves to be challenging for conventional economic models due to the prevalence of market failures. The situation often requires a careful investigation of the plausibility of assumptions in a developing context. Based on that, the course will cover mainly, among other topics, analytical approaches to the economic problems of developing nations. Topics include deep-rooted and new directions in development economics thinking, the welfare economics of poverty and inequality, empirical evidence on who benefits from economic development, labour market models, and public policy evaluation.
Course Code |
ECO341 |
Course Title |
Economic Development |
Pre-requisite |
DD209B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Economic development is the process of gradual improvement in the material well-being of individuals. At the macro level, development economics studies why some countries have high standards of living, while others do not. At the micro level, development studies the functioning of markets in low income countries, with the ultimate goal of addressing market failures and lifting individuals out of poverty. Almost all topics in economics have a counterpart in development economics. The context of developing countries proves to be challenging for conventional economic models due to the prevalence of market failures. The situation often requires a careful investigation of the plausibility of assumptions in a developing context. Based on that, the course will cover mainly, among other topics, analytical approaches to the economic problems of developing nations. Topics include deep-rooted and new directions in development economics thinking, the welfare economics of poverty and inequality, empirical evidence on who benefits from economic development, labour market models, and public policy evaluation. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course is to introduce students to 1. the theoretical foundations of development economics and also to
recent advances in the use of empirical methods in the study of developing
countries. 2. apply the tools of economic analysis to problems of growth,
poverty, and environmental sustainability in developing countries. 3. analyze the economic, social, and environmental impacts of
specific initiatives and promote development through policies and investment
projects 4. use economic data to conduct development analyses such as growth
diagnostics, poverty assessments, impact analysis of development projects, and
environmental impact assessments
5. prepare the corresponding reports for
international development agencies and policy makers.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and Understanding A1. Gain knowledge and understanding of the
theories,
principles, historical trends, current issues and practices
relevant to economic development. A2.
Understand measurement of economic growth, poverty and inequality, agriculture and industrialization,
population, education and human capital, health and
nutrition, savings and credits; and trade and
development. A3. Understand what affects economic growth, inequality and poverty. A4. Understand why do some countries achieve
high levels of economic development and others do not. A5. Understand the policies that
government can implement to change the growth path of their countries
B. Cognitive
skills B1.
Learn how to think systematically and strategically about aspects of economic
development B2. Reflect on and begin to critically evaluate the aspects that affect economic development. B3. Use conceptual frameworks to describe economic development and economic development policies and what needs to be done to implement these policies and to achieve development; particularly for developing countries.
B4. Critically evaluate theories in relation to economic development and international setting with which they are familiar and the relative standpoints of others within different contexts;
C.
Practical and professional skills
C1. Evaluate the impact of economic development on the country prosperity and international stand. C2. Demonstrate advanced professional and educational capabilities using appropriate interpersonal, written communication and critical thinking skills that are required for economic development policies .C3. Apply theories and concepts relevant to economic development in all its dimension within local, regional and international contexts. C4. Develop knowledge, skills, attitudes and values necessary for economic development policies implementation particularly in developing struggling
countries.
D.
Key/transferable skills D1.Be creative and assertive in presenting ideas related to economic development and economic development policies. D2.Articulate ideas and communicate effectively using appropriate theories pertinent to the concept of economic development in general and in particular economic development in developing countries. D3.Communicate effectively, using economic vocabulary, both orally and in writing and listen actively; D4.Conduct research into economic development issues related to the course topics, either individually or as part of a team for projects/dissertations/presentations. This requires familiarity with and an evaluative approach to a range of economic data, sources of information and appropriate methodologies, and for such to inform the overall learning process.
D5.Self-reflection and criticality including self-awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of various aspects related to and affecting economic development; particularly in developing countries
|
ECO342 Economic Development & Contemporary Issues
(8) Credit Hours
Economic development is the process of gradual improvement in the material well-being of individuals. At the macro level, development economics studies why some countries have high standards of living, while others do not. At the micro level, development studies the functioning of markets in low-income countries, with the ultimate goal of addressing market failures and lifting individuals out of poverty. Almost all topics in economics have a counterpart in development economics. The context of developing countries proves to be challenging for conventional economic models due to the prevalence of market failures. The situation often requires a careful investigation of the plausibility of assumptions in a developing context. Based on that, the course will cover mainly, among other topics, analytical approaches to the economic problems of developing nations. Topics include deep-rooted and new directions in development economics thinking, the welfare economics of poverty and inequality, empirical evidence on who benefits from economic development, labour market models, and public policy evaluation.
Course Code |
ECO342 |
Course Title |
Economic Development & Contemporary Issues |
Pre-requisite |
DD209B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Economic development is the process of gradual improvement in the material well-being of individuals. At the macro level, development economics studies why some countries have high standards of living, while others do not. At the micro level, development studies the functioning of markets in low-income countries, with the ultimate goal of addressing market failures and lifting individuals out of poverty. Almost all topics in economics have a counterpart in development economics. The context of developing countries proves to be challenging for conventional economic models due to the prevalence of market failures. The situation often requires a careful investigation of the plausibility of assumptions in a developing context. Based on that, the course will cover mainly, among other topics, analytical approaches to the economic problems of developing nations. Topics include deep-rooted and new directions in development economics thinking, the welfare economics of poverty and inequality, empirical evidence on who benefits from economic development, labour market models, and public policy evaluation. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course is to introduce students to
1. The theoretical foundations of development economics and also to recent advances in the use of empirical methods in the study of developing countries. 2. Apply the tools of economic analysis to problems of growth, poverty, and environmental sustainability in developing countries. 3. Analyze the economic, social, and environmental impacts of specific initiatives and promote development through policies and investment projects 4. Use economic data to conduct development analyses such as growth diagnostics, poverty assessments, impact analysis of development projects, and environmental impact assessments 5. Prepare the corresponding reports for international development agencies and policy makers. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of the theories, principles, historical trends, current issues and practices relevant to economic development. A2. Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of measurement of economic growth, poverty and inequality, agriculture and industrialization, population, education and human capital, health and nutrition, savings and credits; and trade and development. A3. Demonstrate critical understanding of the policies that government can implement to change the growth path of their countries.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Appreciate the potential uncertainty, ambiguity and limits of knowledge in aspects of economic development. B2. Critically evaluate the aspects that affect economic development. B3. Apply conceptual frameworks to describe economic development and economic development policies and what needs to be done to implement these policies and to achieve development; particularly for developing countries.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to
C1. As an independent learner, evaluate the impact of economic development on the country prosperity and international stand. C2. Demonstrate advanced professional and educational capabilities using appropriate interpersonal, written communication and critical thinking skills that are required or economic development policies .C3. Apply theories and concepts relevant to economic development in all its dimension within local, regional and international contexts. D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Create and evaluate ideas related to economic development and economic development policies. D2. Independently, articulate ideas and communicate effectively using appropriate theories pertinent to the concept of economic development in general and in particular economic development in developing countries. D3. Communicate effectively, using economic vocabulary, both orally and in writing and listen actively.
|
ECON201 Introduction to Economics (1)
(3) Credit Hours
The course covers the definition of economics and its relationship to other sciences and the economic problem. It explores theories of demand and supply, the components and significance of demand and supply, the theory of utility, and indifference curves. Additionally, it examines the production function and the cost function. The course analyzes markets for goods and services under different market structures, including perfect competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and monopolistic competition. It also addresses the theory of distribution concerning the supply and demand of production factors within various market structures.
Course Code |
ECON201 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Economics (1) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course covers the definition of economics and its relationship to other sciences and the economic problem. It explores theories of demand and supply, the components and significance of demand and supply, the theory of utility, and indifference curves. Additionally, it examines the production function and the cost function. The course analyzes markets for goods and services under different market structures, including perfect competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and monopolistic competition. It also addresses the theory of distribution concerning the supply and demand of production factors within various market structures. |
Course Objectives |
This course highlights the significance of current economic issues and demonstrates how economics can be utilized to address these problems. It explores economic theory and its practical applications, emphasizing their impact on society. Students will learn essential concepts and tools to understand economic theory, the nature of economic resources, and the fundamental problem of scarcity. Additionally, the course introduces institutional economics. Key topics include the law of demand, market competition, market structure, and decision-making within companies amidst economic variables. The course also covers the market for production factors.
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
- Understand core economic concepts such as scarcity, opportunity cost, and economic systems.
- Strategically plan the allocation of limited resources for consumption.
- Analyze and incorporate market forces influencing consumption and production.
- Optimize resource investment to maximize output efficiency.
- Recognize market structures and their impacts on consumers, producers, and the economy.
|
|
ECON202 Introduction to Economics (2)
(3) Credit Hours
The Macroeconomics course provides a comprehensive overview of the fundamental concepts, theories, and principles that govern the functioning of economies on a broad scale. This course delves into the analysis of aggregate economic indicators, such as gross domestic product (GDP), inflation, unemployment, and interest rates, and examines how they influence economic growth and stability.
Students will explore the roles of monetary and fiscal policies in managing economic performance, as well as the impact of international trade and finance on national economies. The course also addresses contemporary macroeconomic issues and debates, including economic cycles, government intervention, and global economic challenges. Through a combination of theoretical frameworks and real-world applications, students will develop the analytical skills necessary to understand and evaluate macroeconomic policies and their implications for business and society.
By the end of this course, students will be equipped with the knowledge and tools to critically analyze macroeconomic trends and contribute to discussions on economic policy and strategy.
Course Code |
ECON202 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Economics (2) |
Pre-requisite |
ECON201 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The Macroeconomics course provides a comprehensive overview of the fundamental concepts, theories, and principles that govern the functioning of economies on a broad scale. This course delves into the analysis of aggregate economic indicators, such as gross domestic product (GDP), inflation, unemployment, and interest rates, and examines how they influence economic growth and stability.
Students will explore the roles of monetary and fiscal policies in managing economic performance, as well as the impact of international trade and finance on national economies. The course also addresses contemporary macroeconomic issues and debates, including economic cycles, government intervention, and global economic challenges. Through a combination of theoretical frameworks and real-world applications, students will develop the analytical skills necessary to understand and evaluate macroeconomic policies and their implications for business and society.
By the end of this course, students will be equipped with the knowledge and tools to critically analyze macroeconomic trends and contribute to discussions on economic policy and strategy.
|
Course Objectives |
This course emphasizes the significance of current economic issues and the role of economics in addressing these challenges. It covers economic theory and its practical applications, offering the fundamental concepts and tools needed to comprehend economic theory, the nature of economic resources, and the issue of economic scarcity, which is central to economics. The course also explores the concept of institutional economics. Key topics include spending, aggregate production, aggregate demand and supply, money, the banking system, the money market, the capital market, international trade, and business cycles.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon completing this course, students are expected to be familiar with the following topics:
- Understand the significance of current economic issues and the utilization of economic knowledge in solving economic problems.
- Study economic theory and its practical applications impacting society, offering essential concepts and tools necessary to comprehend economic theory, the meaning of economic resources, and the problem of economic scarcity, which forms the foundation of economics and institutional economics concepts.
Explore important topics such as aggregate expenditure and production, aggregate demand and supply, money and the banking system, the money market, the capital market, international trade, and business cycles.
|
EL111 English Communication Skills I
(3) Credit Hours
As an integrated skills syllabus, EL111 continues to develop the communication skills – listening, speaking reading and writing- together with functions, vocabulary and grammar. However, special emphasis is placed on the two major skills of READING and WRITING through which structure, vocabulary, etc. can be integrated and developed. The course is learner-centered and seeks to introduce thematic topics which aim at developing critical thinking skills. It emphasizes the skill of reading through the application of learning strategies such as prior knowledge, scanning for specific information, skimming for main idea, and getting meaning from context. The course helps students to become more independent learners through extensive reading and writing practice.
Course Code |
EL111 |
Course Title |
English Communication Skills I |
Pre-requisite |
EL099 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
As an integrated skills syllabus, EL111 continues to develop the communication skills – listening, speaking reading and writing- together with functions, vocabulary and grammar. However, special emphasis is placed on the two major skills of READING and WRITING through which structure, vocabulary, etc. can be integrated and developed. The course is learner-centered and seeks to introduce thematic topics which aim at developing critical thinking skills. It emphasizes the skill of reading through the application of learning strategies such as prior knowledge, scanning for specific information, skimming for main idea, and getting meaning from context. The course helps students to become more independent learners through extensive reading and writing practice. |
Course Objectives |
1. Acquaint students with the four basic language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing. 2.Have students practice all four skills through drilling, in-class work, home assignments, and online practice. 3.Placing extra emphasis on the two language skills of reading and writing. 4.Involve students in oral practice and allow them to take part in class activities to develop the skill of speaking. 5.Enable students to write reports, and well organized 3-paragraph essays.
By the end of the first course (i.e. EL111) students should be able to: 1. listen to and comprehend varieties of English discourse spoken at normal speed 2. speak correctly and fluently with reasonable pronunciation 3.communicate with ease and confidence on a variety of daily topics as well as on topics related to university education, using appropriate structures and vocabulary. 4. read and understand a variety of English texts of varying length, complexity, and genres. 5. write different types of paragraphs (descriptive, narrative, argumentative, persuasive, cause and effect, comparison and contrast, definition, process) and different letter types (personal letters, letters of inquiry, letters of application, etc.) using appropriate punctuation marks, mechanics of writing, as well as cohesive devices. Eventually, students should be able to write a three-paragraph essay. 6. summarize different types of texts correctly and efficiently. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop good understanding the four language skills. A2: Develop student’s knowledge and familiarize them with some basic concepts for improving language skills
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Develop awareness of the relevant strategies for improving each language skill B2: Develop awareness of the relationship between all four language skills
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Produce well-written reports and well- organized 3-paragraph essays on different writing functions and purposes C2: Read short 1-2 page texts with understanding and reasonable comprehension
D. Key transferable skills D1: Demonstrate ability to read texts with understanding, while using some key reading strategies and techniques like scanning and skimming. D2: Write 3-paragraph essay with cohesion and coherence.
|
EL112 English Communication Skills 2
(3) Credit Hours
This course complements and builds upon English 111. It particularly seeks to develop the reading, writing, listening, and study skills which students need in order to meet the demands of distance learning university education. This course is based on New Headway Plus Series from Oxford University Press. A new two-level advanced course, New Headway has a thematic syllabus that invites learners to talk and write about stimulating topics while developing critical thinking skills and learning strategies. The twelve units in each book are based on high-interest themes such as memorable moments, odd jobs, conflict resolution, biological clocks, and humor. Progress checks every three units consolidate key language, present test-taking strategies, and provide useful practice for standardized tests.
Course Code |
EL112 |
Course Title |
English Communication Skills 2 |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course complements and builds upon English 111. It particularly seeks to develop the reading, writing, listening, and study skills which students need in order to meet the demands of distance learning university education. This course is based on New Headway Plus Series from Oxford University Press. A new two-level advanced course, New Headway has a thematic syllabus that invites learners to talk and write about stimulating topics while developing critical thinking skills and learning strategies. The twelve units in each book are based on high-interest themes such as memorable moments, odd jobs, conflict resolution, biological clocks, and humor. Progress checks every three units consolidate key language, present test-taking strategies, and provide useful practice for standardized tests. |
Course Objectives |
1. This course complements and builds upon English 111. 2. It particularly seeks to develop the reading, writing, listening, and study skills that students need in order to meet the demands of Blended Learning university education.
|
Course Outcomes |
By the end of the course (i.e. EL112) the student should be able to:
1. Demonstrate understanding of any given reading passage by responding correctly to its tasks and activities individually or in groups and show knowledge and understanding of the learned reading strategies. 2.Recognition of the various “meanings" of words to reach a better understanding of the context and the written word and reveal awareness of appropriate language structures and vocabulary items suitable for different contexts and situations. 3.Search for and collect specific data related to the topics under discussion and draw conclusions for the discussed topics based on the collected data and analyzed information. 4. Improve analytical and critical thinking skills through the identification of possible “meanings". 5.Communicate in English orally and in writing on diverse occasions and give oral presentations using power points, flipcharts, pictures, role plays, etc. to discuss what has been read orally. 6. The ability to work in a group and individually to identify problems in specific topics and provide creative solutions. |
FIN240 Microfinance theory and Practice
(8) Credit Hours
This course will use information economics to understand microfinance as an alternate source of financing for the poor. The rise of informal credit markets and cooperative savings and credit cooperatives organizations amidst difficulties of accessing financial services from banks shall be explored. The problems of adverse selection and moral hazards in commercial banking and how microfinance institutions use local information and group lending to circumvent these problems shall be considered. Competition, profitability versus poverty reduction as objectives of microfinance institutions. Management and self sustainability of MFI and crosscutting issues on microfinance gender and education among others shall be covered.
Course Code |
FIN240 |
Course Title |
Microfinance theory and Practice |
Pre-requisite |
B124 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course will use information economics to understand microfinance as an alternate source of financing for the poor. The rise of informal credit markets and cooperative savings and credit cooperatives organizations amidst difficulties of accessing financial services from banks shall be explored. The problems of adverse selection and moral hazards in commercial banking and how microfinance institutions use local information and group lending to circumvent these problems shall be considered. Competition, profitability versus poverty reduction as objectives of microfinance institutions. Management and self sustainability of MFI and crosscutting issues on microfinance gender and education among others shall be covered. |
Course Objectives |
Microfinance
theory and Practice is to make students understand the economic theory behind
the rise of microfinance and how microfinance institutions contribute to
economic development. It also aims to make students understand current trends
in microfinance and challenges of managing microfinance institutions. This
shall help in integrating theoretical knowledge and practice as a way of
preparing students to be future professionals in microfinance institutions.
Students are expected to gain in-depth knowledge about micro-finance and how
they contribute to the economic development. Analytical skills in credits
appraisals, monitoring and evaluation of loan performance are expected to be
gained. Field studies in microfinance institutions shall make students gain
experience of practical microfinance operations. Students will be introduced to
mix of lectures, seminars, case studies and student presentations. The seminar
case method encourages collaborative learning by working in groups to expand
insights and cover more perspectives. It helps articulate arguments based on
facts through presentation of investment conviction. It enhances analytical
capabilities through expressing opinions based on multiple resources.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Appraise
contemporary issues and trends in sustainable finance. A2: Appraise
the implications of sustainability for financial tools and techniques And investment
opportunities. A3: Understand Financial services, Financial
service providers and Delivery Channels A4: Identify the challenges of implementing new
financial initiatives. A5: Apply financial tools and techniques
explicitly in a green, clean Tech and
ethical context. B. Cognitive
skills B1 : The ability to identify assumptions, evaluate statements in
terms of evidence, to detect false logic or reasoning, to identify implicit
values, and to define terms adequately and to generalize appropriately; B2: The ability to create, evaluate and access a range of options,
together with the capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to a range of business
and other situations; B3: Generic intellectual skills such as literacy and
informationprocessing skills, interpersonal and presentational skills; B4: The ability to apply business modules to business problems and
phenomena; B5: Facility with key concepts used in decision making, including
opportunity cost, incentives, equilibrium, strategic thinking, expectations and
marginal analysis; B6: Effective self-management in terms of time, planning and
behavior, motivation, self-starting, individual initiative and enterprise; C. Practical and professional skills C1: Analyze and appraise alternatives and make decisions based on evidence. C2: Demonstrate effective
written communication skills, particularly
in explaining and justifying choices.
C3: Demonstrate effective debating and presentation skills. C4: Demonstrate effective skills in independent private study. C5: Ability to assess the feasibility of business propositions. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Negotiated or ad hoc budgets whereby a specific amount of
public money is allocated to an institution (with or without prior negotiation)
D2: Present the argument clearly and in an appropriate academic
style and format D3: Identify and evaluate the relevance of information from a
variety of sources D4: categorical or earmarked funds whereby governments specifically target one or various institution(s) based on predetermined criteria;
|
FIN241 Microfinance
(4) Credit Hours
This module focuses on the role of microfinance as an alternate source of financing for the poor. It will explore the difficulties of accessing financial services from banks during the rise of informal credit markets and cooperative savings and credit cooperatives organizations. The problems of adverse selection and moral hazards in commercial banking and how microfinance institutions use local information and group lending to circumvent these problems shall be considered. Competition, profitability versus poverty reduction as objectives of microfinance institutions. Management and self-sustainability of MFI and crosscutting issues on microfinance gender and education among others shall be covered.
Course Code |
FIN241 |
Course Title |
Microfinance |
Pre-requisite |
ACT112 and ECO101 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module focuses on the role of microfinance as an alternate source of financing for the poor. It will explore the difficulties of accessing financial services from banks during the rise of informal credit markets and cooperative savings and credit cooperatives organizations. The problems of adverse selection and moral hazards in commercial banking and how microfinance institutions use local information and group lending to circumvent these problems shall be considered. Competition, profitability versus poverty reduction as objectives of microfinance institutions. Management and self-sustainability of MFI and crosscutting issues on microfinance gender and education among others shall be covered. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to provide students with the basic knowledge of the role of microfinance institutions (MFIs) and banks in providing financial services to poor and low-income customers in developing countries. Students will learn how the microfinance industry evolved and how it works. Students will be encouraged to develop an understanding of the skills and techniques used by microfinance analysts, managers, and investors. Students also will explore how governments and central banks can support the growing microfinance industry, and what are the current challenges facing microfinance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the contemporary issues and trends in microfinance. A2: Develop an understanding to the implications of sustainability for financial tools and techniques and investment opportunities. A3: Develop an understand to Financial services, Financial service providers and Delivery Channels in microfinance A4: Demonstrate the ability to identify the challenges of implementing new financial initiatives.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Be able to identify assumptions, evaluate statements in terms of evidence, to detect false logic or reasoning, to identify implicit values, and to define terms adequately and to generalize appropriately;
B2: Be able to create, evaluate and access a range of options, together with the capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to a range of business and other situations;
B3: Acquire generic intellectual skills such as literacy and information-processing skills, interpersonal and presentational skills;
B4: Develop effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behavior, motivation, self-starting, individual initiative and enterprise;
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyze and appraise alternatives and make decisions based on evidence. C2: Perform effective written communication skills, particularly in explaining and justifying choices. C3: Perform effective debating and presentation skills. C4: Perform effective skills in independent private study.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Ability to present the argument clearly and in an appropriate academic style and format D2: Evaluate and identify the relevance of information from a variety of sources D3: Ability to understand categorical or earmarked funds whereby governments specifically target one or various institution(s) based on predetermined criteria.
|
FIN242 Financial Technology
(4) Credit Hours
FinTech has seen a dramatic increase of popularity in terms of both business applications and academic research in the last decade. Importantly, FinTech has the potential not only to improve profit margins of financial service companies but also to democratize finance, help unbanked individuals and support responsible financial enterprises. The course will equip students with a sound understanding of the technology underlying FinTech by introducing topics in block chain, machine learning and artificial intelligence. Building on this technological basis, the course will provide an overview of key trends and discuss the impact of FinTech on financial services such as payments, investing, lending, borrowing and spending.
Course Code |
FIN242 |
Course Title |
Financial Technology |
Pre-requisite |
ACT112 and ECO101 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
FinTech has seen a dramatic increase of popularity in terms of both business applications and academic research in the last decade. Importantly, FinTech has the potential not only to improve profit margins of financial service companies but also to democratize finance, help unbanked individuals and support responsible financial enterprises. The course will equip students with a sound understanding of the technology underlying FinTech by introducing topics in block chain, machine learning and artificial intelligence. Building on this technological basis, the course will provide an overview of key trends and discuss the impact of FinTech on financial services such as payments, investing, lending, borrowing and spending. |
Course Objectives |
FinTech has seen a dramatic increase of popularity in terms both of business applications and academic research in the last decade. Importantly, FinTech has the potential not only to improve profit-margins of financial service companies but also to democratise finance, help unbanked individuals and support responsible financial enterprises. The course will equip students with a sound understanding of the technology underlying FinTech by introducing topics in block chain, machine learning and artificial intelligence. Building on this technological basis, the course will provide an overview of key trends and discuss the impact of FinTech on financial services such as payments, investing, lending, borrowing and spending.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate an advanced knowledge of the Fintech A2: Understand the importance of financial intermediation and the use of money in financial technology. A3: Understand current trends in FinTech, including the importance of block chain and electronic currencies
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Demonstrate an appreciation of the social dimensions of technology use in financial markets. B2: Critically compare, contrast and evaluate the different machine learning techniques in terms of their applicability to solving problems in finance, this can be demonstrated by students using appropriate software to apply techniques to a given set of data. B3: Critically evaluate markets by being able to competently present arguments on the criticisms of the current set up and offer the basis for the development of alternative technology-based markets and financial services product
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Understand how FinTech can help democratise banking and help unbanked individuals C2: Recognise the relevance of capital and investment processes within FinTech, especially in terms of equity crowdfunding and peer-to-peer platforms
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Knowledge of the current FinTech start-ups and FinTech hubs landscape and recognise the role of emerging markets in, and social impact of, FinTech.
|
FIN301 (Bachelor of Accounting (Arabic)) Principles of Finance (1)
(3) Credit Hours
The Statistics for Principles of Finance (1) module provides a foundational understanding of statistical concepts and techniques essential for financial analysis and decision-making. This course covers descriptive statistics, probability theory, and inferential statistics, emphasizing their application in finance. Students will learn to collect, analyze, and interpret financial data, using statistical methods to make informed decisions and solve financial problems. Through practical examples and case studies, students will gain the skills necessary to apply statistical tools to real-world financial scenarios, enhancing their analytical capabilities in the field of finance.
Course Code |
FIN301 (Bachelor of Accounting (Arabic)) |
Course Title |
Principles of Finance (1) |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The Statistics for Principles of Finance (1) module provides a foundational understanding of statistical concepts and techniques essential for financial analysis and decision-making. This course covers descriptive statistics, probability theory, and inferential statistics, emphasizing their application in finance. Students will learn to collect, analyze, and interpret financial data, using statistical methods to make informed decisions and solve financial problems. Through practical examples and case studies, students will gain the skills necessary to apply statistical tools to real-world financial scenarios, enhancing their analytical capabilities in the field of finance. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to familiarize students with financial management concepts, including sources of short-term financing and their components, as well as external financing options such as common and preferred stocks, bonds, and loans. It also covers the use of financial analysis tools and explores financial planning through the examination of operating leverage and financial leverage.
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon completing this course, students are expected to be knowledgeable about the following topics: a general introduction to financial management, the role of financial management in utilizing accounting information, and key concepts in financial management. The course will also cover long-term and short-term investment decisions, long-term financial planning, final accounts, financial analysis, and the time value of money.
|
FIN301-F Financial and Securities Markets
(4) Credit Hours
The aims of the module are to promote the student understanding of derivative markets, options, bonds, warrants and convertibles, yield curves and the term structure of interest rates, currency exchange rate and the international exchange rate parity, portfolio risk and diversification, risk and return. The course provides a thorough understanding of international portfolio diversification and the principles behind financial derivative markets.
Course Code |
FIN301-F |
Course Title |
Financial and Securities Markets |
Pre-requisite |
FIN241 and FIN242 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The aims of the module are to promote the student understanding of derivative markets, options, bonds, warrants and convertibles, yield curves and the term structure of interest rates, currency exchange rate and the international exchange rate parity, portfolio risk and diversification, risk and return. The course provides a thorough understanding of international portfolio diversification and the principles behind financial derivative markets. |
Course Objectives |
The aims of the module are to promote the student understanding of derivative markets, options, bonds, warrants and convertibles, yield curves & the term structure of interest rates, currency exchange rate and the international exchange rate parity, portfolio risk and diversification, risk and return. The course provides a thorough understanding of international portfolio diversification and the principles behind financial derivative markets.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the financial system, function and structure, money and capital market instruments, function and types of financial intermediaries. A2: Awareness and understanding of the commodities Market: physical Trading, derivative trading & world exchanges, Bonds, Bond Yields, Prices and Bond Swaps and Bond Price Sensitivity A3: Awareness and understanding of Yield Curves and the Term Structure of Interest Rates and Currency Exchange Rates, International Exchange Rate Parity Theories A4: Develop an understanding of the Economic Logic of Derivative Markets, Forward Contracts and Markets, Futures Markets
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Understand how financial & securities markets work and what functions they fulfil in market economy & how they promote economic efficiency. B2: Acquire knowledge on how to assess risk & return & liquidity of different investment instruments in addition to acquiring the ability to valuate stocks & bonds by applying procedures and models of fundamental analysis. B3: Understand & compare how markets function & the instruments traded. B4: Be able to develop & demonstrate knowledge in derivative markets, forward contracts, future markets, options, warrants and convertibles. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Perform empirical analysis employing statistical and financial tools, and report on the empirical findings; C2. Critically engage with the range of (inter-related) theoretical concepts as they relate to the subject area; C3. Establish a well-structured and well-argued report on a specialist topic in the area of Financial Markets and Derivatives.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Ability to develop many transferable skills that are highly valued by employers such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand, evaluate and use the various financial concepts. |
FIN302 (Bachelor of Accounting (Arabic)) Principles of Finance (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This course explores capital investments and their evaluation methods, cash investment strategies, inventory and accounts receivable management, working capital considerations, the balance between profitability and liquidity, and investment through leasing assets.
Course Code |
FIN302 (Bachelor of Accounting (Arabic)) |
Course Title |
Principles of Finance (2) |
Pre-requisite |
FIN301 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course explores capital investments and their evaluation methods, cash investment strategies, inventory and accounts receivable management, working capital considerations, the balance between profitability and liquidity, and investment through leasing assets. |
Course Objectives |
This course delves into advanced topics in financial management, aiming to equip students with an understanding of the behavior of crucial financial variables. It focuses on the rational decision-making processes that aim to maximize the organization's market value.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon completing this course, students will gain understanding of the following concepts:
- Dividend Policy
- Capital Budgeting
- Leverage Analysis and Break-even Point
- Cost of Capital
- Capital Structure
- Working Capital
- Working Capital Management
|
FIN302-F Portfolio Theory
(4) Credit Hours
This course provides in-depth study of investment portfolios: the theory behind them, construction techniques, asset classes employed and their management.
Students will re-examine and enhance their understanding and knowledge of the theoretical foundations of asset pricing, market efficiency and the Modern Portfolio Theory (MPT).
Students will be able to provide a “Statement of Advice” for an institutional investor, quantitatively forecast characteristics of various asset classes in an economy, and then create an investment portfolio to satisfy the investment requirements.
Students will learn various strategies to test the portfolio constructed, issues that impact portfolio performance in achieving investment objectives, and finally evaluate its performance.
Course Code |
FIN302-F |
Course Title |
Portfolio Theory |
Pre-requisite |
FIN301 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course provides in-depth study of investment portfolios: the theory behind them, construction techniques, asset classes employed and their management.
Students will re-examine and enhance their understanding and knowledge of the theoretical foundations of asset pricing, market efficiency and the Modern Portfolio Theory (MPT).
Students will be able to provide a “Statement of Advice” for an institutional investor, quantitatively forecast characteristics of various asset classes in an economy, and then create an investment portfolio to satisfy the investment requirements.
Students will learn various strategies to test the portfolio constructed, issues that impact portfolio performance in achieving investment objectives, and finally evaluate its performance.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of the course is to provide students with a critical understanding of the game of returns and risk in portfolio theory, and to facilitate the application of standardized portfolio selection techniques in real-life while guiding them in critical-thinking with regard to recent advances in portfolio selection process.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and comprehensive knowledge and understanding of the subject. A2: Engage with different traditions of thought. A3: Apply their knowledge in practice including in multi-disciplinary or multi-professional contexts. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Acquire an effective problems-solving skills. B2:Be able to apply critical, creative and evidence-based thinking to conceive innovative responses to future challenges. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Engage in professional behaviour and have the potential to be entrepreneurial. C2. Establish leadership roles in their chosen occupations or careers and communities.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Evaluate and convey ideas and information effectively to a range of audiences for a variety of purposes and contribute in a positive and collaborative manner to achieving common goals.
|
FIN310 Investment Management
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce students to fundamental concepts and principles of investment, particularly focusing on financial investments. It covers topics such as making investment decisions, identifying common obstacles in the investment process, and examining key financial assets across various investment fields. The course also explores foundational aspects of determining returns, assessing risks and liquidity, and includes discussions on technical analysis, Dow Theory, and its analytical tools. Moreover, students will study the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) to ascertain the required rate of return for investment instruments, with a specific emphasis on models for valuing stocks and bonds.
Course Code |
FIN310 |
Course Title |
Investment Management |
Pre-requisite |
FIN302 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce students to fundamental concepts and principles of investment, particularly focusing on financial investments. It covers topics such as making investment decisions, identifying common obstacles in the investment process, and examining key financial assets across various investment fields. The course also explores foundational aspects of determining returns, assessing risks and liquidity, and includes discussions on technical analysis, Dow Theory, and its analytical tools. Moreover, students will study the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) to ascertain the required rate of return for investment instruments, with a specific emphasis on models for valuing stocks and bonds. |
Course Objectives |
The objective of this course is to comprehensively explore the foundational principles of portfolio theory, particularly focusing on Risk and Return. It aims to deepen understanding of the risk-return relationship, emphasizing the impact of diversification and asset allocation on risk. The course enhances comprehension of fundamental concepts such as risk, return, and risk preferences, and examines the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) and its correlation with the Security Market Line (SML). Additionally, it delves into the investment process, addressing broker-related issues and brokerage accounts. Students will gain insight into various types of financial securities and their distinctive characteristics, while also gaining an understanding of stock market operations and key market participants. Furthermore, the course covers the evaluation methodologies for bonds and stocks and adapts to the dynamic investment landscape by exploring new investment vehicles, techniques, and strategies.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon successful completion of this course, students will achieve the following: - Demonstrate fundamental knowledge and understanding of financial concepts including risk and return, diversification, and asset allocation.
- Explain the investment process comprehensively, with a focus on mechanisms like short sales.
- Reflect a basic understanding of various securities such as equities, futures, and options.
- Understand the valuation principles of bonds and stocks.
- Analyze the differences between various types of interest-bearing assets at a basic level.
- Identify the risk and return profiles of individual securities and portfolios.
- Recognize the significance of portfolio diversification and asset allocation strategies.
- Apply financial concepts, techniques, and procedures in real-life scenarios, including optimizing portfolio diversification, assessing risk and return of financial securities, valuing assets like stocks and bonds, managing investment portfolios, and managing margin calls at brokerage firms.
- Develop a solid theoretical and analytical foundation that prepares them for advanced financial courses.
- Gain a clear understanding of the nature and scope of financial science.
|
FIN340-F Corporate Finance
(4) Credit Hours
This course is designed to provide students with the necessary skills that are required in the market place especially in the field of corporate finance. FIN340: Corporate Finance will help students acquire fundamental knowledge required to make financial sound decisions using tools that will guide them to solve real world financial problems at both individual and corporate levels. The course is a blend of theory and practice that will build on previous acquired skills in B124A/B: financial and managerial accounting respectively and a financial strong conceptual base covered in FIN241 on Financial Theory and Practice.
Course Code |
FIN340-F |
Course Title |
Corporate Finance |
Pre-requisite |
FIN241 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to provide students with the necessary skills that are required in the market place especially in the field of corporate finance. FIN340: Corporate Finance will help students acquire fundamental knowledge required to make financial sound decisions using tools that will guide them to solve real world financial problems at both individual and corporate levels. The course is a blend of theory and practice that will build on previous acquired skills in B124A/B: financial and managerial accounting respectively and a financial strong conceptual base covered in FIN241 on Financial Theory and Practice. |
Course Objectives |
The aims of this module are; 1. Introduces students to the field of corporate finance, financial decision making and challenges that managers face in reaching sound financial decisions: 2. Equips students with the necessary skills to read, analyse and interpret financial statements to investigate a company’s financial health: 3. Informs students on the tools used to decide on the sources of finance to resort to: 4. Educates students on some of the investment evaluation methods such as: 5. Teaches students about the several financing options investors resort: 6. Explains how corporation maintain sound debt levels and the policies used to manage corporations’ capital structure |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of how Agency Theory and Managerial Incentives Affect Financial Decisions A2: Develop an understanding and explanation of the Capital Structure Theory, its application and impact on corporate financial health A3: Develop an understanding of how corporate governance can contribute to firm value
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Be able to critical discuss, analyse and synthesise corporate performance based on financial information. B2: Acquire understanding of valuating risk effects on assets using asset pricing.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Perform problem-solving using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Select appropriate effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas. D2: Acquire skills to problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: Effective performance in a team environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. |
FIN341 Islamic Finance
(4) Credit Hours
This course aim to introduce students to the Principles of Islamic Finance, Islamic banks; Risk management of Islamic institutions, globalization and challenges for Islamic finance. This course provides an overview and understanding to the main concepts and theories of Islamic Finance.
Course Code |
FIN341 |
Course Title |
Islamic Finance |
Pre-requisite |
FIN241 as per 2022 plan & FIN340 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course aim to introduce students to the Principles of Islamic Finance, Islamic banks; Risk management of Islamic institutions, globalization and challenges for Islamic finance. This course provides an overview and understanding to the main concepts and theories of Islamic Finance. |
Course Objectives |
This course provides an overview and understanding to the main concepts and theories of Islamic Finance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the Economic System, Financial Contracting, Riba (interest). The Islamic Financial System. Islamic Financial Services Industry. A2: Develop an understanding of Risk Management of Islamic Financial Institutions, A3: Develop an understanding of Regulation of Islamic Financial Institutions. A4: Awareness and understanding of Globalization and Challenges for Islamic Finance. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Acquire understanding of the Islamic Financial System. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: The ability to work in any financial institution following the Islamic Finance rules and regulations.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Critical engagement with corporate finance tools and techniques. Understand and explain the relevance, facts and role of dividend policy D2: Effective communication skills – both written and oral (These are extremely important, as is the ability to work well as part of a team.) D3: Select appropriate procedures in presenting ideas. |
FIN342 Financial & Securities Markets
(8) Credit Hours
Acquire knowledge in financial markets and instruments, and in financial engineering together with the quantitative tools essential for understanding modern finance. The module provides thorough understanding of the reason financial markets are crucial to promoting greater economic efficiency. It shows that well-functioning financial markets are a key factor in producing high economic growth & poorly performing financial markets are one reason that many parts of the world remain desperately poor. The module further shows how activities in the financial and securities markets have direct effects on personal wealth, behaviour of businesses and consumers and the cyclical performance of the economy. The module develops an advanced understanding of the financial and securities markets, how it works, the debt and equity markets and intermediaries.
It aims to promote the student understanding of derivative markets, options ,Bonds , warrants and convertibles, Yield curves & the term structure of interest rates , currency exchange rate and the international exchange rate parity, portfolio risk and diversification, risk and return. The module further enhances student’s knowledge & practices of how the stock and commodities markets function.
Course Code |
FIN342 |
Course Title |
Financial & Securities Markets |
Pre-requisite |
FIN340: Corporate Finance |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Acquire knowledge in financial markets and instruments, and in financial engineering together with the quantitative tools essential for understanding modern finance. The module provides thorough understanding of the reason financial markets are crucial to promoting greater economic efficiency. It shows that well-functioning financial markets are a key factor in producing high economic growth & poorly performing financial markets are one reason that many parts of the world remain desperately poor. The module further shows how activities in the financial and securities markets have direct effects on personal wealth, behaviour of businesses and consumers and the cyclical performance of the economy. The module develops an advanced understanding of the financial and securities markets, how it works, the debt and equity markets and intermediaries.
It aims to promote the student understanding of derivative markets, options ,Bonds , warrants and convertibles, Yield curves & the term structure of interest rates , currency exchange rate and the international exchange rate parity, portfolio risk and diversification, risk and return. The module further enhances student’s knowledge & practices of how the stock and commodities markets function.
|
Course Objectives |
To develop a thorough
understanding of bonds, interest rates, currency exchange rates, exchange rate
parity theories, international portfolio diversification and the principles
behind financial derivative markets.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: An
overview of the financial system, function and structure, money and capital
market instruments, function and types of financial intermediaries. A2: An
overview of the commodities Market: physical Trading, derivative trading &
world exchanges. A3: Bonds,
Bond Yields, Prices and Bond Swaps, Bond Price Sensitivity A4: Yield
Curves and the Term Structure of Interest Rates A5: Currency
Exchange Rates, International Exchange Rate Parity Theories A6:
International Portfolio Diversification, Measuring Portfolio Risk, Return and
Performance A7:
Introduction, Definitions, and the Economic Logic of Derivative Markets,
Forward Contracts and Markets, Futures Markets A8:
Introduction to Options, The Binomial Model and the Factors Affecting Option
Prices, Black-Scholes Model, Using Options A9: Warrants
and Convertibles B. Cognitive
skills B1: understand how financial & securities markets work and
what functions they fulfil in market economy & how they promote economic
efficiency. B2: How to assess risk & return & liquidity of different
investment instruments in addition to acquiring the ability to valuate stocks
& bonds by applying procedures and models of fundamental analysis. B3: Understand & analyse interest rates & their behaviour,
currency exchange rates & analysis of international exchange parity. B4: Describe & compare selected world exchanges. B5: Understand & compare how markets function & the
instruments traded. B6: Students will be enabled to apply instruments & principles
of technical psychological analysis on the capital markets. B7: Students will be expected to develop & demonstrate
knowledge in derivative markets, forward contracts, future markets, options,
warrants and convertibles. B8: Students will be able to review and assess key trends in the
financial and securities markets. C. Practical and professional skills C1. undertake empirical analysis employing statistical and
financial tools, and report on the empirical findings; C2. set up and manage a project; C3. deal appropriately with the range of (inter-related)
theoretical concepts as they relate to the subject area; C4. Produce a well-structured and well-argued report on a
specialist topic in the area of Financial Markets and Derivatives. D. Key transferable skills.
D1. Students develop
many transferable skills that are highly valued by employers such as time
management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand, evaluate
and use the various financial concepts
|
FIN401 Financial institutions
(3) Credit Hours
The Financial Institutions module provides an in-depth understanding of the role and functioning of financial institutions within the financial system. It explores the different types of financial institutions, their regulatory environment, and their impact on the economy. The module also examines the challenges and opportunities faced by these institutions in a dynamic and globalized financial market.
Course Code |
FIN401 |
Course Title |
Financial institutions |
Pre-requisite |
FIN302 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The Financial Institutions module provides an in-depth understanding of the role and functioning of financial institutions within the financial system. It explores the different types of financial institutions, their regulatory environment, and their impact on the economy. The module also examines the challenges and opportunities faced by these institutions in a dynamic and globalized financial market. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to deepen students' understanding of financial markets by examining their types (money vs. capital markets, primary vs. secondary markets) and the financial instruments traded within them. Additionally, students will gain fundamental knowledge and comprehension of financial institutions including banks, insurance companies, mutual funds, finance companies, and pension funds.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
By the end of the Financial Institutions module, students will: - Understand the Role of Financial Institutions:
- Gain a comprehensive understanding of the functions and importance of financial institutions within the global financial system.
- Explore Different Types of Financial Institutions:
- Examine the various types of financial institutions, including commercial banks, investment banks, insurance companies, credit unions, pension funds, and mutual funds.
- Analyze Regulatory Frameworks:
- Understand the regulatory environment governing financial institutions, including key regulatory bodies and compliance requirements.
- Evaluate Financial Products and Services:
- Analyze the range of financial products and services offered by financial institutions and their impact on individual and corporate clients.
- Assess Risk Management Practices:
- Explore the risk management practices employed by financial institutions to mitigate various types of risks, including credit risk, market risk, operational risk, and liquidity risk.
- Understand Monetary Policy and Its Impact:
- Understand the role of monetary policy in the functioning of financial institutions and its impact on the economy.
- Examine Financial Innovation:
- Investigate the role of innovation in financial institutions, including the development of new financial products, services, and technologies.
- Study the Role of Central Banks:
- Examine the functions of central banks and their influence on financial institutions and the broader financial system.
- Explore International Financial Institutions:
- Study the role and functioning of international financial institutions, such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank.
- Understand Ethical Considerations:
- Explore the ethical considerations and challenges faced by financial institutions and the importance of ethical conduct in the financial industry.
|
|
GB102 Principles of entrepreneurship for non-specialists
(3) Credit Hours
Providing students with concepts and tools that help them learn about the principles of entrepreneurship, its importance, and the steps for establishing and managing small projects, in addition to introducing students to the steps necessary to establish a small-sized private project through the following main methods:
Developing students’ ability to apply the concepts necessary to start a project in business reality
Improve students' ability to use business creation tools such as business plan and business model
Applying technological tools in entrepreneurship through projects that are discussed within interactive groups.
Course Code |
GB102 |
Course Title |
Principles of entrepreneurship for non-specialists |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Providing students with concepts and tools that help them learn about the principles of entrepreneurship, its importance, and the steps for establishing and managing small projects, in addition to introducing students to the steps necessary to establish a small-sized private project through the following main methods:
Developing students’ ability to apply the concepts necessary to start a project in business reality
Improve students' ability to use business creation tools such as business plan and business model
Applying technological tools in entrepreneurship through projects that are discussed within interactive groups. |
Course Objectives |
1. Knowledge of the basics and principles of entrepreneurship and their practical applications 2.Developing the concept of self-employment culture 3.Determine the appropriate path for the project and take advantage of the available opportunities 4.Identify the most important characteristics of an entrepreneur and how to develop them 5. Identifying the most important bodies that support entrepreneurs 6. Finding opportunities for successful projects and comparing them using modern scientific methods 7. Identifying the procedures and legislation regulating business establishments 8. Acquiring and developing entrepreneurial project management skills |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding
A1: Explain the fundamental principles and concepts of entrepreneurship and their importance in the business world.. A2: Articulate the role and significance of entrepreneurship in economic development and innovation. A3: Describe the necessary steps and procedures for establishing a small-sized private project, including legal, financial, and operational considerations.
B. Cognitive Skills
B1: Generate and evaluate viable business ideas for small projects. B2: Assess the feasibility and potential success of new business ventures using appropriate analytical techniques. B3: Develop an entrepreneurial mindset that fosters innovation, risk-taking, and problem-solving in business contexts.
C. Practical and Professional Skills
C1: Develop comprehensive business plans that outline the strategy, objectives, and financial projections for a small business. C2: Create effective business models that detail the value proposition, customer segments, revenue streams, and key activities of a new business venture. C3: Demonstrate the ability to manage the day-to-day operations of a small business, including marketing, finance, and human resources.
D. Key Transferable Skills
D1: Utilize business creation tools , market research, and financial forecasting to support business planning and development. D2: Prepare to face real-world challenges in entrepreneurship by applying theoretical knowledge to practical situations through case studies and projects. D3: Apply entrepreneurial concepts and methodologies in practical scenarios to initiate and manage small projects.
|
GB102E Entrepreneurship for Non- Specialist
(3) Credit Hours
GB102 E is an introductory course which focuses on independence and personal development using knowledge of entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial practices.
Course Code |
GB102E |
Course Title |
Entrepreneurship for Non- Specialist |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
GB102 E is an introductory course which focuses on independence and personal development using knowledge of entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial practices. |
Course Objectives |
This course is interdisciplinary, but it shall benefit non-business specialists and business students alike. Therefore, provided are blends of academic as well as practical components of entrepreneurship education through knowledge, skills, techniques and other experiences in the world of economic independence leading to individual success in small or medium size businesses.
|
Course Outcomes |
• To possess a well-grounded understanding of essential entrepreneurial business principles. • To develop an understanding of marketing concepts as they relate to new Businesses. • To identify, appreciate, and assess the knowledge, attitudes, and skills of an entrepreneur. • To Understand income and balance sheet statements • To Analyze markets and create effective marketing plans • To invest in individual accomplishment and personal success
|
GR 131 History and Civilization of Lebanon
(3) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the historical background of the AOU branch country, its political, socioeconomic development and democratic experience.
Course Code |
GR 131 |
Course Title |
History and Civilization of Lebanon |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students to the historical background of the AOU branch country, its political, socioeconomic development and democratic experience. |
Course Objectives |
1. Understanding the historical development of Lebanon. 2. Analyzing the political evolution of the State of Lebanon. 3. Studying the democratic experience and the development of parliamentary councils. 4. Exploring the economic and social foundations. 5. Understanding the Lebanese social system and its social and cultural dynamics. 6. Shedding light on historical challenges and their impact on institutions and society. 7. Enhancing interaction between cultural elements and their influence on Lebanon's development. 8. Promoting awareness of Lebanon's national identity. 9. Analyzing international relations and Lebanon's participation in them. 10. Enhancing research and analytical skills in understanding Lebanon's history and civilization. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding
1. Understanding the historical development of Lebanon. 2. Analyzing the political evolution of the State of Lebanon. 3. Studying the democratic experience and the development of parliamentary councils. 4. Exploring the economic and social foundations in Lebanon. 5. Understanding the Lebanese social system and its social and cultural dynamics. 6. Shedding light on historical challenges and their impact on institutions and society.
B. Cognitive Skills
1. Analyzing international relations and Lebanon's participation in them. 2. Enhancing research and analytical skills in understanding Lebanon's history and civilization. 3. Utilizing theories and research approaches in studying Lebanon's historical development.
C. Practical and Professional Skills
1. Applying research methods and tools to understand Lebanon's history and civilization. 2. Preparing analytical reports and articles on historical challenges in Lebanon. 3. Developing the ability to present findings and recommendations logically and evidence-based.
D. Key Transferable Skills
1. Enhancing awareness of Lebanon's national identity and understanding its impact on national development. 2. Enhancing critical and analytical thinking skills in various historical and cultural contexts. 3. Developing research and analytical skills that can be transferred to multiple academic and professional fields.
|
GR101 Self-Learning Skills
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to equip the learner with effective learning methods and strategies that assist in university studies.
Course Code |
GR101 |
Course Title |
Self-Learning Skills |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to equip the learner with effective learning methods and strategies that assist in university studies.
|
Course Objectives |
"The course specifically focuses on: - Taking and recording notes.
- Utilizing various learning resources.
- Writing reports.
- Using learning sources.
- Preparing for exams.
|
Course Outcomes |
Units and Learning Outcomes:
Unit 1 Upon completing this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Differentiate between learning and self-learning. Appreciate the relationship between learning and self-learning. Recognize the importance of self-learning.
Unit 2 Upon completing this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Describe the fundamental characteristics of the distance learning system. Explain the distinctive features of the distance learning system. Differentiate between traditional and distance learning in terms of learning locations, methods, and mediums.
Unit 3 Upon completing this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Understand the concept of reading and its components as a fundamental skill. Identify the benefits and outcomes of reading. Explain the psychological and educational foundations of academic reading in its various types.
Unit 4 Upon completing this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Understand writing as a fundamental skill for self-learning.
Unit 5 Upon completing this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Appreciate technology as an open learning system. Identify the types of e-learning. Understand the relationship between e-learning types and their applications.
Unit 6 Upon completing this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Value self-learning as a path for sustainable development. Recognize the importance of the will to learn in self-management.
|
GR101EL Self-Learning Skills
(3) Credit Hours
GR101EL aims to help students manage their own success
Course Code |
GR101EL |
Course Title |
Self-Learning Skills |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
GR101EL aims to help students manage their own success
|
Course Objectives |
Course Aims: GR101EL aims to help students manage their own success through:
Preparing students for what to expect in higher education. Encouraging students to reflect on the skills they already have and those they will need as students and in their professional life. Providing resources for students to evaluate, reflect upon, and manage their own learning. Offering strategies to develop positive study habits. Helping students understand learning, intelligence, and memory, and how to cultivate critical and analytical thinking. Emphasizing that success is not only about intelligence or grades but also about developing lifelong skills. |
Course Outcomes |
Course Organization: The course is organized into the following units:
Unit 1: Success as a Student Topics include independent study, technology-enhanced study, and the benefits, challenges, and risks of independent learning.
Unit 2: Developing Your Skills Focuses on study skills, self-management, academic skills, and transferable employment skills.
Unit 3: Successful Study Covers learning types, personal learning styles, and the six conditions for effective learning.
Unit 4: The C.R.E.A.M Strategy for Learning Introduces the C.R.E.A.M. learning strategy.
Unit 5: Time Management as a Student Discusses effective time management, setting priorities, and time-saving strategies.
Unit 6: Core Research Skills Includes topics on managing information, defining research tasks, conducting searches, improving reading comprehension, and avoiding plagiarism.
Unit 11: Writing at University Level Covers writing skills, overcoming writer’s block, essay structuring, editing, and presenting academic work.
Unit 14: Revision and Exams Provides revision strategies, exam preparation, and ways to manage exam-related stress.
|
GR111 Islamic Arab Civilization
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide students with knowledge of the achievements of Islamic civilization and its impact on Western civilization during the Middle Ages through a series of objectives associated with each unit.
Course Code |
GR111 |
Course Title |
Islamic Arab Civilization |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide students with knowledge of the achievements of Islamic civilization and its impact on Western civilization during the Middle Ages through a series of objectives associated with each unit.
|
Course Objectives |
This course aims to provide students with knowledge of the achievements of Islamic civilization and its impact on Western civilization during the Middle Ages through a series of objectives associated with each unit.
|
Course Outcomes |
Unit Objectives:
Unit 1:
Understand the concept of civilization both linguistically and terminologically. Recognize the differences in defining civilization and the reasons for these differences. Learn about various definitions of ""civilization"" from Western and Islamic philosophers. Formulate a definition of Islamic civilization that aligns with Islamic thought principles. Choose the appropriate term for Islamic civilization and understand the reason for this choice. Identify the distinctive characteristics of Islamic civilization. Unit 2:
Recognize the scientific institutions that contributed to the spread of knowledge, such as mosques and schools. Learn about public and private libraries that supported knowledge and educational centers. Understand the major developments in religious sciences across different branches and the evolution of literature, criticism, and rhetoric. Identify advancements in scientific fields and geography and recognize prominent Arab geographers. Unit 3:
Understand the political system in the pre-Islamic, Prophetic, and Rashidun Caliphate eras. Recognize the administrative and security aspects, such as judiciary and police, within Islamic civilization. Comprehend the evolution of the Islamic city, its inhabitants, and social classes. Know the rights guaranteed to women in Islam compared to the pre-Islamic era. Review the economic aspects of the Islamic state, including industrial, agricultural, and commercial developments. Unit 4:
Recognize propaganda directed against Islamic civilization. Trace the origin and development of Islamic civilization across eras. Understand the channels through which Islamic civilization spread to Europe. Recognize the influence of Arabic literature on modern Western literature. Familiarize with the experimental sciences that significantly evolved during the golden age of Islamic civilization, such as chemistry, medicine, pharmacy, astronomy, and mathematics. Unit 7:
Identify the developments in Islamic architecture and its unique characteristics across different regions. Learn about the types of Islamic arts, such as decoration on glass, copper, carpets, and pottery. Recognize the development of Arabic calligraphy and the types of scripts prevalent in the Islamic world. Understand the types of currency used throughout Islamic civilization and how these currencies reflected the era in which they were minted.
|
GR112 Issues and Problems of Development in the Arab World
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide students with knowledge of key development issues in the Arab world through a series of unit-specific objectives.
Course Code |
GR112 |
Course Title |
Issues and Problems of Development in the Arab World |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide students with knowledge of key development issues in the Arab world through a series of unit-specific objectives. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to provide students with knowledge of key development issues in the Arab world through a series of unit-specific objectives.
|
Course Outcomes |
Unit Objectives:
Unit 1:
Define the concept of development, especially in the economic aspect. Distinguish between development and growth. Understand sustainable development. Explore the relationship between poverty and underdevelopment. Recognize the link between knowledge and development. Understand the relationship between political culture and development.
Unit 2:
Learn about development measures and indicators. Follow the development and use of these indicators to assess development levels in a given country. Understand the state of development in the Arab world according to United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) indicators. Familiarize with mechanisms of cultural interaction (conflict, challenge, dialogue, and competition).
Unit 3:
Recognize the social indicators of development. Understand how to measure education, health status, and living standards in a given country.
Unit 4:
Learn about the concept of culture, its characteristics, and its elements. Appreciate the importance of cultural interaction and dialogue. Understand the significance of cultural identity awareness. Explore the foundations of identity construction in the Arab personality.
Unit 5:
Recognize the role of education in the development process. Identify the characteristics of quality education. Understand the link between education and economic return. Recognize the reasons for educational disparities across the Arab world. Comprehend the importance of education in uplifting the nation.
Unit 6:
Understand the importance of effective planning for media and mass communication within the framework of societal values. Learn about the functions of media and its influence on development.
Unit 7:
Explore the relationship between health, nutrition, and development. Recognize health indicators, issues, and challenges. Understand efforts made to combat diseases and promote good health values.
Unit 8:
Identify the key roles of women. Recognize the obstacles that hinder women’s roles and their participation in society. Compare the role of women with their counterparts in developed countries. Examine the relationship between women’s education, fertility rates, child and family health, and living standards.
Unit 9:
Learn about the status of Arab culture in the Arab world. Recognize the role of media, health, and nutrition. Understand the relationship between media, health, nutrition, and development.
|
GR118 Life Skills and Coexistence
(3) Credit Hours
This course deals with the abilities that enable individuals to engage in adaptive and positive behavior that makes them able to deal effectively with life's demands and challenges. It seeks to know the concept of skill and how to acquire and develop it, such as the skill of developing self-awareness, managing psychological stress, effective communication, solving problems and conflicts, leadership, and building work teams, in addition to presenting topics in pluralism and democracy, women’s rights, the subject of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, and acceptance of... The other, coexistence and tolerance.
Course Code |
GR118 |
Course Title |
Life Skills and Coexistence |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course deals with the abilities that enable individuals to engage in adaptive and positive behavior that makes them able to deal effectively with life's demands and challenges. It seeks to know the concept of skill and how to acquire and develop it, such as the skill of developing self-awareness, managing psychological stress, effective communication, solving problems and conflicts, leadership, and building work teams, in addition to presenting topics in pluralism and democracy, women’s rights, the subject of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, and acceptance of... The other, coexistence and tolerance. |
Course Objectives |
1.A deep understanding of the concept of skill and its importance in shaping adaptive and positive behavior. 2. Acquiring and developing self-awareness and psychological stress management skills. 3. Enhancing effective communication skills. 4. Developing problem-solving and conflict management skills. 5. Enhancing understanding of leadership skills and building work teams. 6. Providing concepts and skills of coexistence and tolerance. 7. Reviewing issues of pluralism and democracy. 8. Promoting women’s rights and promoting equality in society. 9. Promoting awareness of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. 10. Encouraging students to accept others regardless of differences. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and Understanding
A1: Define the concept of skill and explain methods for acquiring and developing essential life skills. A2: Describe techniques for developing self-awareness and recognizing personal strengths and weaknesses. A3: Explain effective strategies for managing psychological stress in various life situations.
B. Cognitive Skills
B1: Analyze personal strengths and weaknesses to enhance self-awareness. B2: Apply problem-solving and conflict resolution techniques to address and manage disputes and challenges.
C. Practical and Professional Skills
C1: Demonstrate effective communication skills, including active listening and clear expression of ideas. C2: Exhibit leadership skills by leading and motivating others in various settings. C3: Form and manage effective work teams, fostering collaboration and teamwork.
D. Key Transferable Skills
D1: Utilize strategies for managing psychological stress effectively. D2: Demonstrate the ability to communicate ideas clearly in both personal and professional contexts. D3: Develop and apply skills in teamwork and collaboration to work effectively in group settings.
|
GR131 History and civilization of the Kingdom of Bahrain
(3) Credit Hours
The course "History of Bahrain" (GR131) covers Bahrain's history from the 18th century onwards, as well as the historical roots of the formation of the national identity of the country since that time. The course also examines the historical foundations of the modern state and the development of its constitutional life, with a focus on the Arab and Islamic dimensions of Bahrain’s identity, the core values of society, responsibilities, duties, community participation, economic development, and growth in Bahrain, along with its relations at various levels.
Course Code |
GR131 |
Course Title |
History and civilization of the Kingdom of Bahrain |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course "History of Bahrain" (GR131) covers Bahrain's history from the 18th century onwards, as well as the historical roots of the formation of the national identity of the country since that time. The course also examines the historical foundations of the modern state and the development of its constitutional life, with a focus on the Arab and Islamic dimensions of Bahrain’s identity, the core values of society, responsibilities, duties, community participation, economic development, and growth in Bahrain, along with its relations at various levels. |
Course Objectives |
التعرف على الخصائص التاريخية لمملكة البحرين مناقشة العناصر التاريخية التي نشأت في مملكة البحرين على مدى العصور التاريخية المختلفة. تحليل الأحداث التاريخية التي كان لها أثر كبير في بناء الهوية الوطنية في مملكة البحرين. شرح الظروف التي رافقت التحولات التاريخية مثل الصراعات الدولية والإقليمية وتأثيرها على مملكة البحرينوصف الواقع الاجتماعي والثقافي في مملكة البحرين.
|
Course Outcomes |
أ. المهارات الإدراكية سيتمكن الطلاب من: أ 1. اكتساب المعرفة حول الطابع المكاني للبحرين: التضاريس والسكان والمناخ والواقع السكاني. أ2. الإلمام بمعلومات عن تاريخ البحرين منذ القرن الثامن عشر. أ3. التعرف على الجذور التاريخية لتشكيل الهوية الوطنية للبحرين منذ القرن الثامن عشر الميلادي أ4. التعرف على الدولة الحديثة وتطور الحياة الدستورية في البحرين أ5. الإلمام بمعلومات ذات صلة بالبعدين العربي والإسلامي لهوية البحرين. أ6. التعرف على القيم الأساسية للمجتمع البحريني والحقوق القانونية والسياسية والمدنية والاقتصادية للمواطنة. أ7. الإلمام بالمعلومات حول علاقات البحرين الخليجية والعربية والدولية أ8. الإلمام بمعلومات حول التنمية الاقتصادية والتنمية في البحرين
ب. المهارات المعرفية
يهدف هذا المقرر إلى تطوير المهارات المعرفية التالية:
ب1- معرفة وفهم موضوعات المقرر. ب2- المشاركة الفعالة والتعبير عن الذات والآراء. ب3- معرفة كيفية الحصول على المعلومات. ب4- القدرة البحثية: الإعداد / التنفيذ / الكتابة.
ج. المهارات العملية والمهنية
ج 1- المشاركة الفعالة والتعبير عن الذات والآراء من خلال المناقشات الشفوية في المحاضرات والعروض التقديمية الصفية.
ج 2- القدرة على التعلم الذاتي. ج 3- القدرة على تحمل المسؤولية الشخصية والاجتماعية وتطبيق المعرفة المكتسبة في مواقف أخرى.
د. المهارات الأساسية القابلة للتحويل
د1. الاستفادة من البيئات الفعالة للتعلم.
د2. تحمل مسؤولية التعلم الشخصي والمهني. د3. إدارة وقت التعلم بشكل فعال. د4. العمل بشكل مستقل وأداء المهام وإدارة الوقت. د5. التفاعل بفعالية داخل المجموعة باستخدام وسائل التواصل الاجتماعي وتقنيات المؤتمرات الإلكترونية
|
GR131EL History and Civilization of the Kingdom of Bahrain (for non-Arabic Speakers)
(3) Credit Hours
The Bahrain History course (GR131) deals with the history of Bahrain until the eighteenth century AD, and the historical roots of the formation of the country’s national identity since that time. The course reviews the historical components of the modern state and the development of its constitutional life, with a focus on the Arab and Islamic dimension of Bahrain’s identity, the basic values of society, responsibilities, duties and community participation, economic development and development in Bahrain, and its relations at various levels.
Course Code |
GR131EL |
Course Title |
History and Civilization of the Kingdom of Bahrain (for non-Arabic Speakers) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The Bahrain History course (GR131) deals with the history of Bahrain until the eighteenth century AD, and the historical roots of the formation of the country’s national identity since that time. The course reviews the historical components of the modern state and the development of its constitutional life, with a focus on the Arab and Islamic dimension of Bahrain’s identity, the basic values of society, responsibilities, duties and community participation, economic development and development in Bahrain, and its relations at various levels. |
Course Objectives |
Identify the historical characteristics of the Kingdom of BahrainDiscuss the historical elements that arose in the Kingdom of Bahrain over the different historical eras.Analysis of historical events which have had a significant effect in the construction of national identity in the Kingdom of BahrainExplain the circumstances that accompanied the historic transformations, such as international and regional conflicts and their impact on the Kingdom of BahrainDescription of the social and cultural reality in Bahrain Kingdom. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Students will be able to:
A1.The student will acquire knowledge about the spatial character of Bahrain: topography, population, climate, and population reality. A2.The student should be familiar with information about the history of Bahrain until the eighteenth century. A3.The student will learn about the historical roots of the formation of Bahrain’s national identity since the eighteenth century AD A4.For the student to become familiar with the modern state and the development of constitutional life in Bahrain A5.The student should have information about the Arab and Islamic dimension of Bahrain’s identity. A6.The student gets to know the basic values of Bahrain society and the legal, political, civil and economic rights of citizenship. A7.Students should be familiar with information about Bahrain’s Gulf, Arab and international relations A8.Students should have information about economic development and development in Bahrain
B. Cognitive skills This course aims to develop the following cognitive skills:
B1- Knowledge and understanding of course topics. B2- Active participation, self-expression and opinions. B3- Knowing how to obtain information. B4- Research ability: preparation/implementation/writing.
C. Practical and professional skills C1. Active participation and expression of self and opinions through oral discussions in lectures and class presentations.
C2. Ability to self-learn. C3. The ability to assume personal and social responsibility and apply the acquired knowledge to other situations.
D. Key transferable skills D1.Utilize effective environments for learning.
D2.Take responsibility for personal and professional learning. D3.Manage learning time effectively. D4.Work independently, tasks and mange time. D5.Interact effectively within a group using social media and electronic conferencing techniques
|
GR77 Skills for Success
(1) Credit Hours
This course focuses on providing the necessary knowledge and tools for students to enhance their soft skills and hence their growth journey by channeling their efforts in the most efficient way towards success.
Course Code |
GR77 |
Course Title |
Skills for Success |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
1 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on providing the necessary knowledge and tools for students to enhance their soft skills and hence their growth journey by channeling their efforts in the most efficient way towards success. |
Course Objectives |
1.Be able to regroup and focus their energy, by developing effective learning strategies, and benefiting from their time and available resources. 2.Capitalize on the techniques and tools this module offers (self-learning tools, note taking skills, test taking skills, organizing skills...) to become independent self-learners. 3. Become familiar with emotional intelligence through Daniel Goleman's theories, as well as the concept of growth mindset, and build on both pathways to achieve growth and success. 4. Differentiate the types of intelligences. They will be able to identify own learning style based on most dominant intelligences. 5. Be able to identify the styles of communication they adopt in different conversations as well as the other parties' styles and acknowledge the impact on the style they use on their conversations and on their surroundings. 6.Acquire the tools to communicate their ideas in a more consistent, clear and powerful way. 7. Have a wider insight on the most respectful and efficient means to participate in a group conversation. 8. Address difficult situations in a healthier and more constructive way, without feeling overwhelmed. 9. Define a problem, determining the causes behind it, identify and select alternatives for a solution and implement them. 10. Understand the concept of conflict, its reasons and resolution options. 11. Improve focus and attention and open up to new ways to release stress caused by daily life struggles. |
Course Outcomes |
1. Decision making skills.
2. Methods of notetaking and summarization (Cornell's method…) 3. Test taking and studying strategies 4. Growth mindset concept and growth mindset strategies. 5. Introduction to emotional intelligence by Daniel Goleman. 6. Multiple intelligence concept: Gardner's theory on types of intelligences. Leaning styles. 7. The four basic styles of communication and their impacts on the conversations' directions. 8. Techniques to communicate more effectively. 9. The concept of the mind. 10. The concept of empathy: the importance of empathy in creating a better social reality and the main strategies to enhance the empathic skills. 11. Problem solving strategies and means for addressing difficult situations. 12. Definition of conflict and conflict resolution.
|
GR99 Learning with Technology
(1) Credit Hours
This course introduces the students to e-Learning concepts such as meaning, accessibility, skills, and resources using the newest Information technologies in their learning journey. Students will become Familiar with accessing the needed educational technologies and learning how to use them effectively. It also provides students the crucial college level academic experiences that develop self-learning skills.
Course Code |
GR99 |
Course Title |
Learning with Technology |
Pre-requisite |
EL099 |
Credit Hours |
1 |
Course Description |
This course introduces the students to e-Learning concepts such as meaning, accessibility, skills, and resources using the newest Information technologies in their learning journey. Students will become Familiar with accessing the needed educational technologies and learning how to use them effectively. It also provides students the crucial college level academic experiences that develop self-learning skills. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to: 1. Introduce e-Learning concepts such as meaning, accessibility, skills, and resources. 2.Help students to develop their understanding about flexible learning. 3.Prepare the student for further academic studies by helping them develop their study skills. 4.Enhance student's knowledge about basic computer system applications, big data, IoT and AI. 5.Familiarize with the basic concepts of MS Office suite.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Define the different learning styles. A2. Describe the differences between conventional and blended-learning education systems. A3. Understand how to create learning opportunities that are adapted to learners A4. Understand the development of learning strategies to promote effective learning. A5. Understand the basic concepts of the MS Office suite. A6. Explain different terms in digital communication such as network, connectivity, wireless, and IoT.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Learn by themselves and describe the difference between learning styles. B2: Apply problem-solving techniques. B3: Compare different learning strategies. B4: Apply skills needed for effective learning. B5: Use an understanding of individual and group behavior to create an active learning environment. B6: Deal with computer problems.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Read analytically and critically for learning and avoid plagiarisms. C2: Connect and surf the internet, search using the search engines and send and receive email, and share files in a secure way, and avoid computer crime and use computer ethically. C3: Organize and manage a plan for optimal learning. C4: Enhance the learning environment by incorporating the use of technological equipment. C5: Operate the computer system properly and interact with applications and programs confidently. C6: Communicate with others electronically.
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Interact effectively within a group using social media and electronic conferencing techniques. D2: Working in groups using the LMS system and course forum online and contribute to discussions on a conference using instant messaging. D3: Improve own learning and performance. D4: Work independently, scheduling (schedule) tasks and mange time effectively. D5: Utilize effective environments for learning. D6: Take responsibility for personal and professional learning. D7: Manage learning time effectively
|
GT101 Learning and Information Technology
(3) Credit Hours
Learning and Information Technology is a fundamental module for all students enrolled in Arab Open University. It provides students a college level academic experiences that develop self-learning skills. It also provides students with a broad introduction to computing and Information Technology concepts and principles.
Course Code |
GT101 |
Course Title |
Learning and Information Technology |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Learning and Information Technology is a fundamental module for all students enrolled in Arab Open University. It provides students a college level academic experiences that develop self-learning skills. It also provides students with a broad introduction to computing and Information Technology concepts and principles. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to: 1. Introduce e-Learning concepts such as meaning, accessibility, skills, and resources. 2. Help students to develop their understanding about flexible learning. 3. Prepare the student for further academic studies by helping them develop their study skills. 4. Enhance student’s knowledge about basic computer system applications, big data, IoT and AI. 5. Familiarize with the basic concepts of Information Technology: Internet, Web, and Systems. 6. Introduce students to the concepts of security and ethics. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Students will be able to: 1.Define the different learning styles. 2.Describe the differences between conventional and blended-learning education systems. 3.Understand how to create learning opportunities that are adapted to learners. 4.Understand the development of learning strategies to promote effective learning. 5.Explain the Web and Internet inventions. 6.Explain different parts in computer system. 7.Explain different terms in digital communication such as network, connectivity, wireless, server, client and IoT. 8.Describe the e-commerce and big data. 9.Understand clearly the difference between privacy and security. 10.Describe what are computer ethics and computer crime.
B. Cognitive skills Students will be able to: 1.Learn by themselves and describe the difference between learning styles. 2.Apply problem-solving techniques. 3.Compare different learning strategies. 4.Apply skills needed for effective learning. 5.Use an understanding of individual and group behavior to create an active learning environment. 6.Deal with computer problems. 7.Describe the Web and search engines.
C. Practical and professional skills Students will be able to: 1.Read analytically and critically for learning and avoid plagiarisms. 2.Connect and surf the internet, search using the search engines and send and receive email, and share files in a secure way, and avoid computer crime and use computer ethically. 3.Organize and manage a plan for optimal learning. 4.Enhance the learning environment by incorporating the use of technological equipment. 5.Operate the computer system properly and interact with applications and programs confidently. 6.Communicate with others electronically (Email, instant messaging, blogs, microblogs and wikis) and Initiate a transaction electronically (e-commerce) in a secure way and use the social media in the process of learning and communication with others. D. Key transferable skills Students will be able to: 1.Interact effectively within a group using social media and electronic conferencing techniques. 2.Working in groups using the LMS system and course forum online and contribute to discussions on a conference using instant messaging. 3.Improve own learning and performance. 4.Work independently, scheduling (schedule) tasks and mange time effectively. 5.Utilize effective environments for learning. 6.Take responsibility for personal and professional learning. 7.Manage learning time effectively.
|
HRM111 Principles of Human Resource Management
(4) Credit Hours
HRM111: Principles of Human Resource Management is a level 1 elective module, rationale is to educate students with the basic principles and techniques of human resource management. The module takes a practical view that integrates the contributions of the behavioral sciences with the technical aspects of implementing the HR function in the ‘real world.’ This module mainly provides a foundation for students who intend to specialize in the field of human resources management. It introduces them to the main human resource theories, concepts, functions, and recent trends and prepares them along with the other common level 1 modules and skills needed for advanced levels of specialization.
Course Code |
HRM111 |
Course Title |
Principles of Human Resource Management |
Pre-requisite |
EL111: English Communication Skills (I) |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
HRM111: Principles of Human Resource Management is a level 1 elective module, rationale is to educate students with the basic principles and techniques of human resource management. The module takes a practical view that integrates the contributions of the behavioral sciences with the technical aspects of implementing the HR function in the ‘real world.’ This module mainly provides a foundation for students who intend to specialize in the field of human resources management. It introduces them to the main human resource theories, concepts, functions, and recent trends and prepares them along with the other common level 1 modules and skills needed for advanced levels of specialization. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to provide students with a complete, concise introduction to human resource management theories, elements of the HR function and key concepts of each function, together with improving their critical thinking, analytical and evaluation skills
The objectives of this module are to educate students to appreciate the importance of human resource management as a field of study and as a central management function, understand the implications for human resource management of the behavioral sciences. Students will be encouraged to apply the principles and techniques of human resource management gained through this course to the discussion of major personnel issues and the solution of typical case problems. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Define HRM and explain how HRM contributes to an organization's performance and discuss the significance for HRM A2: Discuss how to plan for Human Resources needed to carry out the organization's strategy and how to link training programs to organizational needs.
A3: Identify the activities involved in performance management. A4: Explain how organization contribute to employees' job satisfaction and retain key employees.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse the types of competencies needed for HRM B2: Apply conceptual knowledge of job analysis, description and specification, and compare the common methods used for selecting human resources. B3: Knowledge to design motivating jobs through different approached, and the criteria to measure the effectiveness of performance management system.
C. Practical and professional skills
C1: Reflect on the responsibility of HR department
C2: Manage to obtain information for job analysis and analyse ways to measure the success of a selection method. C3: Analyse the demand for workers in various job categories and how dissatisfaction can affect the behaviour of employers.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2: Acquire skills to problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative approaches including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: Gain skills to effective performance in a team environment together with self-appraisal and reflective thinking in the areas of creativity, teamwork, leadership, career selection.
|
HRM205 Employment Law
(4) Credit Hours
Employment Law is a level 5 module that focuses on the principles of employment and labour laws, the challenges in the contemporary workplace and the national/local context of labour and social security laws. As well as explaining the principles and rules governing the labour/employment relationships in the national context. The goals of this course is to provide the students with relevant information on the nature and legal terminology of employment law, the most common laws and how they affect organizations and the legal principles applicable to a wide range of work-related concerns.
Course Code |
HRM205 |
Course Title |
Employment Law |
Pre-requisite |
ECO101 and ACT112 as per 2022 plan & B123 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Employment Law is a level 5 module that focuses on the principles of employment and labour laws, the challenges in the contemporary workplace and the national/local context of labour and social security laws. As well as explaining the principles and rules governing the labour/employment relationships in the national context. The goals of this course is to provide the students with relevant information on the nature and legal terminology of employment law, the most common laws and how they affect organizations and the legal principles applicable to a wide range of work-related concerns. |
Course Objectives |
The goals of this course is to provide the students with relevant information on the nature and legal terminology of employment law, the most common laws and how they affect organizations and the legal principles applicable to a wide range of work-related concerns.
On successful completion of this course students are expected to be able to: - Determine an understanding of employment contracts, labour and social security law.
- Understand that labour law is a must to balance the rights of employees with those of employers.
- Demonstrate an understanding of the scope and historical evolution of labour law, the individual and collective labour relationships, the characteristics and sources of labour law, and the fundamentals and systems of social security law.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand and articulate the basic legal terminology/principles of employment and labor law and social security law. A2: Demonstrate good understanding of key concepts, regulations and framework sustaining labor and equality rules and regulations. A3: Develop an understanding to identify different kinds of legal problems when encountering them at work, and legal remedies available under employment and labor laws.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Be able to assess situations that frequently present legal issues affecting the employment relationship. B2: Acquire understanding of the nature, form and content of the employment contracts. B3: Discuss the diverse statutory entitlements available to employees, including maternity and paternity leave. B4: Understand the individual legal obligations of managers in confronting legal problems at work.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Perform the legal principles of employment/labor for a more successful employment relationship at work. C2: Perform principles and regulations governing the employer-employee relationship to workplace issues and formulate solutions. C3: Establish and promote the right principles, practices and environment in the workplace as per employment, labor and social security laws.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Select effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2: Problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: Ability to develop critical thinking, self-appraisal and reflective thinking ability in the areas of Employment, social security and Labor Laws. D4: Evaluate and organise information from a range of sources. Manage own learning and reflect on their development as an independent learner.
|
HRM206 Staffing Organizations
(4) Credit Hours
HRM206 is the next course to be taken by students of HR track, after HRM205 – Employment and Labour Law. This module explores both strategic and operational issues involved in staffing organizations. It focuses particularly on the essentials of human resources functions related to staffing. It examines the design and management of successful staffing practices used to build and retain a quality workforce in order to achieve both organizational effectiveness and individual job satisfaction. Students will study key topics in staffing and strategic planning: job analysis and job design, recruitment, selection and retention, orientation, induction, all within a decision-making and legal framework. And this module will provide them with an understanding of the links between staffing activities and the organization’s strategic objectives. On another hand, students will be developing their skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication, since this module will engage them in business activities in a disciplined and ethical manner. This will help them pursue personal development of knowledge and skills related to a management career
Course Code |
HRM206 |
Course Title |
Staffing Organizations |
Pre-requisite |
BUC112 and ACT112 as per 2022 plan & HRM205 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
HRM206 is the next course to be taken by students of HR track, after HRM205 – Employment and Labour Law. This module explores both strategic and operational issues involved in staffing organizations. It focuses particularly on the essentials of human resources functions related to staffing. It examines the design and management of successful staffing practices used to build and retain a quality workforce in order to achieve both organizational effectiveness and individual job satisfaction. Students will study key topics in staffing and strategic planning: job analysis and job design, recruitment, selection and retention, orientation, induction, all within a decision-making and legal framework. And this module will provide them with an understanding of the links between staffing activities and the organization’s strategic objectives. On another hand, students will be developing their skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication, since this module will engage them in business activities in a disciplined and ethical manner. This will help them pursue personal development of knowledge and skills related to a management career |
Course Objectives |
In this module, staffing is treated as an integrated process that begins with an understanding of a company's business strategy and continues through planning, sourcing, recruiting, selecting, negotiating, socializing, career planning, retaining, and transitioning the workforce. These stages enable organizations to meet hiring objectives and ensure that talent is in the right place at the right time. On successful completion of this module, students are expected to:
- Determine an understanding of different staffing models and staffing strategies
- Apply a conceptualization of staffing activities that exit in firms and their impact on strategic human resources management
- Demonstrate a capability of dealing with issues of equal opportunities and staffing of human resources in organizations
- Demonstrate an overview understanding of processes like job analysis in line with competency analysis, HR planning, sources of recruitment and selection, staffing decision-making reliability as well as validity of employee-assessment methods.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: develop and demonstrate the following Knowledge and understanding: A1: Develop an understanding of the importance for an organization to view all components of staffing functions including recruitment, selection anA2: Aware and understand the difference between the internal selection decisions and external selection decisions and identification of different recruitment methods and sources for both internal and external recruitment, and the different approaches to decision making in the context of staffing policies and staffing practices A3: Identify the concept and principles of performance management and the importance of communicating them to employees and the dimensions of employee relations and cultural differences managing workforce flow.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Distinguish external and environmental influences on staffing and Identify ethical issues pertaining to recruitment, selection and staffing decisions and their impact on firm performance B2: Acquire understanding of job analysis, job description and job specification B3: Be able to evaluate and handle situations of disputes and complaints and relate employee performance assessment to reward and benefits. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Enquire the ability to find sources for qualified candidates and demonstrate ability to interview and select applicants C2: Establish an appropriate assessment method to evaluate employee performance and take corrective actions C3: Perform ability to Use HR information systems for tracking applicants and other functionalities.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Select effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2: Ability to problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: self-appraisal and reflective thinking in the areas of creativity, teamwork, leadership, career selection. |
HRM210 Training and development
(4) Credit Hours
HRM210 Module is developed to provide students with a basic knowledge and understanding of training process with a detailed explanation of each phase of the process. It demonstrates how training should be aligned with organization strategy. It elucidates main motivation, learning and development theories while showing how these theories influence training design, development, implementation and evaluation. Accordingly, HRM210 covers training needs assessment, training design, training methods, training evaluation, adult learning theory, management development, organizational learning, and knowledge management. The course is mainly designed for undergraduate Business majors who wish to specialize in HR, yet will also help any business major who is seeking to understand the strategic role of training, development, and OL in corporations.
Course Code |
HRM210 |
Course Title |
Training and development |
Pre-requisite |
HRM205 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
HRM210 Module is developed to provide students with a basic knowledge and understanding of training process with a detailed explanation of each phase of the process. It demonstrates how training should be aligned with organization strategy. It elucidates main motivation, learning and development theories while showing how these theories influence training design, development, implementation and evaluation. Accordingly, HRM210 covers training needs assessment, training design, training methods, training evaluation, adult learning theory, management development, organizational learning, and knowledge management. The course is mainly designed for undergraduate Business majors who wish to specialize in HR, yet will also help any business major who is seeking to understand the strategic role of training, development, and OL in corporations. |
Course Objectives |
The aims of the HRM 210 module include the development of students’ knowledge of the skills, competencies, and practical elements for employee development and performance enhancement in organizations. This module helps the students in addressing the main components of training evaluation, including the estimation of training costs and benefits, the ability to develop training assessment guidelines and to capitalize on results to further improve the quality and outcomes of training programs. It also helps decisions making process concerning the training and development function.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop an understanding to theoretical framework, models, concepts, and debates about employees training and development in organizations. A2: Awareness and understanding of the key processes, practices and stages for designing, developing and implementing a training program. A3: Demonstrate the ability to evaluate the effectiveness of training programs in terms of training criteria and evaluation designs, and training management and development.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Understand the field of Training and Development including: training needs, objectives and methods, assessment of training programs its role in optimizing performance. B2: Be able to evaluate learning theories and principles and their implications for the effectiveness of training programs. B3: Acquire understanding of the link between organizational strategy and training and development strategies
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Apply theoretical concepts and models to training design C2: Perform training needs assessments according to varied organizational situations. C3: Establish technique to calculate training return on investment.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to develop: D1: Select appropriate procedures for Human resources training and development. D2: Examine and analyze training techniques through different performance-based training methods and approaches. D3: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D4: Problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. |
HRM215 Employment Compensation and Benefits
(4) Credit Hours
This module focuses on employee compensations. Compensation and benefits specialists are in charge of ensuring fair and equitable pay rates to employees, based on job evaluation, wage surveys, incentives, pay equity and compensation strategy. This module provides students with a sound understanding of the essential of financial reward systems in the organization. Students will examine key topics in compensation and benefits. They will also develop skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication.
Course Code |
HRM215 |
Course Title |
Employment Compensation and Benefits |
Pre-requisite |
HRM206 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module focuses on employee compensations. Compensation and benefits specialists are in charge of ensuring fair and equitable pay rates to employees, based on job evaluation, wage surveys, incentives, pay equity and compensation strategy. This module provides students with a sound understanding of the essential of financial reward systems in the organization. Students will examine key topics in compensation and benefits. They will also develop skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication. |
Course Objectives |
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to a variety of models and theories of compensation practice and its role in promoting competitive advantage for the companies. The objectives of the module are to provide students with knowledge to examine the context of compensation practice, design and challenges facing compensation professionals.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand different compensation philosophies for all type of employees A2: Understand legal aspects that influence compensation and benefit systems A3: Identify principals of merit pay, pay-for-performance, individual incentives, bonuses, and group incentives and their contribution to differentiation and lower cost corporate competitive strategies A4: Critical understanding of building market competitive compensation systems and Market-based strategies to establish pay level policies
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse different pay systems and the link between employee performance aspects and employee compensations B2: Apply job requirements and design in order to take appropriate decisions in pay and compensations B3: Knowledge to design systems for compensating executives, contingent workers, and the flexible workforce. B4: Identify market factors and labour unions that have direct influence on a company’s compensation practices
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Create and communicate a compensation philosophy of a company C2: Design a base for pay systems: merit pay, pay-for-performance, incentives/bonuses, profit sharing, group incentives C3: Establish market-based strategies in order to match market pay rates and manage employee benefits in terms of cost control, action planning, and strategic planning C4: Reflect on skills needed to evaluate employee performance and apply compensations accordingly
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge and skills to effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas, using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2: Acquire skills to effective performance in a team environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D3: Effective use of information and communication technologies for business purposes D4: Self-appraisal and reflective thinking in the areas of creativity, teamwork, leadership, career selection. |
HRM301 Human Resources Management
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to elucidate the nature and significance of human resource management in achieving organizational success and effectiveness. It includes comprehensive discussions on various HRM processes such as workforce planning and recruitment, performance appraisal, training and development, compensation and benefits, and more.
Course Code |
HRM301 |
Course Title |
Human Resources Management |
Pre-requisite |
MGT201 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to elucidate the nature and significance of human resource management in achieving organizational success and effectiveness. It includes comprehensive discussions on various HRM processes such as workforce planning and recruitment, performance appraisal, training and development, compensation and benefits, and more. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to familiarize students with the concept of human resource management, emphasizing its significance, nature, various fields, and key functions. It covers essential human resource topics including job analysis and design, human resource planning, recruitment and selection, training and development, performance management, and employee retention strategies.
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the concept of human resource management and its importance in organizations.
- Identify the nature and scope of human resource management.
- Explain the various fields and functions within human resource management.
- Analyze and apply methods for job analysis and design.
- Demonstrate knowledge of human resource planning strategies.
- Evaluate techniques and practices for recruitment and selection processes.
- Describe approaches to employee training and development.
- Implement strategies for performance management.
- Explore methods and policies for employee retention.
|
HRM320 Work Place Health & Safety
(4) Credit Hours
This module focuses on the association with workplace health and safety and human resources management (HRM). It covers major elements of Workplace safety and health in the contemporary global workplace. HRM professionals need to be knowledgeable about existing workplace health and safety issues including regulations, equipment/process safety, behavioral aspects of safety, and ways to avert and reduce hazards in the workplace. Accordingly, this course will provide students with an understanding of the legal regulations of occupational safety, duties and obligations to uphold a safe workplace.
Course Code |
HRM320 |
Course Title |
Work Place Health & Safety |
Pre-requisite |
HRM215 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module focuses on the association with workplace health and safety and human resources management (HRM). It covers major elements of Workplace safety and health in the contemporary global workplace. HRM professionals need to be knowledgeable about existing workplace health and safety issues including regulations, equipment/process safety, behavioral aspects of safety, and ways to avert and reduce hazards in the workplace. Accordingly, this course will provide students with an understanding of the legal regulations of occupational safety, duties and obligations to uphold a safe workplace. |
Course Objectives |
The module introduces students to the Workplace Health and Safety (WHS) and its regulations. It provides student with adequate understanding of how to prevent/reduce problems or hazards associated with the workplace. The module explains the nature of workplace safety, why it is important and how it affects an organization. It explains precautionary measures to facilitate generating a safer work environment. Common issues in workplace health and safety areas are considered in this course, including laws and regulations, employee health, safety management, the audit process, hazard identification, risk management, incident reporting, incident management, and incident investigation.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the Workplace Health and Safety (WHS) and its rules/regulations A2: Demonstrate the ability to explain the auditing/ inspection process and describe incident management and the investigation process of a workplace accident A3: Develop un understanding to articulate the harmful effects of certain significant environmental and occupational hazards on human health A4: Critical understanding of work health matters, including mental health in the workplace. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Be able to recognize and assess workplace hazards, accidents and risks and evaluate their causes B2: Analyse information and data to identify trends and issues in the workplace B3: Acquire understanding to describe methods for risk reduction & control for workplace hazards B4: Conduct and evaluate WHS training for all staff and design Return to work rehabilitation programs. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Perform industry standards, and best practices in work settings C2: Perform realistic evaluation tools, interpret their findings and develop sensible solutions for the organization C3: Apply principles of ergonomic workplace design and demonstrate the use of exposure assessment tools for ergonomic hazards C4: Establish preventive action methods and apply them at work, as well as carry out hazard analysis and risk appraisals to guarantee work health and safety best practices.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2: Effective performance in a team environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D3: Develop critical thinking, self-appraisal and reflective thinking ability in the areas of Workplace Health and Safety. D4: Synthesize and organise information from a range of sources. Manage own learning and reflect on development as an independent learner. |
HRM330 Strategic Human Resource Management
(4) Credit Hours
This module provides students with a critical understanding of the theories, principles, current issues and practices relevant to strategic human resource management. It allows understanding the requirements of effective management of both human and knowledge capital within the organization. Students will be as well introduced to international human resource management (IHRM) and how culture affects strategic practices of HRM.
Course Code |
HRM330 |
Course Title |
Strategic Human Resource Management |
Pre-requisite |
HRM210 as per 2022 plan & B301B and HRM310 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module provides students with a critical understanding of the theories, principles, current issues and practices relevant to strategic human resource management. It allows understanding the requirements of effective management of both human and knowledge capital within the organization. Students will be as well introduced to international human resource management (IHRM) and how culture affects strategic practices of HRM. |
Course Objectives |
The primary objective of this course is to provide students with a critical understanding of the theories, principles, historical trends, current issues and practices relevant to human resource management strategy in organisations. On successful completion of this course students will be able to recognise the opportunities and challenges facing contemporary human resource management; encourage an approach which views strategic human resource management as a core element of the overall organisational strategy rather than a purely procedural or reactive activity; and develop knowledge of the skills required by organisational leaders for successfully managing human and knowledge capital.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of strategic human resource management A2: Demonstrate the ability to recognize SHRM tools. A3: Acquire knowledge about human resource management and its effect on performance. A4: Acquire knowledge about recruitment, talent management, compensation and employee participation.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Understand drivers of strategic human resource management. B2: Examine different practices related to strategic human resource management. B3: Be able to distinguish and evaluate the role strategic human resource management in adding value and achieving competitive advantage. B4: Acquire understand the link between strategic human resource management and international human resource management.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Perform strategic human resource management to impact the competitive advantage of the company. C2: Analyse how and why strategic human resource management is important to consider particularly in recruitment, selection, talent management, employee participation, etc. C3: Identify the importance of cross cultural differences in HRM strategies.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire skills to critical thinking about strategic human resource management. D2: Gain knowledge and skills to strategic human resource management and the related concepts to different audiences (academic, professional, the general public). D3: Recognize building SHRM strategies and communicate ideas clearly to convince others and responsibly challenge their classmates. |
LAW107 Human Rights
(2) Credit Hours
The purpose of the course “Human Rights in International Law” is to provide a simplified and comprehensive understanding of the concept of human rights and their development throughout history, by focusing on historical origins and current legal developments. The course also addresses the basic concepts of human rights and presents the relationship between these rights and international law.
Course Code |
LAW107 |
Course Title |
Human Rights |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
The purpose of the course “Human Rights in International Law” is to provide a simplified and comprehensive understanding of the concept of human rights and their development throughout history, by focusing on historical origins and current legal developments. The course also addresses the basic concepts of human rights and presents the relationship between these rights and international law. |
Course Objectives |
يهدف هذا المقرر إلى تقديم شرح مبسط لطبيعة حقوق الإنسان ونشأتها وتطورها، بدءا من عصر الحضارات القديمة والعصور الوسطى حتى العصر الحديث، وكذلك عرض أهم المصطلحات الأساسية والمصادر الرئيسية في مجال حقوق الإنسان في القانون الدولي، والتعريف بأهم المواثيق الدولية، خاصة الميثاقين الدوليين الاثنين لحقوق الإنسان، وطبيعة التزامات الدول الناشئة عنهما، وآليات الرقابة والإشراف على تنفيذهما في القانون الدولي ومنظومة الأمم المتحدة، وأخيرا تطبيقهما في النظام القانوني الوطني للدول الأطراف.
|
Course Outcomes |
أ. المهارات الإدراكية
أ1. المفاهيم والنظريات:
استيعاب مجموعة من الحقائق والأفكار والمصطلحات والممارسات في مجال حقوق الإنسان التي تنطوي على معرفة تطور حقوق الإنسان الدولية وفهم العلاقة والتفاعل بين الأطر والمعايير الدولية والوطنية.
أ2. الاتجاهات والمشكلات والبحوث المعاصرة:
متابعة الأسئلة المطروحة، بصورة روتينية، حول ما يتعلق بالمشاكل المعاصرة في مجال حقوق الإنسان كما تبينها البحوث الحالية.
ب.المهارات المعرفية
ب1. التحليلية تقييم مزايا الحجج والمعلومات والأفكار المتعلقة بمجموعة واسعة من حقوق الإنسان الدولية والوطنية بهدف تحديد التوازن المناسب للحقوق في المجتمع. تقييم الظروف الدولية والوقائعية والمعيارية التي يتم فيها إنشاء المعايير القانونية الدولية والوطنية لحقوق الإنسان، وتفسيرها ورصدها وتطبيقها.
ب2. التركيبية: استخلاص استنتاجات تمزج بين الأفكار والمفاهيم والمعلومات التي تقع ضمن الفهم المشترك لحقوق الإنسان.
ب3. الإبداعية: تطبيق المهارات الإبداعية في مجموعة من السياقات الدولية لحقوق الإنسان.
ج. المهارات العملية والمهنية
ج 1. التواصل: نقل الأفكار المعقدة شفهيا وكتابيا حول مجموعة من مواضيع حقوق الإنسان بصورة منظمة ومتماسكة.
ج 2. العمل الجماعي والقيادة: تحمل مسؤولية مخرجات الآخرين من حيث إدارة العمل الجماعي في مجال العمل الاستقصائي لحقوق الإنسان.
د. المهارات الأساسية القابلة للتحويل
د1. المهارات التنظيمية والتنموية: ممارسة بعض المبادرة والاستقلالية في تنفيذ أنشطة التعلم المتعلقة بحقوق الإنسان.
د2. الأخلاق والمسؤولية الاجتماعية: تطوير نظرة شخصية داخلية للعالم على الأسس الأخلاقية لحقوق الإنسان.
|
LAW107EL Human Rights (for non-Arabic Speakers)
(2) Credit Hours
The purpose of the course “Human Rights in International Law” is to provide a simplified and comprehensive understanding of the concept of human rights and their development throughout history, by focusing on historical origins and current legal developments. The course deals with the basic concepts of human rights and presents the relationship between these rights and international law.
Course Code |
LAW107EL |
Course Title |
Human Rights (for non-Arabic Speakers) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
The purpose of the course “Human Rights in International Law” is to provide a simplified and comprehensive understanding of the concept of human rights and their development throughout history, by focusing on historical origins and current legal developments. The course deals with the basic concepts of human rights and presents the relationship between these rights and international law. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims at presenting a simplified explaining of the nature of human rights, their emergence and development, starting from the era of ancient civilizations and the Middle Ages until modern times, as well as presenting the most important basic terms and main sources in the field of human rights in international law, and introducing the most important international covenants, especially the two international covenants of human rights, the nature of the obligations of the states arising from them, the mechanisms of control and supervision of their implementation in international law and United Nations systems, and finally their application in the national legal system of the state’s parties. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
A1. Concepts and Theories:
Assimilate a range of facts, ideas, terminologies and practices in the sphere of human rights involving knowledge of the evolution of international human rights and understanding of the relationship and interaction between international and national frameworks and norms. A2. Contemporary Trends, Problems and Research:
Carry out routine lines of enquiry into a contemporary problem in human rights as informed by current research.
B. Cognitive skills B1. Analytic: Assess the merits of arguments, information and ideas related to a broad array of international and national human rights with a view to identifying the appropriate balancing of rights in society. Evaluate the international, factual and normative circumstances in which international and national legal human rights norms are created, interpreted, monitored and applied.
B2. Synthetic: Draw conclusions melding ideas, concepts and information that are within the common understanding of human rights.
B3. Creative: Apply creative skills in a range on international human rights contexts.
C. Practical and professional skills C1. Communication: Convey complex ideas orally and in writing on a range of human rights topics in a well-structured and coherent form.
C2. Teamwork and Leadership: Take responsibility for the output of others in terms of managing group work in the sphere of human rights investigative work.
D. Key transferable skills D1. Organizational and Developmental Skills: Exercise some initiative and independence in carrying out learning activities related to human rights.
D2. Ethics and Social Responsibility: Develop an internalized personal world view on the ethical bases of human rights.
|
LAW301 Business Law
(3) Credit Hours
This course examines the origins and characteristics of commercial law, its relationship with other legal fields such as civil law, and its historical development. It covers topics including commercial activities, merchants, stores, and commercial contracts, as well as methods for resolving commercial disputes.
Course Code |
LAW301 |
Course Title |
Business Law |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT202 & ECON202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course examines the origins and characteristics of commercial law, its relationship with other legal fields such as civil law, and its historical development. It covers topics including commercial activities, merchants, stores, and commercial contracts, as well as methods for resolving commercial disputes. |
Course Objectives |
This course addresses the fundamental principles of commercial law, including its emergence and development. It examines various types of commercial activities under Jordanian Commercial Law, such as those intrinsic by nature, maritime commercial activities, associative commercial activities, and mixed businesses. Additionally, it defines the term "merchant" and outlines the conditions required to attain this status, along with the associated obligations like maintaining commercial books, registering in the commercial register, and adopting a commercial address or trade name. Furthermore, the course explores commercial contracts in general as defined by Commercial Law, with a detailed examination of specific contracts such as commercial mortgages, commission agency agreements, brokerage contracts, and transportation contracts. It also provides an overview of companies operating in the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan, discussing their characteristics, types, and the essential elements of incorporation contracts. Finally, the course delves into commercial papers, including checks, bills of exchange, and drafts, detailing the unique characteristics of each.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
A. Legal Knowledge Recall, understand, and compare the detailed provisions of the Jordanian Commercial Law, including basic concepts and principles related to commercial legislation and judicial applications. Review and understand e-commerce laws, specifically the Electronic Transactions Law. B. Legal Understanding Comprehend and explain the principles of Jordanian Commercial Law, using examples and comparisons to illustrate key concepts such as the merchant, the store, and commercial contracts. Review the Electronic Transactions Law and its applications. C. Legal Analysis Analyze and compare commercial and civil work, understanding their characteristics and identifying various types of traders. D. Legal Application Apply knowledge to real-world cases by collecting, explaining, and solving issues that distinguish commercial work from civil work and traders from non-traders. E. Presentation Skills Develop presentation skills by working individually or in groups to present course-related topics to peers.
|
|
LB170 Professional Communication Skills for Business Studies
(8) Credit Hours
Personal and corporate success in business relies on effective communication. Communication Skills for Business and Management will help you acquire skills to distinguish you from your peers. This key introductory Level 1 course is practical and will empower you to undertake more insightful case-study analysis, write successful essays, and produce powerful reports. From proposals to emails, you’ll work with a wide range of texts from business studies courses and the wider business world, deepening your knowledge and developing your written communication skills - helping you to succeed in both business studies and business generally.
Course Code |
LB170 |
Course Title |
Professional Communication Skills for Business Studies |
Pre-requisite |
EL 122: Intermediate English |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Personal and corporate success in business relies on effective communication. Communication Skills for Business and Management will help you acquire skills to distinguish you from your peers. This key introductory Level 1 course is practical and will empower you to undertake more insightful case-study analysis, write successful essays, and produce powerful reports. From proposals to emails, you’ll work with a wide range of texts from business studies courses and the wider business world, deepening your knowledge and developing your written communication skills - helping you to succeed in both business studies and business generally. |
Course Objectives |
LB170’s design will be
relevant for students from OUBS Openings to Level 2 courses. Students’ confidence, performance and
progression potentials will be enhanced and ultimately academic standards will
be positively influenced as well as widening participation, retention and
completion rates. The emphasis in the
course is on processes and practices (the ‘skills’) of communication rather
than on content in a ‘traditional’ academic sense. As such the course reverses
the balance present in other OUBS courses where communication skills are fore
grounded but are always at the service of the course content and consequently
occupy a less significant position in the learning outcomes. The model of communication skill
development outlined above is a positive rather than a deficit model. It draws
on current thinking about literacy development in which a more traditional
skills development model which treats communication as an all-purpose set of
skills with universal application is overlain, firstly, with a model that
places literacy in context and sees literacy practices as situated within particular
spheres of activity (in this case, business, broadly, and business studies more
specifically). Secondly it draws on a model that highlights the ideological and
personal investment that come into play when individuals and organisations
engage in communicative acts.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Can understand and use familiar everyday expressions and
Phrases aimed at the satisfaction of needs of a concrete type.The internal and
external factors affecting business organisations and their stakeholders. A2: understand sentences and frequently used expressions related
to areas of most immediate relevance in one’s major such as the operation and
management of the HR function of a business organisation. A3: Can produce clear, detailed text on a wide range of subjects
and explain a viewpoint on a topical issue giving the advantages and
disadvantages of various options. A4: Can
understand a wide range of demanding, longer texts, and recognize implicit
meaning. Such as the operation and management of the marketing function of a
business organisation. B. Cognitive
skills B1 After studying the course, the student will have developed the
language they need to exercise the following thinking and communication skills
and have developed a critical perspective on this language in the light of a
range of alternative, available language and communication practices: B2: recognize, compare and contrast different ways of analysing
business case studies and other material about contemporary business practice. B3: apply their knowledge in the analysis of practical business
problems and issues. B4: recognize, compare and contrast different interpretations of
and approaches to practical business problems and issues. C. Practical and professional skills C1: analyse work-related cases and situations to identify problems
in the organization and management of a functional area. C2: identify and communicate potential solutions based on
knowledge of theory and apply it to their own work situation. C3: related the communication skills needed for academic study to
those needed in the workplace. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Read and précis written text materials for key salient points.
D2: communicate effectively
in writing, showing recognition of audience and purpose. D3: select data, information and ideas from different sources and
present in an appropriate fashion to support an argument.
D4: identify some of the
key strengths and needs of their own communication skills development and
identify opportunities to address these in the light of their critique of the
language and literacy practices they have encountered.
|
MATH201 Mathematics for Managerial and Economic Sciences
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce economics and administrative sciences students to the fundamental concepts and principles of applied mathematics, equipping them to handle various quantitatively focused courses within their respective specializations. The curriculum covers Cartesian sets and coordinates, algebraic expressions and arithmetic operations, functions and limits, derivatives, differential and integral calculus, solving simultaneous equations, matrices, determinants, inequalities, and an introduction to linear programming. Each topic is presented with a focus on its economic applications.
Course Code |
MATH201 |
Course Title |
Mathematics for Managerial and Economic Sciences |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce economics and administrative sciences students to the fundamental concepts and principles of applied mathematics, equipping them to handle various quantitatively focused courses within their respective specializations. The curriculum covers Cartesian sets and coordinates, algebraic expressions and arithmetic operations, functions and limits, derivatives, differential and integral calculus, solving simultaneous equations, matrices, determinants, inequalities, and an introduction to linear programming. Each topic is presented with a focus on its economic applications. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course is to understand the fundamental concepts of mathematics and its connections to other social and human sciences, as well as its functions and areas of application.
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
- Formulate linear equations for business and economic variables.
- Formulate nonlinear equations for business and economic variables.
- Solve financial applications using compounding techniques.
- Determine optimal values of economic and financial functions using derivatives.
- Evaluate consumer and producer benefits in response to changes in market prices.
- Utilize matrices to solve economic functions.
|
MGT111 Principles of Management I
(4) Credit Hours
MGT111: Principles of Management I is a level 1 common introductory module –for all tracks- rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in management including evolution of management, organization environment and culture, also the main functions of management; planning, organizing, leading and control, this will aid in laying down the foundation for business students to firstly, understand a variety of management topics and functions, secondly to prepare students along with all other common level 1 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next levels of specialization.
Course Code |
MGT111 |
Course Title |
Principles of Management I |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MGT111: Principles of Management I is a level 1 common introductory module –for all tracks- rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in management including evolution of management, organization environment and culture, also the main functions of management; planning, organizing, leading and control, this will aid in laying down the foundation for business students to firstly, understand a variety of management topics and functions, secondly to prepare students along with all other common level 1 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next levels of specialization. |
Course Objectives |
The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to a variety of management models and theories, as well as to begin to improve their critical thinking abilities, while aiding in acquiring strong investigation, analytical, and evaluation skills.
The module's objectives are to educate students to alternative psychological and social science theories as well as key arguments in understanding traditional and modern organizations. Students will be encouraged to consider and evaluate various methods to comprehending work and organizational procedures.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Describe the functions of management and how to be an effective manager. A2: Understand the elements of organizational environments and its challenges, organisational structure and culture. A3: Identify keys of strategic management planning, principles of setting goals, and achieving competitive advantages. A4: Explain how and why companies develop control systems and how teams and teamwork can contribute to organisation effectiveness.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge of ways managers can manage different organisation levels and respond to challenges. B2: Analyse how companies plan, coordinate and control effectively and achieve competitive advantages. B3: Apply conceptual knowledge of managing human resource, leading and effectivity control people and processes.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Reflect on skills needed to be an effective manager. C2: Analyse keys to effective implementation of strategies, mechanisms for coordinating work tasks and leading. C3: Manage teams how to motivate people and develop control systems.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge and skills to communicate effectively about ethical issues and implications of management practices surrounding corporate social responsibility. D2: Recognize how successful managers achieve competitive advantages and how to use organisation culture to overcome challenge and achieve the desired outcome. D3: Acquire skills to be effective decision maker and how to be a better leader.
|
MGT112 Principles of Management II
(4) Credit Hours
MGT112: Principles of Management II is a level 1 common introductory module –for Management track- elective for all other tracks. Rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in management including organizational behaviour, globalization, international trade, and global monetary systems, these topics along with MGT111 will prepare students with fundamental and foundational basis for management specialisation.
Course Code |
MGT112 |
Course Title |
Principles of Management II |
Pre-requisite |
MGT111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MGT112: Principles of Management II is a level 1 common introductory module –for Management track- elective for all other tracks. Rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in management including organizational behaviour, globalization, international trade, and global monetary systems, these topics along with MGT111 will prepare students with fundamental and foundational basis for management specialisation. |
Course Objectives |
The aim for this module is:
To educate about what is meant by organization and human behaviour and its importance.
To be able to use valuable information especially in the human behaviour to the benefit of the organization and the human resource.
To be able to analyse the various situations where human interaction exists and influence the outcome in local and global markets.
To be able to describe how people behave under different conditions and understand why people behave as they do.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the concepts of organization and employee behaviour and team dynamics. A2: Gain knowledge of negotiation techniques and how to resolve conflicts and the importance of organizational culture. A3: recognize the main drivers of globalization and international trade theories. A4: identify the different theories of foreign direct investment and explain exporting, importing, and countertrade.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Describe factors that directly influence employee's behaviour and performance, how it affects teamwork. B2: Understand the importance of organizational culture, negotiation, and how to resolve conflicts. B3: Articulate the changing nature of globalization, how to benefit of international trade theories and foreign direct investment tools.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyse team processes influence team effectiveness and structural approaches to conflict management. C2: Compare and contrast strategies for merging organization cultures and how it is affected by globalization. C3: Analyse implications that international trade theory holds for management practices.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire skills to identify the implications for managers’ foreign direct investment, exporting, importing, and countertrade. D2: Gain skills of managing teams, negotiation, and resolving conflicts in the workplace. |
MGT201 Principles of Management (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course introduces fundamental scientific concepts for the Principles of Management, aiming to familiarize students with the concepts of business organization, management, and the role of a manager. It covers the primary functions of management and the manager, including planning, organizing, leading, and controlling.
Course Code |
MGT201 |
Course Title |
Principles of Management (1) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course introduces fundamental scientific concepts for the Principles of Management, aiming to familiarize students with the concepts of business organization, management, and the role of a manager. It covers the primary functions of management and the manager, including planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to introduce students to the concept of management, its nature and skills, and the practical application of theoretical concepts. It focuses on analyzing administrative problems and finding effective solutions.
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon completing this course, students are expected to be familiar with the following topics:
- Fundamental concepts in management.
- Evolution of administrative thought.
- Administrative decision-making processes.
- The four functions of management: planning, organizing, leading, and controlling.
- Motivation and communication techniques.
|
MGT202 Principles of Management
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce students to the nature and concepts of management, its functions, and its relationship with other sciences. Students will also understand organizational functions, marketing management as a concept and philosophy, the development and functions of marketing, consumer behavior, personnel management and its objectives, human relations, job analysis, financial management, and contemporary issues and challenges in management.
Course Code |
MGT202 |
Course Title |
Principles of Management |
Pre-requisite |
MGT201 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce students to the nature and concepts of management, its functions, and its relationship with other sciences. Students will also understand organizational functions, marketing management as a concept and philosophy, the development and functions of marketing, consumer behavior, personnel management and its objectives, human relations, job analysis, financial management, and contemporary issues and challenges in management. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to introduce students to the nature and concepts of management, its functions, and its relationship with other sciences. Students will also understand organizational functions, marketing management as a concept and philosophy, the development and functions of marketing, consumer behavior, personnel management and its objectives, human relations, job analysis, financial management, and contemporary issues and challenges in management.
|
Course Outcomes |
After completing this course, students are expected to be familiar with topics such as:
- Nature and concepts of management.
- Functions of management.
- Relationship of management with other sciences.
- Organizational functions.
- Marketing management as a concept and philosophy, its development stages, and functions.
- Consumer behavior and influencing factors.
- Personnel management.
- Human relations.
- Job analysis.
- Financial management.
|
MGT301 Operation Research (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course covers the definition and historical development of operations research, its importance, and its areas of application. Key topics include decision theory (decision matrix and decision tree), linear programming (graphical method, simplex method, sensitivity analysis, and binary solution theory), and special cases in linear programming (transportation and assignment methods). The course also explores business network models, including the critical path method (CPM) and the Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT).
Course Code |
MGT301 |
Course Title |
Operation Research (1) |
Pre-requisite |
MATH201 & ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course covers the definition and historical development of operations research, its importance, and its areas of application. Key topics include decision theory (decision matrix and decision tree), linear programming (graphical method, simplex method, sensitivity analysis, and binary solution theory), and special cases in linear programming (transportation and assignment methods). The course also explores business network models, including the critical path method (CPM) and the Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT). |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to introduce students to quantitative methods and techniques for effective decision-making, including model formulation and their application in solving business decision problems.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
After completing this course, students are expected to achieve the following objectives:
- Understand the concept and nature of operations research and its role in administrative decision-making.
- Comprehend the concept and nature of linear programming and prepare related models.
- Solve linear programming problems using various methods to reduce costs and maximize profits.
- Apply the simplex method to address cost reduction and profit maximization issues.
- Determine the critical path in project management using the PERT method and other techniques.
|
MIS111 Introduction to Management Information System I
(4) Credit Hours
Introduction to Management Information System will educate students how technology and development in information and data are fundamentally changing business. It also helps student to identify organisation’s strengths and weaknesses to enable operational efficiency and business decision making using management information systems methods and techniques. In data driven world, this model is essential for business students because it enables them to solve problems and create new opportunities using technology and data. Additionally, it prepares students, alongside other common level 4 modules, for acquiring advanced knowledge and skills required for further specialisation.
Course Code |
MIS111 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Management Information System I |
Pre-requisite |
El111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Introduction to Management Information System will educate students how technology and development in information and data are fundamentally changing business. It also helps student to identify organisation’s strengths and weaknesses to enable operational efficiency and business decision making using management information systems methods and techniques. In data driven world, this model is essential for business students because it enables them to solve problems and create new opportunities using technology and data. Additionally, it prepares students, alongside other common level 4 modules, for acquiring advanced knowledge and skills required for further specialisation. |
Course Objectives |
The objective of this module is to highlight the importance of Management Information Systems (MIS) in shaping business processes, formulating development strategies, and creating competitive advantages. It covers a range of MIS aspects, including business values, concerns, and ethics, to enhance critical thinking, evaluation skills, and decision-making abilities. Topics covered include the challenges companies face with MIS solutions, the role of MIS in enabling business communication, decision support systems, executive information systems, e-business models, information ethics, and information security. The module aims to develop students' knowledge and skills in MIS, decision-making, problem-solving, e-business, and information ethics and security principles.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Describe the information age, strategic analysis, and competitive advantage within a business context. A2: Understand decision-making process, measuring MIS project success, utilising support systems, business processes, and process modelling. A3: Understand business intelligence, data base and information management, the advantages of e-business, the e-business models, and the e-business tools for connecting and communicating. A4: Explain relationships, information security policies' role, and examples of primary security areas. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Identify Information Systems in Global Business Today and Global E-Business and Collaboration. B2: Acquire detailed knowledge of various types of information systems and their role in Collaboration and Organisation Strategy. B3: Evaluate the impact of disruptive technologies, the internet, and e-business processes, organisational structures, and opportunities. B4: Differentiate between the various categories of wireless networks and identify the associated security challenges
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Reflect on different operational, managerial, and strategic support systems. C2: Distinguish critical success factors and how to use them to measure the success of MIS projects. C3: Compare types of Business Intelligence. C4: Analyse how managers can use strategic support systems for E-Business and Collaboration.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge on conducting Organisation Strategies and utilising value chain analysis for adding value in business contexts. D2: Acquire skills on how to explain the value of business processes for a company and differentiate between customer-facing and business-facing processes. D3: Describe the e-business tools for connecting and communicating. D4: Recognise understanding and skills of the policies an organization should implement to protect themselves.
|
MIS112 Introduction to Management Information System II
(4) Credit Hours
MIS112 builds upon the foundational knowledge acquired from MIS111 Introduction to Management Information Systems I, providing students with an enhanced understanding of various topics. The module covers project management, project planning diagrams, outsourcing, the systems development life cycle, managing knowledge, ethical and social issues in information systems, supply chain management, technologies reshaping the supply chain, leveraging them for business advantages, and business intelligence, including data warehousing and blockchain in distributed computing. Those topics will expand the boundaries of knowledge on the domain of management information system and prepare them to handle more advance module on the MIS track.
Course Code |
MIS112 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Management Information System II |
Pre-requisite |
MIS111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MIS112 builds upon the foundational knowledge acquired from MIS111 Introduction to Management Information Systems I, providing students with an enhanced understanding of various topics. The module covers project management, project planning diagrams, outsourcing, the systems development life cycle, managing knowledge, ethical and social issues in information systems, supply chain management, technologies reshaping the supply chain, leveraging them for business advantages, and business intelligence, including data warehousing and blockchain in distributed computing. Those topics will expand the boundaries of knowledge on the domain of management information system and prepare them to handle more advance module on the MIS track. |
Course Objectives |
MIS112 module: This module aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the advantages of the application of MIS in Business world, its significance in supporting operational efficiency and driving agile transformations. Additionally, it emphasises the importance of constructing sustainable MIS infrastructures that align with environmental goals and introduces the concept of utility computing. The objectives include acquiring knowledge in data quality management, leveraging relational databases for business advantages, exploring business intelligence techniques, delving into data warehousing principles, and examining the potential of blockchain technology. Furthermore, the module covers key aspects such as supply chain management and its technological implications, the benefits of Operational Excellence and Customer Intimacy and Enterprise Applications, Enhancing Decision Making, project management methodologies, Building Information Systems, E-Commerce: Digital Markets, Digital Goods and Ethical and Social Issues in Information Systems.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the significance of a solid MIS infrastructure, its role in supporting operations and facilitating change, as well as the importance of building sustainable MIS infrastructures and the concept of utility computing. A2: Explain data quality, relational database management systems, and their advantages for businesses. Additionally, gain knowledge about business intelligence, , and blockchain in distributed computing. A3: Illustrate supply chain management, technological advancements in the field, customer intimacy, and its integration with organization decision making. A4: Understand the systems development life cycle, software development methodologies (waterfall and agile), project management, and outsourcing projects.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Distinguish the types and components of MIS infrastructures, illustrate the environmental impacts of MIS, and discuss the factors involved in building sustainable MIS infrastructures. B2: Explain the core and extended areas of managing project. B3: Comprehend the system development life cycle and different development methodologies. B4: Differentiate ethical principles, security policy planning, and knowledge of primary security areas.
C. Practical and professional skillsAt the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyse the characteristics of an agile MIS infrastructure. C2: Distinguish practical and professional skills in the primary business applications E-commerce and digital markets. C3: Analyse the current technologies integrated by organizations and their impact on Ethical and Social Issues in Information Systems. C4: Depict the primary project managing and identify the different types of Knowledge management.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge and skills to understand MIS infrastructure types, identify areas of information MIS infrastructure, describe characteristics of agile MIS infrastructure, recognise environmental impacts of MIS, and explain components of sustainable MIS infrastructures.
D2: Recognize and describe how to enhance Decision Making. Acquire knowledge and skills in manipulating data using a relational database system and utilising it for business intelligence. D3: Acquire skills to analyse and evaluate information system and assess decision making and critical analysis. D4: Describe the phases of the systems development life cycle, software development methodologies, and project management, including reasons for project failure and success.
|
MIS200-IS Relational database Management Systems
(4) Credit Hours
Relational Database Management Systems is a level 5 course that provides students with a comprehensive understanding of relational database management systems, which is the main part of information systems and mandatory for various business processes, which makes the module mandatory for MIS studies.
Course Code |
MIS200-IS |
Course Title |
Relational database Management Systems |
Pre-requisite |
SYS210 & BUS102 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Relational Database Management Systems is a level 5 course that provides students with a comprehensive understanding of relational database management systems, which is the main part of information systems and mandatory for various business processes, which makes the module mandatory for MIS studies. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims provide relational database skills and theories understanding. The course cover topics like: - Relational model.
- Structured Query Language (SQL).
- Database design and Entity Relationship diagram (E-R Diagram).
- Indexing and Hashing.
- Application design and development.
Upon the completion of the course student will understand database theory and practice. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1: Obtain knowledge of the purpose of database systems and their history. A2: Understanding of the fundamentals and techniques associated with relational database management. A3: Understand principles of data management to database design, implementation and administration. A4: Build knowledge of the process of development of relational database. A5: Demonstrate understanding of the Structured Query Language (SQL), SQL data definition and basic structure of SQL queries. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Build queries that retrieve and manipulate data stored in database. B2. Design databases using the entity relationship (E-R) model and diagram. B3. Distinguishes between basic objects, called entities, and relationships among these objects.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Create and manage relational database including extracting and manipulating data from the database content. C2. Analyse database designing issues and provide solutions through suitable design techniques. C3. Transfer developed relational model and E-R diagrams into a practical database using RDBMs
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Ability to understand business requirements to build a solution using relational database management knowledge. D2. Ability to learn from external resources and software documentation to develop a database solution. D3. Communicate effectively in writing about databases technologies, using appropriate notations and terminology.
|
MIS201 (Bachelor of Accounting (Arabic)) Principles of Management Information System
(3) Credit Hours
This course focuses on the concept of management information systems (MIS), their key resources, and their significance in business organizations. It covers the various types of MIS and the administrative levels they serve. Additionally, the course introduces the security, protection, and ethics of information systems, as well as the nature and life cycle of these systems.
Course Code |
MIS201 (Bachelor of Accounting (Arabic)) |
Course Title |
Principles of Management Information System |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT201 & MGT201 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on the concept of management information systems (MIS), their key resources, and their significance in business organizations. It covers the various types of MIS and the administrative levels they serve. Additionally, the course introduces the security, protection, and ethics of information systems, as well as the nature and life cycle of these systems. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to equip students with a comprehensive understanding and practical application of management information systems (MIS) in business. Students will critically assess the importance of MIS and its diverse applications across business functions, apply MIS management concepts effectively within modern organizational contexts, and understand the strategic use of information systems and e-business strategies. They will also learn to employ commonly used techniques, tools, and methodologies for analyzing and designing information systems, recognize potential management and organizational challenges during implementation, and critically evaluate the social and ethical implications associated with the use of information systems.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon completion of the course, students will:
- Develop a solid background in Management Information Systems, enabling them to critically analyze its role and applications in business environments.
- Demonstrate an understanding of how different types of information systems strategically contribute to organizational competitiveness.
- Explain the function and importance of databases and data warehouses in managing organizational information securely.
- Evaluate the perspectives and business models of e-commerce, recognizing its global impact and potential for strategic advantage.
- Apply knowledge of the system development life cycle and methodologies to effectively manage and implement information systems projects.
- Demonstrate the ability to conceptualize and implement strategies for building and maintaining a dynamic enterprise in a digital environment.
|
MIS201-IS Programming for Business Studies
(4) Credit Hours
Programming for Business Studies is a level 5 model that provides students with the understanding and basic skills that enable them to use Python programming language to solve business problem. Programming knowledge and skills using language like python is also important for MIS student in the development of systems or processing and analysing data.
This module is a key to many other topics that will be handled in next levels, such as business intelligence and system analysis and design. It also complements other topics at the same level, like the database management system.
Course Code |
MIS201-IS |
Course Title |
Programming for Business Studies |
Pre-requisite |
MIS200 & BUS102 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Programming for Business Studies is a level 5 model that provides students with the understanding and basic skills that enable them to use Python programming language to solve business problem. Programming knowledge and skills using language like python is also important for MIS student in the development of systems or processing and analysing data.
This module is a key to many other topics that will be handled in next levels, such as business intelligence and system analysis and design. It also complements other topics at the same level, like the database management system.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to: - Introduce the students to beginner level of programming.
- Learn the importance of Python programming language in business application.
- Describe how Python will be part of further levels of study and career.
- Develop the knowledge and skills that enable the students to use Python programming language to solve problems.
- Learn problem-solving skills: understanding problem requirements, dividing problems into smaller pieces, developing algorithms to solve problems and implementing those algorithms in code.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Gain knowledge of computers, development environments, programming languages and the importance of python for business studies. A2: Develop understanding for basics of Python programming language. A3: Understand flow control and control statements like if, if...else and if...elif...else and iteration in python using for and while statements and where to use them. A4: Understand the basic python data structures, lists, tuples, dictionaries, and sets. A5: Understand the notions of data files and sources of data. A6: Demonstrate understating for the concepts of Object-Oriented Programming and its importance.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Utilise obtained problem-solving skills: understanding problem requirements, dividing problems into smaller pieces, developing algorithms to solve problems, and implementing those algorithms in code. B2: Demonstrate conceptual understanding of use case of Python programming language to support business. B3: Understand the data hierarchy from bits to databases.
C. Practical and professional skillsAt the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Understand the fundamentals of Python, including data types, arithmetic operators, comparison operators, and functions. C2: Execute statements to control the flow of the program. C3: Create, store, retrieve and manipulate data using Python basic data structures. C4: Read, write and update files from common formats like CSV and JSON. C5: Create custom classes and objects of those classes. D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Understand how to resolve development issues through reading external resources like Python documentation. D2: Solve problems and demonstrate critical thinking. D3: Ability to self-learning to improve obtained programming skills and knowledge.
|
MIS300 Project Management
(8) Credit Hours
This Module is a socio-technical view of project management. The Module provides a holistic view that focuses on both technical and social dimension and how they interact to determine the fate of projects. The Module develops the knowledge of various types of projects practiced in business environment including the concepts, tools and techniques, which are useful in a new-project situations and formal project management process to gain a competitive advantage. This module provides a valuable guide and reference when dealing with typical problems that arise in the course of a project. The module has been designed to encourage and develop greater critical analytical skills. Significant amount of the right balance of real-world examples, cutting-edge theory, and practical exercises have been embedded to develop the students’ analytical, problem-solving skills and effective project managers’ skills.
Course Code |
MIS300 |
Course Title |
Project Management |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This Module is a socio-technical view of project management. The Module provides a holistic view that focuses on both technical and social dimension and how they interact to determine the fate of projects. The Module develops the knowledge of various types of projects practiced in business environment including the concepts, tools and techniques, which are useful in a new-project situations and formal project management process to gain a competitive advantage. This module provides a valuable guide and reference when dealing with typical problems that arise in the course of a project. The module has been designed to encourage and develop greater critical analytical skills. Significant amount of the right balance of real-world examples, cutting-edge theory, and practical exercises have been embedded to develop the students’ analytical, problem-solving skills and effective project managers’ skills. |
Course Objectives |
This Module aims to develop knowledge of various types of projects in current business organisations. The students will learn the different stages involved in the conception and implementation of projects, writing project proposals, carry out feasibility studies, organising and managing project teams, understand the role of project management in business organisations, project planning and scheduling, project finance, effective information and stakeholder management, contractual arrangements, and project supervision
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
A1. Demonstrate the ability to manage scope, schedule, cost, and quality for successful project outcomes. A2. Apply the principles of effective management to manage projects and project teams. A3. Analyse the effectiveness and appropriateness of planning and control tools. A4. Analyse the importance of project management in business organizations A5. Demonstrate critical understanding of the different types of projects and apply appropriate project management techniques.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Appreciate the potential uncertainty, ambiguity and limits of knowledge in business studies. B2. Synthesise material from a variety of sources, analysing and evaluating different perspectives, identifying biases and hidden assumptions. B3. Classify, recognise, and organise material in distinct and relevant categories. B4. Construct, defend and evaluate an argument, using relevant evidence, giving reasons for conclusions. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Transfer and use relevant key professional project managers’ skills to workplace context. C2. As an independent learner, use specific knowledge, analytic skills, and methods, rooted in the different disciplines as a strong basis for work in many professions. C3. Critically engage with the underlying challenges and problems facing a business. C4. Recognise and evaluate conflicting arguments, including recognising the significance of different value positions in these
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Acquire interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation. D2. Independently conduct research into business and management issues, either individually or as part of a team for projects/dissertations/presentations. D3. Collaborate with others, self-awareness, openness, and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues. D4. Acquire skills of learning ,developing a continuing appetite for reflective, adaptive, and collaborative learning.
|
MIS330 Business Data Management
(4) Credit Hours
Business Data Management discusses general topics related to data management in business organisation. It allows student to understand new raising role in business organisation, which is the Chief Data Officer (CDO) role. In data driven world, students must be educated to appreciate the value of data and understand how it can be used to find answers, make decisions, and gather knowledge. MIS330: Data Management for Business Studies is a level 6 course that allows students to explore how they can use their skill set obtained in establishing data supply chain and extract value from data.
Course Code |
MIS330 |
Course Title |
Business Data Management |
Pre-requisite |
MIS200 & MIS201 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Business Data Management discusses general topics related to data management in business organisation. It allows student to understand new raising role in business organisation, which is the Chief Data Officer (CDO) role. In data driven world, students must be educated to appreciate the value of data and understand how it can be used to find answers, make decisions, and gather knowledge. MIS330: Data Management for Business Studies is a level 6 course that allows students to explore how they can use their skill set obtained in establishing data supply chain and extract value from data. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to cultivate a data-driven mindset among business students. The module explores various data management topics that are important for business students, such as data governance, data quality, and effective data management techniques. The module is oriented to enable students to understand the essential concepts when handling data. It also aims to build an understanding about ways of developing data supply chain for business. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the importance of building data strategy and data management functions for business organisations. A2: Comprehend the aspects of effective data management. A3: Understand Corporate data model (CDM) and its importance for organisations. A4: Define data processes and processes development aspects. A5: Learn about the ethical considerations and compliance requirements when collecting and using data for business purposes.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Learn data governance principles and its critical role in in ensuring data security, privacy, reliability and availability. B2: Learn to define responsibilities based on data processes and shape roles accordingly. B3: Use data management knowledge to shape data team in business organisation.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Apply important elements of effective data management C2: Investigate the sources of data, its value to the organisation and the ways to establish data supply chain. C3: Ensure the efficiency, credibility and quality of data. C4: Define data vision, mission and strategy of the organisation. C5: Define data rules and standards for business organisation.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Establish the foundation of data-driven mindset for learners. D2: Identify and critically analyse data from a various of sources.
|
MIS331 Business Intelligence
(4) Credit Hours
Business Intelligence: In data driven markets, it is critical for business graduates to understand how business leaders make decisions through data analysis using technology. MIS331 is a level 6 module that study Business intelligence, which is using technology to gather, store and analyse data to build knowledge that enable executives and managers to predict the future of business and industry and making informed decisions.
During their education on the MIS track, students collected business knowledge in fields like marketing and economics, besides technical skills like programming and database design and management.
Course Code |
MIS331 |
Course Title |
Business Intelligence |
Pre-requisite |
MIS201 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Business Intelligence: In data driven markets, it is critical for business graduates to understand how business leaders make decisions through data analysis using technology. MIS331 is a level 6 module that study Business intelligence, which is using technology to gather, store and analyse data to build knowledge that enable executives and managers to predict the future of business and industry and making informed decisions.
During their education on the MIS track, students collected business knowledge in fields like marketing and economics, besides technical skills like programming and database design and management.
|
Course Objectives |
This course discusses a collection of computer technologies that support managerial work mainly, decision making. These technologies have had a profound impact on corporate strategy, performance, and competitiveness. Collectively, these technologies are called business intelligence, business analytics, and data science. This course aim to explain how managers and executives are employing their techniques to improve business performance and services. This course also aims to enable learners to understand the role of information technology in decision making. It also explains the evolution of business intelligence, analytics, and data science. From the perspective of MIS, this course bridge the business knowledge with the technical skills and provides the use case where the two domains come together.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the need for computerised support of managerial decision making and its evolution A2: Describe the business intelligence (BI) methodology and concepts A3: Understand the different types of analytics and the analytics ecosystem A4: Understand the basic definitions and concepts of data warehousing and its role in decision support A5: Describe text analytics and its application areas and understand the need for text mining A6: Learn what Big Data is and how it is changing the world of analytics A7: Comprehend Future Trends, Privacy and Managerial Considerations in Analytics
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse the nature of data as it relates to business intelligence (BI) and analytics. B2: Utilities data integration and the extraction, transformation, and load (ETL) processes. B3: Interpret the methods of Descriptive Analytics, Predictive Analytics and Perspective Analytics and how they integrate with each other. B4: Identify key characteristics of a successful data science professional.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Utilise the tools and methods of business intelligence and analytics on real world data to extract knowledge and support decision making. C2: Learn methods of data gathering and data preparation. C3: Perform business performance management (BPM). C4: Know the process of carrying out a text mining project. D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Ability to expand knowledge based on external resources. D2: Ability to integrate skilled and knowledge gained from other courses. D3: Describe the organisational impacts of analytics applications. D4: Communicate business reports clearly in verbally, written or visualised.
|
MIS332 System analysis and design
(8) Credit Hours
System Analysis & Design introduces the students to the principles and practices of system analysis and design. Students will be presented with the methods used by experts to maintain information systems that perform business function. This course also explains the role of the systems analyst in the process and provides an overview of the various methodologies, tools, and techniques used in the process. MIS332: System analysis and design is a level 6 module. Students will build on previous knowledge and combine what they learned during their studies on MIS track.
Course Code |
MIS332 |
Course Title |
System analysis and design |
Pre-requisite |
MIS330 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
System Analysis & Design introduces the students to the principles and practices of system analysis and design. Students will be presented with the methods used by experts to maintain information systems that perform business function. This course also explains the role of the systems analyst in the process and provides an overview of the various methodologies, tools, and techniques used in the process. MIS332: System analysis and design is a level 6 module. Students will build on previous knowledge and combine what they learned during their studies on MIS track. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with a framework for defining and meeting business requirements with technological solution. The module will take students through sufficient concepts that bases on each other to build information systems. Also, the module will put together previous concepts from the MIS track. For instance, students will discover how programming skills or database design and management knowledge take a part in the process of systems design and implementation.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Define information systems analysis and design, the system development life cycle (SDLC) and the role of systems analyst. A2: Explain outsourcing and the different sources of software. A3: Understand the process and requirements of managing information systems project. A4: Understand the logical modelling of processes through studying examples of data-flow diagrams. A5: Concisely understand each of the following data-modelling concepts: conceptual data model, entity-relationship diagram, entity type, entity instance, attribute, candidate key, multivalued attribute, relationship, degree, cardinality, and associative entity. A6: Understand the importance of databases and the principles of database design. A7: Describe the processes and methods of system implementation and operation such as coding, testing, and installing an organisational information system and outline the deliverables and outcomes of the process.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation, project planning, project execution, and project closedown. B2: apprehend the process of identifying and selecting the project and its scope and asses its feasibility. B3: Explain the process of designing interfaces and dialogues, and the deliverables for their creation.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Define system requirements according to business needed and problems to solve using different tools and methods. C2: Draw data-flow diagrams following specific rules and guidelines that lead to accurate and well-structured process models. C3: Ask the right kinds of questions to determine data requirements for an information system. C4: Apply the general guidelines for interface design, including guidelines for layout design, structuring data-entry fields, providing feedback, and system help.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Build a framework to understand the business requirement and solve them using technology. D2: Communicate to define business problem and system requirements.
|
MKT111 Principles of Marketing I
(4) Credit Hours
MKT111: Principles of Marketing I is a level 1 common–for all tracks-introductory module rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in marketing including evolution and role of marketing, analysing the marketing environment, also the main functions of marketing; segmentation, targeting and positioning, also marketing tools such as the 7 Ps, supply chain, this will aid in laying down the foundation for business students to firstly, understand a variety of marketing topics and functions, secondly to prepare students along with all other common level 1 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next levels of specialization.
Course Code |
MKT111 |
Course Title |
Principles of Marketing I |
Pre-requisite |
El111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MKT111: Principles of Marketing I is a level 1 common–for all tracks-introductory module rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in marketing including evolution and role of marketing, analysing the marketing environment, also the main functions of marketing; segmentation, targeting and positioning, also marketing tools such as the 7 Ps, supply chain, this will aid in laying down the foundation for business students to firstly, understand a variety of marketing topics and functions, secondly to prepare students along with all other common level 1 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next levels of specialization. |
Course Objectives |
The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to a variety of marketing models and theories, as well as to begin to improve their critical thinking abilities, while aiding in acquiring strong investigation, analytical, and evaluation skills.
The module's objectives are to educate students to alternative psychological and social science theories as well as key arguments in understanding traditional and modern organizations and how it works in the market. Students will be encouraged to consider and evaluate various methods to comprehending work and organizational procedures. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the role of marketing and how it engages in the micro and macro environment A2: Describe how marketers segment the market, target customers, and position the company in the market. (product, price/promotion, and place). A3: Understand the marketing mix and how to be used as a tool to market products or services.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Gain knowledge of how marketers create value for customers through products and services while identifying various social trends and technologies. B2: Articulate the differences among targeting strategies and value propositions. B3: Distinguish between the different consumer's products/services, pricing strategies, direct and indirect marketing channels, and various integrative communication channels.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyse the marketing environment, how firms determine segments, and its attractiveness. C2: Apply the marketing mix including product mix, pricing concepts for capturing value, supply chain management, and marketing communication channels.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain the skill of analysing the market, components, environment, and its impact. D2: Acquire the skills of implementing various strategies of positioning a product/service, pricing, and communicating with customers.
|
MKT112 Principles of Marketing II
(4) Credit Hours
MKT112: Principles of Marketing II is a level 1 common introductory module –for Marketing track- elective for all other tracks. Rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in marketing including digital marketing, conscious marketing, corporate social responsibility, ethics, consumer behaviour, global marketing, marketing research, and these topics along with MKT111 will prepare students with fundamental and foundational basis for marketing specialisation.
Course Code |
MKT112 |
Course Title |
Principles of Marketing II |
Pre-requisite |
MKT111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MKT112: Principles of Marketing II is a level 1 common introductory module –for Marketing track- elective for all other tracks. Rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in marketing including digital marketing, conscious marketing, corporate social responsibility, ethics, consumer behaviour, global marketing, marketing research, and these topics along with MKT111 will prepare students with fundamental and foundational basis for marketing specialisation. |
Course Objectives |
The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to a variety of marketing models and theories, as well as to begin to improve their critical thinking abilities, while aiding in acquiring strong investigation, analytical, and evaluation skills.
The module's objectives are to educate students to alternative psychological and social science theories as well as key arguments in understanding traditional and modern organizations, as well as consumers and how all stakeholders trade in the market. Students will be encouraged to consider and evaluate various methods to comprehending work and organizational procedures.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand digital marketing, its framework, corporate social responsibility, and ethics. A2: Gain knowledge about consumer behaviour, the buying process, and factors affecting the consumer decision process. A3: Understand global marketing various market entry strategies and identify the steps of marketing research processes. A4: Describe how the marketing of services defers from the marketing of products and its strategies.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Describe of drives of social medial engagements and what constitutes marketing/s greater purposes. B2: Articulate the differences between functional and psychological needs and their effect on consumers. B3: Identify similarities and differences between domestic marketing strategy and global marketing strategy while examining characteristics of marketing analytics.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyse drivers to digital marketing, how it helps various stakeholders and how it affects their buying process. C2: Apply conceptual knowledge of domestic and global marketing strategies through marketing research processes and use of marketing mix.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire skills of digitalizing marketing strategies and how to influence consumer buying decisions. D2: Gain the skills of applying domestic and global marketers strategies and how to analyse markets.
|
MKT201 Principles of Marketing
(3) Credit Hours
This course covers the fundamental concepts of marketing as an integral part of organizational activities, influenced by the marketing environment. It focuses on the key elements of the marketing mix, including pricing, promotion, distribution, and product planning and development. Additionally, the course explores the behavior of final consumers, industrial buyers, and the principles of market segmentation.
Course Code |
MKT201 |
Course Title |
Principles of Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
MGT201 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course covers the fundamental concepts of marketing as an integral part of organizational activities, influenced by the marketing environment. It focuses on the key elements of the marketing mix, including pricing, promotion, distribution, and product planning and development. Additionally, the course explores the behavior of final consumers, industrial buyers, and the principles of market segmentation. |
Course Objectives |
The objective of this course is to introduce students to the concept of marketing and clarify its relationship with other disciplines, as well as to present the elements of the marketing mix (product, price, place, promotion) and explain the role of each element in marketing strategies. Throughout the course, students will study the marketing environment and analyze its impact on marketing management, in addition to identifying and evaluating market segmentation methods. The course will also outline the steps involved in developing new products and examine the characteristics and types of products available in the market. Finally, students will explore consumer behavior among final consumers and business organizations, as well as the promotional methods used in marketing campaignsز
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon completing this course, students are expected to be familiar with the following topics:
- Defining and elucidating the concept of marketing and its interdisciplinary connections.
- Explaining the components of the marketing mix and their significance in shaping marketing strategies.
- Analyzing the marketing environment and its influence on marketing management.
- Describing various methods of market segmentation.
- Outlining the process involved in developing new products.
- Examining the characteristics and classifications of products.
- Investigating consumer behavior and organizational behavior in marketing contexts.
- Identifying diverse promotional strategies and methods.
|
MKT305 Marketing research
(3) Credit Hours
The Marketing Research module provides students with a comprehensive understanding of the methods and techniques used to gather, analyze, and interpret data relevant to marketing decision-making. This course covers both qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in solving real-world marketing problems. Students will learn how to design and conduct research projects, use statistical software for data analysis, and effectively communicate research findings.
Course Code |
MKT305 |
Course Title |
Marketing research |
Pre-requisite |
MKT201 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The Marketing Research module provides students with a comprehensive understanding of the methods and techniques used to gather, analyze, and interpret data relevant to marketing decision-making. This course covers both qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in solving real-world marketing problems. Students will learn how to design and conduct research projects, use statistical software for data analysis, and effectively communicate research findings. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to introduce the methodology of marketing research and address marketing challenges related to distribution, promotion, pricing, and the role of marketing information derived from research in supporting marketing decisions. It provides a comprehensive overview of research techniques utilized for problem-solving and decision-making in marketing and other management domains.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
- Understand the methodology of marketing research and the importance of addressing marketing problems in distribution, promotion, and pricing.
- Ability to use marketing information derived from marketing research to support marketing decision-making.
- Acquire skills to apply various research techniques to solve problems and make decisions in the field of marketing.
- Develop the ability to use research techniques to solve other administrative problems related to marketing.
- Understand the role of marketing research in improving managerial decisions across different fields.
|
MKT331 Digital Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the Digital Marketing in a variety of modern business. In this course, students get an introduction to the fundamental principles of online marketing (e marketing and social-media) both with theory and with practical trainings. Students will build upon pre-acquired knowledge from other marketing courses.
Course Code |
MKT331 |
Course Title |
Digital Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
BUS208 as per 2022 plan & B120 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the Digital Marketing in a variety of modern business. In this course, students get an introduction to the fundamental principles of online marketing (e marketing and social-media) both with theory and with practical trainings. Students will build upon pre-acquired knowledge from other marketing courses. |
Course Objectives |
This is a compulsory module in the Marketing track. This course provides students with a comprehensive introduction into the field of online marketing. It is designed in a way, which builds on students’ pre-existing knowledge in general marketing management to elaborate the concepts of digital marketing;
• Understand the nature and concepts of Digital marketing and apply online marketing tools, instruments and principles through theory and case studies. • Understand the importance of online marketing and social media to a company’s’ overall marketing plan in contemporary marketing. • Understand the importance of Content management in case of digital marketing. • Understand internet users and identify profitable E-Marketing strategies, Such as (mobile marketing , social media marketing , Digital transformation and mobile marketing) • Review current practices in electronic marketing especially after COVID-19 Speeded up the digital transformation and digital education. • Understand the marketing effectiveness of web based marketing approaches. • Learn how to use the internet as a research method and learn and practice how to publish information on the internet. • Be able to develop effective strategies for generating traffic, optimizing conversion, achieving customer satisfaction, optimizing profitability, generating social media strategies and continuous innovation within online marketing environment. • Understand the E-Marketing context: e-business models, performance metrics, and role of strategic planning. • Describe E-marketing strategies of segmenting, targeting, positioning, and differentiation. Know how to use marketing functions of product, pricing, distribution, and marketing communication for a firm's E-Marketing strategy.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to develop and demonstrate the following knowledge and understanding:
A1: Evaluate the role and implications of digital methods within marketing. A2: Evaluate examples of contemporary electronic marketing methods such as Social media , mobile application , search engine and websites. A3: Appreciate the marketing implications of Creating and managing the visual content from e- marketing perspective. A4: Evaluate the advantages and limitations of different approaches to Web based marketing including text and information based pages, virtual worlds, interactive graphics and animation.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Provide a theoretical and practical basis for critically assessing the range of e-marketing tools as well as their advantages and disadvantages. B2: Evaluate the advantages and limitations of virtual worlds, interactive graphics, animations and social media.
B3: Evaluate the impact of digital marketing strategies on consumer decision making.
B4: Evaluate the advantages and limitations of digital transformation in Business.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Have developed market awareness of E-marketing issues C2: Analyse e-marketing cases and identify organizational challenges in developing responses relevant to the environment. C3: Apply course concepts to students’ own interactions with organisations and life experiences. C4: Build upon important workplace skills (e.g. cooperative, teamwork, meeting deadlines, report writing) through cooperative learning activities
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Make Decisions and solve problems in a viable approach engaging with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
D2: Work independently, communicate effectively, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning.
D3: Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary Immerse in related information, arguments and ideas.
D4: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities
|
MKT332 Service Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the marketing of services in a variety of modern business. Settings emphasis on distinctive features of service management and marketing, in addition to the theories, instruments, and strategies required to tackle them. Aspects of relationship marketing and the new service‐dominant logic of marketing will also be covered.
Course Code |
MKT332 |
Course Title |
Service Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
BUS208 as per 2022 plan & B324 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the marketing of services in a variety of modern business. Settings emphasis on distinctive features of service management and marketing, in addition to the theories, instruments, and strategies required to tackle them. Aspects of relationship marketing and the new service‐dominant logic of marketing will also be covered. |
Course Objectives |
This is a compulsory module in the marketing track. The module is designed to give learners a broad understanding of the key concepts and business practices in service marketing. The module provides an overview of the nature and scope of services marketing and its role in achieving business objectives. The module aims to: Provide learners with a clear understanding of the concepts and business functions of services marketing Give learners an overview of the environmental factors which influence services marketing decisions Introduce learners to the need to develop an appropriate services marketing mix and identify and analyze the various components of the services marketing mix Familiarize learners with the role of marketing to service providers. Appreciate the challenges embedded in marketing and managing services and study the tools and processes to respond to these challenges. Evaluate the key issues required in managing customer satisfaction and service quality Appreciate the role of employees and customers in service delivery, customer satisfaction and service quality. Understand the critical aspects of service businesses such as managing supply and demand, relationship management, and the overlap in marketing/operations/human resource systems. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: develop and demonstrate the following Knowledge and understanding : A1. Differentiate between product and service characteristics, and know how this can be used to establish competitive advantage for a firm. A2. Understand why the application of the marketing mix in a service environment is built up from the interaction between customers and their suppliers. A3. Develop an understanding of the links between the service providers (people), the procedures (processes), and the physical evidence of the service offering. A4. Understand service quality management as the basis for developing customer satisfaction and develop skills in service quality problem diagnosis and service improvement.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Use critical analysis to perceive service shortcomings in reference to create service excellence; B2. Provide a theoretical and practical basis for assessing service performance using company examples; B3.Identify and discuss characteristics and challenges of managing service firms in the modern world using cultural implications; B4. Discuss key linkages between marketing and other business functions in the context of designing and operating an effective service system. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Integrate course concepts into individual performance to become better customer service representatives in the service environment. C2: Analyse work-related cases and situations and identify organizational challenges in developing responses related to the environment. C3: Apply course concepts to students’ own interactions with organisations and life experiences. C4: Build upon important workplace skills (e.g. cooperative, teamwork, meeting deadlines, report writing) through cooperative learning activities.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Make Decisions and solve problems in a viable approach engaging with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D2: Work independently, communicate effectively, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning D3: Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary Immerse in related information, arguments and ideas. D4: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to address these. |
STAT201 Statistics for Managerial and Economic Sciences
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to equip students with fundamental knowledge, concepts, and principles of statistics. It covers methods for collecting, displaying, graphically representing, and analyzing data, as well as the application of statistical measures such as measures of central tendency, dispersion, and skewness. Additionally, students will learn to calculate correlation coefficients, conduct regression analysis, perform analysis of variance, compute index numbers and analyze time series data, along with an introduction to probability theory.
Course Code |
STAT201 |
Course Title |
Statistics for Managerial and Economic Sciences |
Pre-requisite |
MATH201 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to equip students with fundamental knowledge, concepts, and principles of statistics. It covers methods for collecting, displaying, graphically representing, and analyzing data, as well as the application of statistical measures such as measures of central tendency, dispersion, and skewness. Additionally, students will learn to calculate correlation coefficients, conduct regression analysis, perform analysis of variance, compute index numbers and analyze time series data, along with an introduction to probability theory. |
Course Objectives |
These course objectives ensure that students are equipped with the statistical knowledge and skills necessary to analyze data, make informed decisions, and contribute effectively to managerial and economic sciences.
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon completing this course, students are expected to be familiar with: - Understanding basic concepts in statistics and their applications in social and human sciences.
- Using available data to describe studied phenomena.
- Tabulating statistical data and representing it graphically to extract information.
- Describing univariate data using measures of central tendency, dispersion, and skewness.
- Understanding basic principles of probability and their importance in future applications related to their disciplines.
- Understanding the meaning of relationships between variables, their direction, and their application in research.
- Familiarity with descriptive methods of correlation and regression analysis and their practical use in research and real-life applications.
|
|
STAT301 Statistical Data Analysis
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to familiarize students with statistical data measures and their analysis using the SPSS software, including hypothesis testing through various methods. The curriculum covers essential topics such as data collection methods and computer-based preparation for statistical analysis, variable description by type, creation and graphical representation of frequency tables, calculation of measures like central tendency, dispersion, skewness, and kurtosis. Students will also learn to apply statistical functions for data transformations and conduct hypothesis tests using t-tests (single sample, paired samples, and independent samples), chi-square tests, analysis of variance (ANOVA) with the F-test, and both binary and partial linear correlation and regression.
Course Code |
STAT301 |
Course Title |
Statistical Data Analysis |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to familiarize students with statistical data measures and their analysis using the SPSS software, including hypothesis testing through various methods. The curriculum covers essential topics such as data collection methods and computer-based preparation for statistical analysis, variable description by type, creation and graphical representation of frequency tables, calculation of measures like central tendency, dispersion, skewness, and kurtosis. Students will also learn to apply statistical functions for data transformations and conduct hypothesis tests using t-tests (single sample, paired samples, and independent samples), chi-square tests, analysis of variance (ANOVA) with the F-test, and both binary and partial linear correlation and regression. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to introduce students to various statistical methods used in data analysis. It also aims to equip students with skills to identify data types, choose appropriate analysis methods, and apply those methods effectively.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
- Understanding of statistical measures used in data analysis using computer software such as SPSS.
- Ability to collect and prepare data for statistical analysis using the computer.
- Ability to describe variables by their types, create frequency tables, and represent them graphically.
- Use of measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness, and kurtosis in data analysis.
- Use of various statistical functions to manipulate data.
- Ability to test hypotheses using different methods such as t-tests for single samples, paired samples, and independent samples, chi-square test, ANOVA using F-test, and linear correlation, partial correlation, simple linear regression, and multiple regression analysis.
|
SYS111 Principles of Technology Ventures
(4) Credit Hours
SYS111 is a level 1 introductory module for business students to provide them with a comprehensive guide to high-growth entrepreneurship. Technology ventures is the leading resource for analysing opportunities and building new enterprises. This module explains the principles of technology entrepreneurship, a contemporary global phenomenon that has sparked significant social change by empowering individuals to seek opportunity in technological and business solutions.
Course Code |
SYS111 |
Course Title |
Principles of Technology Ventures |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
SYS111 is a level 1 introductory module for business students to provide them with a comprehensive guide to high-growth entrepreneurship. Technology ventures is the leading resource for analysing opportunities and building new enterprises. This module explains the principles of technology entrepreneurship, a contemporary global phenomenon that has sparked significant social change by empowering individuals to seek opportunity in technological and business solutions. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to introduce students to the fundamentals of technology entrepreneurship and the process of launching a new technology venture, while exposing students to the challenges and opportunities of technology entrepreneurship.
On successful competition of this course, students should have a firm understanding of the role and promise of Entrepreneurship, Business opportunities, Vision and the business model, Competitive strategy, Innovation strategies, Marketing and sales. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Describe technology entrepreneurship and Innovation. A2: Understand opportunities recognition and evaluation. A3: Identify marketing and Competitive strategy.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Apply the skills important for 21st-century technology entrepreneurs and innovators.
B2: Knowledge how to set the business vision, mission and model. B3: Analyse the different strategies of: Ventures, Innovation and marketing.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyze the entrepreneurial idea generation and decision-making skills by analyzing situations and formulating strategies for complex entrepreneurial cases. C2: Mange continuous learning and personal reflection regarding entrepreneurial leadership and student future.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge and skills to assess innovative ideas and analyse situations in an academic manner D2: Acquire skills to manage and organize their time to meet module assessment deadlines.
|
SYS210 Managing Technology and Innovation
(8) Credit Hours
Management of technology is a difficult and complex process, but it is an issue that faces all firms today. It involves the handling of technical and social issues in a broad spectrum of functional areas including manufacturing, design, development, information, processing, construction, pollution, violence, and so forth. Management of technology and innovation is concerned with developing and enhancing the capabilities of individuals and the characteristics of institutions to match the potential benefits, to contain the hazards resulting from technological change and also to find new ways to compete and survive.
Course Code |
SYS210 |
Course Title |
Managing Technology and Innovation |
Pre-requisite |
BUC112 and ACT112 as per 2022 plan & B123 as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Management of technology is a difficult and complex process, but it is an issue that faces all firms today. It involves the handling of technical and social issues in a broad spectrum of functional areas including manufacturing, design, development, information, processing, construction, pollution, violence, and so forth. Management of technology and innovation is concerned with developing and enhancing the capabilities of individuals and the characteristics of institutions to match the potential benefits, to contain the hazards resulting from technological change and also to find new ways to compete and survive. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to familiarize students with an integrative approach to the management of technology and innovation. It introduces the concept of MTI and examines internal innovation planning, implementation and evaluation and control. It also introduces building the capabilities necessary for MTI success. The course provides students as well with a clear understanding and appreciation of innovation dynamics both within and across firm’s boundaries. By drawing from state-of-the-art innovation literatures as well as the extensive use of in-depth case study materials, the course analyses opportunities and challenges related to creating, sustaining, managing innovation and most of all integrating strategy and technology, with a specific focus on technology-based organizations.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate critical understanding of the mission and purpose of the workplace and the environment in which it operates A2: Demonstrate previous knowledge and understanding gained from workplace practice and relate this to relevant management theory. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Apply appropriate technology and/or MIS tools and techniques to engage with business strategy, allowing organization to achieve their goals. B2: Appreciate the technical, economic, commercial, social, political, ethical and other factors that influence decisions and decision making.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: As an independent learner, apply the principles, concepts and techniques of technology and innovation for understanding and managing business strategy which will allow organization to reach their objectives. C2: Recognize and handle the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the design and use of information technology.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Independently find, critically evaluate and use information technology accurately based on experience of using different strategy-framing techniques appropriately;
D2: Collaborate with others to achieve joint outcomes. |
SYS280 Principles and Practice of Systems’ Thinking
(8) Credit Hours
Systems theory identifies and analyses the linkages among various elements in a system. It is important to note that “systems” is plural. Thus, systems theory does not presume that there is one grand system to be studied. One intellectual thread of systems theory is the field of systems thinking. Systems' thinking is a methodology for understanding and managing complex feedback systems such as the ones at work in business and other social systems
Course Code |
SYS280 |
Course Title |
Principles and Practice of Systems’ Thinking |
Pre-requisite |
SYS210 and ECO101 as per 2022 plan & B207B as per 2017 plan |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Systems theory identifies and analyses the linkages among various elements in a system. It is important to note that “systems” is plural. Thus, systems theory does not presume that there is one grand system to be studied. One intellectual thread of systems theory is the field of systems thinking. Systems' thinking is a methodology for understanding and managing complex feedback systems such as the ones at work in business and other social systems |
Course Objectives |
This course introduces students to system dynamics modelling for the analysis of business policy and strategy. Students will learn to visualize a business organization in terms of the structures and policies that create dynamics and regulate performance. The principal purpose of this module is to improve students understanding of the ways in which an organization's performance is related to its internal structure and operating policies as well as those of customers, competitors, and suppliers. Students will learn to recognize and deal with situations where policy interventions are likely to be delayed, diluted, or defeated by unanticipated reactions and side effects. They will have a chance to use state of the art software for computer simulation and gaming. Assignments give hands-on experience in developing and testing computer simulation models in diverse settings.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1: Demonstrate systemic knowledge and understanding of systems concepts and language. A2: Demonstrate systemic extensive understanding of the various ways to think about the messes they are analysing, helping them understand one another, appreciate one another’s viewpoints and reduce conflicts and misapprehensions. A3: Demonstrate critical understanding of how they might function more effectively in a group by improving their working relationships. A4: Conduct extensive and appropriate different diagrams that are mostly used in systems thinking and practice.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Apply appropriate professional skills to use systems diagramming and/or modelling tools and techniques to engage with messes and perceived complexity for understanding and managing change.
B2: Appreciate the nature of problems where a systemic intervention can help and apply conceptual skills to analyze situations and formulate systems of interest.
B3: Evaluate and critically assess different approaches and techniques; interpret and critically analyses literature from a systems perspective and extract relevant information.
B4: Demonstrate conceptual understanding of their own worldviews, values and epistemology.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: As an independent learner, apply the principles, concepts and techniques of systems thinking for understanding and managing in professional and personal situations of perceived complexity; C2: Establish practical skills in the use of systems methodologies, methods, techniques and tools to understand and improve a range of problem/opportunity situations.
C3: Critically engage with the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the design and use of information systems
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Critically evaluate and exercise initiative and personal responsibility, decision making in complex and unpredictable contexts. D2: Independently develop their learning abilities and reflection skills D3: Collaborate with others to achieve joint outcomes. |
SYS380 Managing Systems Complexity
(8) Credit Hours
SYS380 module develops skills of thinking systemically and creatively about issues of complexity. It also appreciates and manages these issues in ways that can lead to improving a situation or case.
This course aims to develop students with a multiple perspectives approach to managing change, recognizes the variety of strategies to facilitate change interventions, reinforce students’ approach for the need for a tailored and creative approach to fit different contexts, and introduce the student to new and emerging trends, developments, themes, debates, and practices in organizational development and change interventions.
Course Code |
SYS380 |
Course Title |
Managing Systems Complexity |
Pre-requisite |
SYS280 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
SYS380 module develops skills of thinking systemically and creatively about issues of complexity. It also appreciates and manages these issues in ways that can lead to improving a situation or case.
This course aims to develop students with a multiple perspectives approach to managing change, recognizes the variety of strategies to facilitate change interventions, reinforce students’ approach for the need for a tailored and creative approach to fit different contexts, and introduce the student to new and emerging trends, developments, themes, debates, and practices in organizational development and change interventions.
|
Course Objectives |
This course aims to achieve varied, multiple, and wide range objectives, which include:
1. Develop students with a multiple perspectives approach to managing change 2. Recognizes the variety of strategies to facilitate change interventions 3. Reinforce students’ approach for the need for a tailored and creative approach to fit different contexts 4. Introduce the student to new and emerging trends, developments, themes, debates, and practices in organizational development and change interventions
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module learners will be expected to: A1. Understand how stories of change can contribute to our knowledge of theory and practice. A2. Explain why managing organizational change is both a creative and rational process. A3. Identify the main tensions and paradoxes in managing organizational change. A4. Evaluate the strengths and limitations of our current understanding of this field. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Apply different images of managing change and change manager's tools to academic literature and to organisations, appreciating the technical, economic and other factors at work B2. Analyse complex change management system, and design and evaluate strategies for improving them B3. Describe, compare and contrast a variety of methods and tools, identifying the best choices and applying them to specific change management problems B4. Develop and apply suitable analytical and management techniques B5. Explain the various roles, functions, and interactions of Members of a workplace team. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Design, , test and evaluate information systems C2. Use modern approaches and tools C3. Identify and handle the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the design and use of information systems C4. Use OD or Organizational Change modelling tools to analyse change situation.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning D2. Work in a group, communicating effectively D3. Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary D4. Use analytical techniques to solve problems. |
TM291 Management Information System
(4) Credit Hours
This module introduces the use and relevance of information systems to managers and enterprises. Rather than providing an in depth technological treatment of information systems, this module prepares students as future managers to assess the impact of information systems on a particular enterprise. This module also introduces students to a range of skills required to manage information systems projects. It explores current Information Systems concepts and technologies. Students learn how information systems give a business or organization a competitive edge by providing technologies that help managers to plan, control and make decisions.
Course Code |
TM291 |
Course Title |
Management Information System |
Pre-requisite |
MIS111 & MIS112 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module introduces the use and relevance of information systems to managers and enterprises. Rather than providing an in depth technological treatment of information systems, this module prepares students as future managers to assess the impact of information systems on a particular enterprise. This module also introduces students to a range of skills required to manage information systems projects. It explores current Information Systems concepts and technologies. Students learn how information systems give a business or organization a competitive edge by providing technologies that help managers to plan, control and make decisions. |
Course Objectives |
Aspects of business that were once seen in isolation – the people, organisation, process, information and technology – are now expected to operate as part of a seamless whole, both within and across enterprises. Information systems managers are responsible for delivering this seamless integration efficiency. This module aims to: 1. Explain basic concepts for IT/IS management 2. Discuss organizational, business and strategic issues surrounding IT/IS, and 3. Analyse and evaluate uses of strategic IT/IS in practice. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
A1:Define information, strategy and customer-facing (user- centred) design theories. A2:Compare the impact of different types of information technologies and systems in the enterprise and competitive environment. A3:Select information systems as a basis for sustainable competitive advantage. A4:Identify the issues that must be addressed in managing information systems projects and processes across various boundaries (organisational, cultural, legal and geographical). A5:Describe the life cycle methodologies and methods involved in developing and managing information systems in a global competitive environment.
B. Cognitive skills B1:Demonstrate a conceptual grasp of information, strategy and user-centred (customer-facing) design theories. B2:Distinguish between different types of information systems and recognise enterprise-wide, innovative methods of reducing costs and improving service through management information systems. B3:Compare and contrast the implications on the efficiency and effectiveness of different IT competitive strategies and their sustainability in the long term.
C. Practical and professional skills C1:Reflect, analyse and interpret information on contemporary information systems management issues.
C2:Debate controversial issues relating to information systems deployment in organisations.
D Key transferable skillsD1:Develop skills to effectively participate in a group. D2:Synthesise data and use application of concepts from other modules. D3:Improve case analysis skills.
|
TM295 System Modelling
(4) Credit Hours
System modelling is used as an essential part of the software development process; it also referred to as software modelling in this context. Models are built and analysed prior to the implementation of the system, and are used to direct the subsequent implementation. Modelling can be defined as considering the system from different views (or perspectives) in order to provide a better understanding of it. These views include (among others) requirements models, static models, and dynamic models of the software system. These different views can be further developed, understood, and communicated through the use of graphical modelling languages such as the Unified Modelling Language (UML).
The module focuses on how to use adequate models to express software at all levels of development; from the initial specification to implementation, with a special attention paid to UML.
Course Code |
TM295 |
Course Title |
System Modelling |
Pre-requisite |
MIS330 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
System modelling is used as an essential part of the software development process; it also referred to as software modelling in this context. Models are built and analysed prior to the implementation of the system, and are used to direct the subsequent implementation. Modelling can be defined as considering the system from different views (or perspectives) in order to provide a better understanding of it. These views include (among others) requirements models, static models, and dynamic models of the software system. These different views can be further developed, understood, and communicated through the use of graphical modelling languages such as the Unified Modelling Language (UML).
The module focuses on how to use adequate models to express software at all levels of development; from the initial specification to implementation, with a special attention paid to UML. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to introduce students to the software development process in general with emphasis on the software modelling and analysis phase. The unified modelling language is used throughout the module to illustrate the different models.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: Describe the software engineering lifecycle and in particular the role of analysis and design phase in the lifecycle. A2: Discuss the different software lifecycle models including. (e.g., waterfall, agile) A3: Define the requirements elicitation and structuring. A4: Explain how to use the UML models to develop and document software analysis and design artefacts. B. Cognitive skills
B1: Specify, analyse and organise requirements for a software product B2: Model, analyse and validate software requirements using UML and set-theoretic notations B3: Apply appropriate UML design patterns and notations to the design of components of a product
C. Practical and professional skills C1: Apply an appropriate software engineering process and tools to the task of structuring, modelling and validating requirements for a software product C2 : Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving your own learning and working practices C3: Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving your own learning and working practices C4: Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary, in a number of assignments, including at least one significant piece of work D Key transferable skills
D1: Design software systems D2: Use modern software tools, both within and outside your workplace D3 : Communicate effectively about software modelling and design D4: Be able to learn independently from third- party materials, in order to keep up to date in software engineering in general and software modelling in particular.
|
TU170 Computing Esstentials
(3) Credit Hours
This is an introductory course which introduces students to the essential concepts related to computing essentials. This is a fundamental course for all students enrolled in AOU.
Course Code |
TU170 |
Course Title |
Computing Esstentials |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is an introductory course which introduces students to the essential concepts related to computing essentials. This is a fundamental course for all students enrolled in AOU. |
Course Objectives |
- To develop basic skills of “Learning"
- To know e-Learning: meaning, accessibility, skills, and resources
- To familiarize with the basic concepts of Information Technology: Internet, Web, and Systems
- To familiarize with basic computer system applications: software and hardware
- To learn some practical skills for using computers
- To introduce the concepts of: Security and Ethics
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the course, the student will be able to:
- Understand terminologies related to IT and computer
- Understand the different learning styles
- Describe the difference between Conventional and blended-learning education systems
- Understand how to read and take notes in the process of learning
- Describe the social media types and facilities
- Have a background about the Web and Internet inventions
- Understand and explain what is information system and technology
- Know the types of applications
- Describe the e-commerce
- Explain different part in computer system (Hardware such as system unite, input and output, memory and processor)
- Explain different terms in communication such as network, connectivity, wireless, server, client)
- Understand clearly what is the difference between privacy and security)
- Describe what are computer ethics and computer crime
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the course, the student will be able to:
- Learn by himself
- Deal with computer problems
- Describe the difference between different learning styles
- Describe the web and search engines
C. Practical and professional skills
To be able to
- Operate the computer system properly
- Interact with applications and programs such as (MS office) confidently
- Communicate with others electronically (Email, instant messaging, blogs, micro-blogs and wikis)
- Read analytically and critically for the purpose of learning
- Avoid plagiarisms
- Initiate a transaction electronically (e-commerce) in a secure way
- Use the social media in the process of learning and communication with others.
- Connect and surf the internet
- Search using the search engines.
- Send and receive email, and share files in a secure way.
- Avoid computer crime
- Use computer ethically
D Key transferable skills
To be able to - Interact effectively within a group using social media and electronic conferencing techniques.
- Working in groups using the LMS system and course forum online.
- Contribute to discussions on a conference using instant messaging.
- Improve own learning and performance
|